+#import "FFmpegSession.h"
+#import "FFprobeSession.h"
+#import "LogCallback.h"
+#import "MediaInformationSession.h"
+#import "StatisticsCallback.h"
+
+/** Global library version */
+extern NSString* const FFmpegKitVersion;
+
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSUInteger, Signal) {
+ SignalInt = 2,
+ SignalQuit = 3,
+ SignalPipe = 13,
+ SignalTerm = 15,
+ SignalXcpu = 24
+};
+
+/**
+ * Configuration class of FFmpegKit library. Allows customizing the global library
+ * options. Provides helper methods to support additional resources.
+ */
+@interface FFmpegKitConfig : NSObject
+
+/**
+ *
Enables log and statistics redirection.
+ *
+ *
When redirection is enabled FFmpeg/FFprobe logs are redirected to NSLog and sessions
+ * collect log and statistics entries for the executions. It is possible to define global or
+ * session specific log/statistics callbacks as well.
+ *
+ *
Note that redirection is enabled by default. If you do not want to use its functionality
+ * please use disableRedirection method to disable it.
+ */
++ (void)enableRedirection;
+
+/**
+ *
Disables log and statistics redirection.
+ *
+ *
When redirection is disabled logs are printed to stderr, all logs and statistics
+ * callbacks are disabled and FFprobe's getMediaInformation methods
+ * do not work.
+ */
++ (void)disableRedirection;
+
+/**
+ *
Sets and overrides fontconfig configuration directory.
+ *
+ * @param path directory that contains fontconfig configuration (fonts.conf)
+ * @return zero on success, non-zero on error
+ */
++ (int)setFontconfigConfigurationPath:(NSString*)path;
+
+/**
+ *
Registers the fonts inside the given path, so they become available to use in FFmpeg
+ * filters.
+ *
+ *
Note that you need to build FFmpegKit with fontconfig
+ * enabled or use a prebuilt package with fontconfig inside to be able to use
+ * fonts in FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * @param fontDirectoryPath directory that contains fonts (.ttf and .otf files)
+ * @param fontNameMapping custom font name mappings, useful to access your fonts with more
+ * friendly names
+ */
++ (void)setFontDirectory:(NSString*)fontDirectoryPath with:(NSDictionary*)fontNameMapping;
+
+/**
+ *
Registers the fonts inside the given array of font directories, so they become available
+ * to use in FFmpeg filters.
+ *
+ *
Note that you need to build FFmpegKit with fontconfig
+ * enabled or use a prebuilt package with fontconfig inside to be able to use
+ * fonts in FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * @param fontDirectoryList array of directories that contain fonts (.ttf and .otf files)
+ * @param fontNameMapping custom font name mappings, useful to access your fonts with more
+ * friendly names
+ */
++ (void)setFontDirectoryList:(NSArray*)fontDirectoryList with:(NSDictionary*)fontNameMapping;
+
+/**
+ *
Creates a new named pipe to use in FFmpeg operations.
+ *
+ *
Please note that creator is responsible of closing created pipes.
+ *
+ * @return the full path of the named pipe
+ */
++ (NSString*)registerNewFFmpegPipe;
+
+/**
+ *
Closes a previously created FFmpeg pipe.
+ *
+ * @param ffmpegPipePath full path of the FFmpeg pipe
+ */
++ (void)closeFFmpegPipe:(NSString*)ffmpegPipePath;
+
+/**
+ *
Returns the version of FFmpeg bundled within FFmpegKit library.
+ *
+ * @return the version of FFmpeg
+ */
++ (NSString*)getFFmpegVersion;
+
+/**
+ * Returns FFmpegKit library version.
+ *
+ * @return FFmpegKit version
+ */
++ (NSString*)getVersion;
+
+/**
+ *
Returns whether FFmpegKit release is a Long Term Release or not.
+ *
+ * @return true/yes or false/no
+ */
++ (int)isLTSBuild;
+
+/**
+ * Returns FFmpegKit library build date.
+ *
+ * @return FFmpegKit library build date
+ */
++ (NSString*)getBuildDate;
+
+/**
+ *
Sets an environment variable.
+ *
+ * @param variableName environment variable name
+ * @param variableValue environment variable value
+ * @return zero on success, non-zero on error
+ */
++ (int)setEnvironmentVariable:(NSString*)variableName value:(NSString*)variableValue;
+
+/**
+ *
Registers a new ignored signal. Ignored signals are not handled by FFmpegKit
+ * library.
+ *
+ * @param signal signal to be ignored
+ */
++ (void)ignoreSignal:(Signal)signal;
+
+/**
+ *
Synchronously executes the FFmpeg session provided.
+ *
+ * @param ffmpegSession FFmpeg session which includes command options/arguments
+ */
++ (void)ffmpegExecute:(FFmpegSession*)ffmpegSession;
+
+/**
+ *
Synchronously executes the FFprobe session provided.
+ *
+ * @param ffprobeSession FFprobe session which includes command options/arguments
+ */
++ (void)ffprobeExecute:(FFprobeSession*)ffprobeSession;
+
+/**
+ *
Synchronously executes the media information session provided.
+ *
+ * @param mediaInformationSession media information session which includes command options/arguments
+ * @param waitTimeout max time to wait until media information is transmitted
+ */
++ (void)getMediaInformationExecute:(MediaInformationSession*)mediaInformationSession withTimeout:(int)waitTimeout;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFmpeg execution for the given session.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete.
+ * You must use an FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param ffmpegSession FFmpeg session which includes command options/arguments
+ */
++ (void)asyncFFmpegExecute:(FFmpegSession*)ffmpegSession;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFmpeg execution for the given session.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete.
+ * You must use an FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param ffmpegSession FFmpeg session which includes command options/arguments
+ * @param queue dispatch queue that will be used to run this asynchronous operation
+ */
++ (void)asyncFFmpegExecute:(FFmpegSession*)ffmpegSession onDispatchQueue:(dispatch_queue_t)queue;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution for the given session.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete.
+ * You must use an FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param ffprobeSession FFprobe session which includes command options/arguments
+ */
++ (void)asyncFFprobeExecute:(FFprobeSession*)ffprobeSession;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution for the given session.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete.
+ * You must use an FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param ffprobeSession FFprobe session which includes command options/arguments
+ * @param queue dispatch queue that will be used to run this asynchronous operation
+ */
++ (void)asyncFFprobeExecute:(FFprobeSession*)ffprobeSession onDispatchQueue:(dispatch_queue_t)queue;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution for the given media information session.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete.
+ * You must use an MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param mediaInformationSession media information session which includes command options/arguments
+ * @param waitTimeout max time to wait until media information is transmitted
+ */
++ (void)asyncGetMediaInformationExecute:(MediaInformationSession*)mediaInformationSession withTimeout:(int)waitTimeout;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution for the given media information session.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete.
+ * You must use an MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param mediaInformationSession media information session which includes command options/arguments
+ * @param queue dispatch queue that will be used to run this asynchronous operation
+ * @param waitTimeout max time to wait until media information is transmitted
+ */
++ (void)asyncGetMediaInformationExecute:(MediaInformationSession*)mediaInformationSession onDispatchQueue:(dispatch_queue_t)queue withTimeout:(int)waitTimeout;
+
+/**
+ *
Sets a global log callback to redirect FFmpeg/FFprobe logs.
+ *
+ * @param logCallback log callback or nil to disable a previously defined log callback
+ */
++ (void)enableLogCallback:(LogCallback)logCallback;
+
+/**
+ *
Sets a global statistics callback to redirect FFmpeg statistics.
+ *
+ * @param statisticsCallback statistics callback or nil to disable a previously defined statistics callback
+ */
++ (void)enableStatisticsCallback:(StatisticsCallback)statisticsCallback;
+
+/**
+ *
Sets a global FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback to receive execution results for FFmpeg sessions.
+ *
+ * @param ffmpegSessionCompleteCallback complete callback or nil to disable a previously defined callback
+ */
++ (void)enableFFmpegSessionCompleteCallback:(FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback)ffmpegSessionCompleteCallback;
+
+/**
+ *
Returns the global FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback set.
+ *
+ * @return global FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback or nil if it is not set
+ */
++ (FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback)getFFmpegSessionCompleteCallback;
+
+/**
+ *
Sets a global FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback to receive execution results for FFprobe sessions.
+ *
+ * @param ffprobeSessionCompleteCallback complete callback or nil to disable a previously defined callback
+ */
++ (void)enableFFprobeSessionCompleteCallback:(FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)ffprobeSessionCompleteCallback;
+
+/**
+ *
Returns the global FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback set.
+ *
+ * @return global FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback or nil if it is not set
+ */
++ (FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)getFFprobeSessionCompleteCallback;
+
+/**
+ *
Sets a global MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback to receive execution results for MediaInformation sessions.
+ *
+ * @param mediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback complete callback or nil to disable a previously defined
+ * callback
+ */
++ (void)enableMediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback:(MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback)mediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback;
+
+/**
+ *
Returns the global MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback set.
+ *
+ * @return global MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback or nil if it is not set
+ */
++ (MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback)getMediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the current log level.
+ *
+ * @return current log level
+ */
++ (int)getLogLevel;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the log level.
+ *
+ * @param level new log level
+ */
++ (void)setLogLevel:(int)level;
+
+/**
+ * Converts int log level to string.
+ *
+ * @param level value
+ * @return string value
+ */
++ (NSString*)logLevelToString:(int)level;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the session history size.
+ *
+ * @return session history size
+ */
++ (int)getSessionHistorySize;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the session history size.
+ *
+ * @param sessionHistorySize session history size, should be smaller than 1000
+ */
++ (void)setSessionHistorySize:(int)sessionHistorySize;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the session specified with sessionId from the session history.
+ *
+ * @param sessionId session identifier
+ * @return session specified with sessionId or nil if it is not found in the history
+ */
++ (id)getSession:(long)sessionId;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the last session created from the session history.
+ *
+ * @return the last session created or nil if session history is empty
+ */
++ (id)getLastSession;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the last session completed from the session history.
+ *
+ * @return the last session completed. If there are no completed sessions in the history this
+ * method will return nil
+ */
++ (id)getLastCompletedSession;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all sessions in the session history.
+ *
+ * @return all sessions in the session history
+ */
++ (NSArray*)getSessions;
+
+/**
+ *
Clears all, including ongoing, sessions in the session history.
+ *
Note that callbacks cannot be triggered for deleted sessions.
+ */
++ (void)clearSessions;
+
+/**
+ *
Returns all FFmpeg sessions in the session history.
+ *
+ * @return all FFmpeg sessions in the session history
+ */
++ (NSArray*)getFFmpegSessions;
+
+/**
+ *
Returns all FFprobe sessions in the session history.
+ *
+ * @return all FFprobe sessions in the session history
+ */
++ (NSArray*)getFFprobeSessions;
+
+/**
+ *
Returns all MediaInformation sessions in the session history.
+ *
+ * @return all MediaInformation sessions in the session history
+ */
++ (NSArray*)getMediaInformationSessions;
+
+/**
+ *
Returns sessions that have the given state.
+ *
+ * @return sessions that have the given state from the session history
+ */
++ (NSArray*)getSessionsByState:(SessionState)state;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the active log redirection strategy.
+ *
+ * @return log redirection strategy
+ */
++ (LogRedirectionStrategy)getLogRedirectionStrategy;
+
+/**
+ *
Sets the log redirection strategy
+ *
+ * @param logRedirectionStrategy log redirection strategy
+ */
++ (void)setLogRedirectionStrategy:(LogRedirectionStrategy)logRedirectionStrategy;
+
+/**
+ *
Returns the number of async messages that are not transmitted to the callbacks for
+ * this session.
+ *
+ * @param sessionId id of the session
+ * @return number of async messages that are not transmitted to the callbacks for this session
+ */
++ (int)messagesInTransmit:(long)sessionId;
+
+/**
+ * Converts session state to string.
+ *
+ * @param state session state
+ * @return string value
+ */
++ (NSString*)sessionStateToString:(SessionState)state;
+
+/**
+ *
Parses the given command into arguments. Uses space character to split the arguments.
+ * Supports single and double quote characters.
+ *
+ * @param command string command
+ * @return array of arguments
+ */
++ (NSArray*)parseArguments:(NSString*)command;
+
+/**
+ *
Concatenates arguments into a string adding a space character between two arguments.
+ *
+ * @param arguments arguments
+ * @return concatenated string containing all arguments
+ */
++ (NSString*)argumentsToString:(NSArray*)arguments;
+
+@end
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_CONFIG_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFmpegSession.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFmpegSession.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3523410b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFmpegSession.h
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021-2022 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_FFMPEG_SESSION_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_FFMPEG_SESSION_H
+
+#import
+#import "AbstractSession.h"
+#import "StatisticsCallback.h"
+#import "FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback.h"
+
+/**
+ * An FFmpeg session.
+ */
+@interface FFmpegSession : AbstractSession
+
+/**
+ * Builds a new FFmpeg session.
+ *
+ * @param arguments command arguments
+ * @return created session
+ */
++ (instancetype)create:(NSArray*)arguments;
+
+/**
+ * Builds a new FFmpeg session.
+ *
+ * @param arguments command arguments
+ * @param completeCallback session specific complete callback
+ * @return created session
+ */
++ (instancetype)create:(NSArray*)arguments withCompleteCallback:(FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback;
+
+/**
+ * Builds a new FFmpeg session.
+ *
+ * @param arguments command arguments
+ * @param completeCallback session specific complete callback
+ * @param logCallback session specific log callback
+ * @param statisticsCallback session specific statistics callback
+ * @return created session
+ */
++ (instancetype)create:(NSArray*)arguments withCompleteCallback:(FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback withLogCallback:(LogCallback)logCallback withStatisticsCallback:(StatisticsCallback)statisticsCallback;
+
+/**
+ * Builds a new FFmpeg session.
+ *
+ * @param arguments command arguments
+ * @param completeCallback session specific complete callback
+ * @param logCallback session specific log callback
+ * @param statisticsCallback session specific statistics callback
+ * @param logRedirectionStrategy session specific log redirection strategy
+ * @return created session
+ */
++ (instancetype)create:(NSArray*)arguments withCompleteCallback:(FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback withLogCallback:(LogCallback)logCallback withStatisticsCallback:(StatisticsCallback)statisticsCallback withLogRedirectionStrategy:(LogRedirectionStrategy)logRedirectionStrategy;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the session specific statistics callback.
+ *
+ * @return session specific statistics callback
+ */
+- (StatisticsCallback)getStatisticsCallback;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the session specific complete callback.
+ *
+ * @return session specific complete callback
+ */
+- (FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback)getCompleteCallback;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all statistics entries generated for this session. If there are asynchronous
+ * messages that are not delivered yet, this method waits for them until the given timeout.
+ *
+ * @param waitTimeout wait timeout for asynchronous messages in milliseconds
+ * @return list of statistics entries generated for this session
+ */
+- (NSArray*)getAllStatisticsWithTimeout:(int)waitTimeout;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all statistics entries generated for this session. If there are asynchronous
+ * messages that are not delivered yet, this method waits for them until
+ * AbstractSessionDefaultTimeoutForAsynchronousMessagesInTransmit expires.
+ *
+ * @return list of statistics entries generated for this session
+ */
+- (NSArray*)getAllStatistics;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all statistics entries delivered for this session. Note that if there are
+ * asynchronous messages that are not delivered yet, this method will not wait for
+ * them and will return immediately.
+ *
+ * @return list of statistics entries received for this session
+ */
+- (NSArray*)getStatistics;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the last received statistics entry.
+ *
+ * @return the last received statistics entry or nil if there are not any statistics entries
+ * received
+ */
+- (Statistics*)getLastReceivedStatistics;
+
+/**
+ * Adds a new statistics entry for this session. It is invoked internally by FFmpegKit library methods.
+ * Must not be used by user applications.
+ *
+ * @param statistics statistics entry
+ */
+- (void)addStatistics:(Statistics*)statistics;
+
+@end
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_FFMPEG_SESSION_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8749664
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2020-2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_FFMPEG_SESSION_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_FFMPEG_SESSION_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_H
+
+@class FFmpegSession;
+
+/**
+ *
Callback function that is invoked when an asynchronous FFmpeg session has ended.
+ *
Session has either SessionStateCompleted or SessionStateFailed state when
+ * the callback is invoked.
+ *
If it has SessionStateCompleted state, ReturnCode should be checked to
+ * see the execution result.
+ *
If getState returns SessionStateFailed then
+ * getFailStackTrace should be used to get the failure reason.
+ *
+ * switch ([session getState]) {
+ * case SessionStateCompleted:
+ * ReturnCode *returnCode = [session getReturnCode];
+ * break;
+ * case SessionStateFailed:
+ * NSString *failStackTrace = [session getFailStackTrace];
+ * break;
+ * }
+ *
+ *
+ * @param session session of the completed execution
+ */
+typedef void (^FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback)(FFmpegSession* session);
+
+#import "FFmpegSession.h"
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_FFMPEG_SESSION_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFprobeKit.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFprobeKit.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94ae47eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFprobeKit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2020-2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFPROBE_KIT_H
+#define FFPROBE_KIT_H
+
+#import
+#import
+#import
+#import "FFprobeSession.h"
+#import "MediaInformationJsonParser.h"
+
+/**
+ * Main class to run FFprobe commands. Supports executing commands both synchronously and
+ * asynchronously.
+ *
+ * FFprobeSession *session = [FFprobeKit execute:@"-hide_banner -v error -show_entries format=size -of default=noprint_wrappers=1 file1.mp4"];
+ *
+ * FFprobeSession *asyncSession = [FFprobeKit executeAsync:@"-hide_banner -v error -show_entries format=size -of default=noprint_wrappers=1 file1.mp4" withCompleteCallback:completeCallback];
+ *
+ * Provides overloaded execute methods to define session specific callbacks.
+ *
+ * FFprobeSession *session = [FFprobeKit executeAsync:@"-hide_banner -v error -show_entries format=size -of default=noprint_wrappers=1 file1.mp4" withCompleteCallback:completeCallback withLogCallback:logCallback];
+ *
+ * It can extract media information for a file or a url, using getMediaInformation method.
+ *
+ * MediaInformationSession *session = [FFprobeKit getMediaInformation:@"file1.mp4"];
+ *
+ */
+@interface FFprobeKit : NSObject
+
+/**
+ * Synchronously executes FFprobe with arguments provided.
+ *
+ * @param arguments FFprobe command options/arguments as string array
+ * @return FFprobe session created for this execution
+ */
++ (FFprobeSession*)executeWithArguments:(NSArray*)arguments;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution with arguments provided.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete.
+ * You must use an FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param arguments FFprobe command options/arguments as string array
+ * @param completeCallback callback that will be called when the execution has completed
+ * @return FFprobe session created for this execution
+ */
++ (FFprobeSession*)executeWithArgumentsAsync:(NSArray*)arguments withCompleteCallback:(FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution with arguments provided.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete.
+ * You must use an FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param arguments FFprobe command options/arguments as string array
+ * @param completeCallback callback that will be notified when execution has completed
+ * @param logCallback callback that will receive logs
+ * @return FFprobe session created for this execution
+ */
++ (FFprobeSession*)executeWithArgumentsAsync:(NSArray*)arguments withCompleteCallback:(FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback withLogCallback:(LogCallback)logCallback;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution with arguments provided.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete.
+ * You must use an FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param arguments FFprobe command options/arguments as string array
+ * @param completeCallback callback that will be called when the execution has completed
+ * @param queue dispatch queue that will be used to run this asynchronous operation
+ * @return FFprobe session created for this execution
+ */
++ (FFprobeSession*)executeWithArgumentsAsync:(NSArray*)arguments withCompleteCallback:(FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback onDispatchQueue:(dispatch_queue_t)queue;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution with arguments provided.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete.
+ * You must use an FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param arguments FFprobe command options/arguments as string array
+ * @param completeCallback callback that will be notified when execution has completed
+ * @param logCallback callback that will receive logs
+ * @param queue dispatch queue that will be used to run this asynchronous operation
+ * @return FFprobe session created for this execution
+ */
++ (FFprobeSession*)executeWithArgumentsAsync:(NSArray*)arguments withCompleteCallback:(FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback withLogCallback:(LogCallback)logCallback onDispatchQueue:(dispatch_queue_t)queue;
+
+/**
+ *
Synchronously executes FFprobe command provided. Space character is used to split command
+ * into arguments. You can use single or double quote characters to specify arguments inside
+ * your command.
+ *
+ * @param command FFprobe command
+ * @return FFprobe session created for this execution
+ */
++ (FFprobeSession*)execute:(NSString*)command;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution for the given command. Space character is used to split the command
+ * into arguments. You can use single or double quote characters to specify arguments inside your command.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete. You must use an
+ * FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param command FFprobe command
+ * @param completeCallback callback that will be called when the execution has completed
+ * @return FFprobe session created for this execution
+ */
++ (FFprobeSession*)executeAsync:(NSString*)command withCompleteCallback:(FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution for the given command. Space character is used to split the command
+ * into arguments. You can use single or double quote characters to specify arguments inside your command.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete. You must use an
+ * FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param command FFprobe command
+ * @param completeCallback callback that will be notified when execution has completed
+ * @param logCallback callback that will receive logs
+ * @return FFprobe session created for this execution
+ */
++ (FFprobeSession*)executeAsync:(NSString*)command withCompleteCallback:(FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback withLogCallback:(LogCallback)logCallback;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution for the given command. Space character is used to split the command
+ * into arguments. You can use single or double quote characters to specify arguments inside your command.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete. You must use an
+ * FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param command FFprobe command
+ * @param completeCallback callback that will be called when the execution has completed
+ * @param queue dispatch queue that will be used to run this asynchronous operation
+ * @return FFprobe session created for this execution
+ */
++ (FFprobeSession*)executeAsync:(NSString*)command withCompleteCallback:(FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback onDispatchQueue:(dispatch_queue_t)queue;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution for the given command. Space character is used to split the command
+ * into arguments. You can use single or double quote characters to specify arguments inside your command.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete. You must use an
+ * FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param command FFprobe command
+ * @param completeCallback callback that will be called when the execution has completed
+ * @param logCallback callback that will receive logs
+ * @param queue dispatch queue that will be used to run this asynchronous operation
+ * @return FFprobe session created for this execution
+ */
++ (FFprobeSession*)executeAsync:(NSString*)command withCompleteCallback:(FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback withLogCallback:(LogCallback)logCallback onDispatchQueue:(dispatch_queue_t)queue;
+
+/**
+ *
Extracts media information for the file specified with path.
+ *
+ * @param path path or uri of a media file
+ * @return media information session created for this execution
+ */
++ (MediaInformationSession*)getMediaInformation:(NSString*)path;
+
+/**
+ *
Extracts media information for the file specified with path.
+ *
+ * @param path path or uri of a media file
+ * @param waitTimeout max time to wait until media information is transmitted
+ * @return media information session created for this execution
+ */
++ (MediaInformationSession*)getMediaInformation:(NSString*)path withTimeout:(int)waitTimeout;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution to extract the media information for the specified file.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete. You must use an
+ * MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param path path or uri of a media file
+ * @param completeCallback callback that will be called when the execution has completed
+ * @return media information session created for this execution
+ */
++ (MediaInformationSession*)getMediaInformationAsync:(NSString*)path withCompleteCallback:(MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution to extract the media information for the specified file.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete. You must use an
+ * MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param path path or uri of a media file
+ * @param completeCallback callback that will be notified when execution has completed
+ * @param logCallback callback that will receive logs
+ * @param waitTimeout max time to wait until media information is transmitted
+ * @return media information session created for this execution
+ */
++ (MediaInformationSession*)getMediaInformationAsync:(NSString*)path withCompleteCallback:(MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback withLogCallback:(LogCallback)logCallback withTimeout:(int)waitTimeout;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution to extract the media information for the specified file.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete. You must use an
+ * MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param path path or uri of a media file
+ * @param completeCallback callback that will be called when the execution has completed
+ * @param queue dispatch queue that will be used to run this asynchronous operation
+ * @return media information session created for this execution
+ */
++ (MediaInformationSession*)getMediaInformationAsync:(NSString*)path withCompleteCallback:(MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback onDispatchQueue:(dispatch_queue_t)queue;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution to extract the media information for the specified file.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete. You must use an
+ * MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param path path or uri of a media file
+ * @param completeCallback callback that will be notified when execution has completed
+ * @param logCallback callback that will receive logs
+ * @param queue dispatch queue that will be used to run this asynchronous operation
+ * @param waitTimeout max time to wait until media information is transmitted
+ * @return media information session created for this execution
+ */
++ (MediaInformationSession*)getMediaInformationAsync:(NSString*)path withCompleteCallback:(MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback withLogCallback:(LogCallback)logCallback onDispatchQueue:(dispatch_queue_t)queue withTimeout:(int)waitTimeout;
+
+/**
+ *
Extracts media information using the command provided asynchronously.
+ *
+ * @param command FFprobe command that prints media information for a file in JSON format
+ * @return media information session created for this execution
+ */
++ (MediaInformationSession*)getMediaInformationFromCommand:(NSString*)command;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution to extract media information using a command. The command passed to
+ * this method must generate the output in JSON format in order to successfully extract media information from it.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete. You must use an
+ * MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param command FFprobe command that prints media information for a file in JSON format
+ * @param completeCallback callback that will be notified when execution has completed
+ * @param logCallback callback that will receive logs
+ * @param queue dispatch queue that will be used to run this asynchronous operation
+ * @param waitTimeout max time to wait until media information is transmitted
+ * @return media information session created for this execution
+ */
++ (MediaInformationSession*)getMediaInformationFromCommandAsync:(NSString*)command withCompleteCallback:(MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback withLogCallback:(LogCallback)logCallback onDispatchQueue:(dispatch_queue_t)queue withTimeout:(int)waitTimeout;
+
+/**
+ *
Starts an asynchronous FFprobe execution to extract media information using command arguments. The command
+ * passed to this method must generate the output in JSON format in order to successfully extract media information
+ * from it.
+ *
+ *
Note that this method returns immediately and does not wait the execution to complete. You must use an
+ * MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback if you want to be notified about the result.
+ *
+ * @param arguments FFprobe command that prints media information for a file in JSON format
+ * @param completeCallback callback that will be notified when execution has completed
+ * @param logCallback callback that will receive logs
+ * @param queue dispatch queue that will be used to run this asynchronous operation
+ * @param waitTimeout max time to wait until media information is transmitted
+ * @return media information session created for this execution
+ */
++ (MediaInformationSession*)getMediaInformationFromCommandArgumentsAsync:(NSArray*)arguments withCompleteCallback:(MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback withLogCallback:(LogCallback)logCallback onDispatchQueue:(dispatch_queue_t)queue withTimeout:(int)waitTimeout;
+
+/**
+ *
Lists all FFprobe sessions in the session history.
+ *
+ * @return all FFprobe sessions in the session history
+ */
++ (NSArray*)listFFprobeSessions;
+
+/**
+ *
Lists all MediaInformation sessions in the session history.
+ *
+ * @return all MediaInformation sessions in the session history
+ */
++ (NSArray*)listMediaInformationSessions;
+
+@end
+
+#endif // FFPROBE_KIT_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFprobeSession.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFprobeSession.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..490e7f24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFprobeSession.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021-2022 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_FFPROBE_SESSION_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_FFPROBE_SESSION_H
+
+#import
+#import "AbstractSession.h"
+#import "FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback.h"
+
+/**
+ * An FFprobe session.
+ */
+@interface FFprobeSession : AbstractSession
+
+/**
+ * Builds a new FFprobe session.
+ *
+ * @param arguments command arguments
+ * @return created session
+ */
++ (instancetype)create:(NSArray*)arguments;
+
+/**
+ * Builds a new FFprobe session.
+ *
+ * @param arguments command arguments
+ * @param completeCallback session specific complete callback
+ * @return created session
+ */
++ (instancetype)create:(NSArray*)arguments withCompleteCallback:(FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback;
+
+/**
+ * Builds a new FFprobe session.
+ *
+ * @param arguments command arguments
+ * @param completeCallback session specific complete callback
+ * @param logCallback session specific log callback
+ * @return created session
+ */
++ (instancetype)create:(NSArray*)arguments withCompleteCallback:(FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback withLogCallback:(LogCallback)logCallback;
+
+/**
+ * Builds a new FFprobe session.
+ *
+ * @param arguments command arguments
+ * @param completeCallback session specific complete callback
+ * @param logCallback session specific log callback
+ * @param logRedirectionStrategy session specific log redirection strategy
+ * @return created session
+ */
++ (instancetype)create:(NSArray*)arguments withCompleteCallback:(FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback withLogCallback:(LogCallback)logCallback withLogRedirectionStrategy:(LogRedirectionStrategy)logRedirectionStrategy;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the session specific complete callback.
+ *
+ * @return session specific complete callback
+ */
+- (FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)getCompleteCallback;
+
+@end
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_FFPROBE_SESSION_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6189634d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2020-2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_FFPROBE_SESSION_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_FFPROBE_SESSION_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_H
+
+@class FFprobeSession;
+
+/**
+ *
Callback function that is invoked when an asynchronous FFprobe session has ended.
+ *
Session has either SessionStateCompleted or SessionStateFailed state when
+ * the callback is invoked.
+ *
If it has SessionStateCompleted state, ReturnCode should be checked to
+ * see the execution result.
+ *
If getState returns SessionStateFailed then
+ * getFailStackTrace should be used to get the failure reason.
+ *
+ * switch ([session getState]) {
+ * case SessionStateCompleted:
+ * ReturnCode *returnCode = [session getReturnCode];
+ * break;
+ * case SessionStateFailed:
+ * NSString *failStackTrace = [session getFailStackTrace];
+ * break;
+ * }
+ *
+ *
+ * @param session session of the completed execution
+ */
+typedef void (^FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback)(FFprobeSession* session);
+
+#import "FFprobeSession.h"
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_FFPROBE_SESSION_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Level.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Level.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..98cf43e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Level.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_LEVEL_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_LEVEL_H
+
+/**
+ * Enumeration type for log levels.
+ */
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSUInteger, Level) {
+
+ /**
+ * This log level is defined by FFmpegKit. It is used to specify logs printed to stderr by
+ * FFmpeg. Logs that has this level are not filtered and always redirected.
+ */
+ LevelAVLogStdErr = -16,
+
+ /**
+ * Print no output.
+ */
+ LevelAVLogQuiet = -8,
+
+ /**
+ * Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
+ */
+ LevelAVLogPanic = 0,
+
+ /**
+ * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
+ * For example, no header was found for a format which depends
+ * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
+ */
+ LevelAVLogFatal = 8,
+
+ /**
+ * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
+ * However, not all future data is affected.
+ */
+ LevelAVLogError = 16,
+
+ /**
+ * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
+ * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
+ */
+ LevelAVLogWarning = 24,
+
+ /**
+ * Standard information.
+ */
+ LevelAVLogInfo = 32,
+
+ /**
+ * Detailed information.
+ */
+ LevelAVLogVerbose = 40,
+
+ /**
+ * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
+ */
+ LevelAVLogDebug = 48,
+
+ /**
+ * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development.
+ */
+ LevelAVLogTrace = 56
+
+};
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_LEVEL_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Log.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Log.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4199f928
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Log.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_LOG_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_LOG_H
+
+#import
+
+/**
+ * Log entry for an FFmpegKit session.
+ */
+@interface Log : NSObject
+
+- (instancetype)init:(long)sessionId :(int)level :(NSString*)message;
+
+- (long)getSessionId;
+
+- (int)getLevel;
+
+- (NSString*)getMessage;
+
+@end
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_LOG_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/LogCallback.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/LogCallback.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5505eb60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/LogCallback.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2018-2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_LOG_CALLBACK_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_LOG_CALLBACK_H
+
+#import
+#import "Log.h"
+
+/**
+ * Callback that receives logs generated for FFmpegKit sessions.
+ *
+ * @param log log entry
+ */
+typedef void (^LogCallback)(Log* log);
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_LOG_CALLBACK_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/LogRedirectionStrategy.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/LogRedirectionStrategy.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1fd8b612
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/LogRedirectionStrategy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_LOG_REDIRECTION_STRATEGY_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_LOG_REDIRECTION_STRATEGY_H
+
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSUInteger, LogRedirectionStrategy) {
+ LogRedirectionStrategyAlwaysPrintLogs,
+ LogRedirectionStrategyPrintLogsWhenNoCallbacksDefined,
+ LogRedirectionStrategyPrintLogsWhenGlobalCallbackNotDefined,
+ LogRedirectionStrategyPrintLogsWhenSessionCallbackNotDefined,
+ LogRedirectionStrategyNeverPrintLogs
+};
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_LOG_REDIRECTION_STRATEGY_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/MediaInformation.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/MediaInformation.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d13810ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/MediaInformation.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2018-2022 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_MEDIA_INFORMATION_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_MEDIA_INFORMATION_H
+
+#import
+#import "Chapter.h"
+#import "StreamInformation.h"
+
+extern NSString* const MediaKeyMediaProperties;
+extern NSString* const MediaKeyFilename;
+extern NSString* const MediaKeyFormat;
+extern NSString* const MediaKeyFormatLong;
+extern NSString* const MediaKeyStartTime;
+extern NSString* const MediaKeyDuration;
+extern NSString* const MediaKeySize;
+extern NSString* const MediaKeyBitRate;
+extern NSString* const MediaKeyTags;
+
+/**
+ * Media information class.
+ */
+@interface MediaInformation : NSObject
+
+- (instancetype)init:(NSDictionary*)mediaDictionary withStreams:(NSArray*)streams withChapters:(NSArray*)chapters;
+
+/**
+ * Returns file name.
+ *
+ * @return media file name
+ */
+- (NSString*)getFilename;
+
+/**
+ * Returns format.
+ *
+ * @return media format
+ */
+- (NSString*)getFormat;
+
+/**
+ * Returns long format.
+ *
+ * @return media long format
+ */
+- (NSString*)getLongFormat;
+
+/**
+ * Returns duration.
+ *
+ * @return media duration in "seconds.microseconds" format
+ */
+- (NSString*)getDuration;
+
+/**
+ * Returns start time.
+ *
+ * @return media start time in milliseconds
+ */
+- (NSString*)getStartTime;
+
+/**
+ * Returns size.
+ *
+ * @return media size in bytes
+ */
+- (NSString*)getSize;
+
+/**
+ * Returns bitrate.
+ *
+ * @return media bitrate in kb/s
+ */
+- (NSString*)getBitrate;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all tags.
+ *
+ * @return tags dictionary
+ */
+- (NSDictionary*)getTags;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all streams.
+ *
+ * @return streams array
+ */
+- (NSArray*)getStreams;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all chapters.
+ *
+ * @return chapters array
+ */
+- (NSArray*)getChapters;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the property associated with the key.
+ *
+ * @return property as string or nil if the key is not found
+ */
+- (NSString*)getStringProperty:(NSString*)key;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the property associated with the key.
+ *
+ * @return property as number or nil if the key is not found
+ */
+- (NSNumber*)getNumberProperty:(NSString*)key;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the property associated with the key.
+ *
+ * @return property as id or nil if the key is not found
+*/
+- (id)getProperty:(NSString*)key;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the format property associated with the key.
+ *
+ * @return format property as string or nil if the key is not found
+ */
+- (NSString*)getStringFormatProperty:(NSString*)key;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the format property associated with the key.
+ *
+ * @return format property as number or nil if the key is not found
+ */
+- (NSNumber*)getNumberFormatProperty:(NSString*)key;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the format property associated with the key.
+ *
+ * @return format property as id or nil if the key is not found
+*/
+- (id)getFormatProperty:(NSString*)key;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all format properties defined.
+ *
+ * @return all format properties in a dictionary or nil if no format properties are defined
+*/
+- (NSDictionary*)getFormatProperties;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all properties defined.
+ *
+ * @return all properties in a dictionary or nil if no properties are defined
+*/
+- (NSDictionary*)getAllProperties;
+
+@end
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_MEDIA_INFORMATION_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/MediaInformationJsonParser.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/MediaInformationJsonParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b78c2cb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/MediaInformationJsonParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2018-2022 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_MEDIA_INFORMATION_PARSER_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_MEDIA_INFORMATION_PARSER_H
+
+#import
+#import "MediaInformation.h"
+
+/**
+ * A parser that constructs MediaInformation from FFprobe's json output.
+ */
+@interface MediaInformationJsonParser : NSObject
+
+/**
+ * Extracts MediaInformation from the given FFprobe json output.
+ *
+ * @param ffprobeJsonOutput FFprobe json output
+ * @return created MediaInformation instance of nil if a parsing error occurs
+ */
++ (MediaInformation*)from:(NSString*)ffprobeJsonOutput;
+
+/**
+ * Extracts MediaInformation from the given FFprobe json output. If a parsing error occurs an NSException
+ * is thrown.
+ *
+ * @param ffprobeJsonOutput FFprobe json output
+ * @return created MediaInformation instance
+ */
++ (MediaInformation*)fromWithError:(NSString*)ffprobeJsonOutput;
+
+@end
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_MEDIA_INFORMATION_PARSER_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/MediaInformationSession.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/MediaInformationSession.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6a070eca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/MediaInformationSession.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021-2022 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_MEDIA_INFORMATION_SESSION_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_MEDIA_INFORMATION_SESSION_H
+
+#import
+#import "AbstractSession.h"
+#import "MediaInformation.h"
+#import "MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback.h"
+
+/**
+ * A custom FFprobe session, which produces a MediaInformation object using the
+ * FFprobe output.
+ */
+@interface MediaInformationSession : AbstractSession
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new media information session.
+ *
+ * @param arguments command arguments
+ * @return created session
+ */
++ (instancetype)create:(NSArray*)arguments;
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new media information session.
+ *
+ * @param arguments command arguments
+ * @param completeCallback session specific complete callback
+ * @return created session
+ */
++ (instancetype)create:(NSArray*)arguments withCompleteCallback:(MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback;
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new media information session.
+ *
+ * @param arguments command arguments
+ * @param completeCallback session specific complete callback
+ * @param logCallback session specific log callback
+ * @return created session
+ */
++ (instancetype)create:(NSArray*)arguments withCompleteCallback:(MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback)completeCallback withLogCallback:(LogCallback)logCallback;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the media information extracted in this session.
+ *
+ * @return media information extracted or nil if the command failed or the output can not be
+ * parsed
+ */
+- (MediaInformation*)getMediaInformation;
+
+/**
+ * Sets the media information extracted in this session.
+ *
+ * @param mediaInformation media information extracted
+ */
+- (void)setMediaInformation:(MediaInformation*)mediaInformation;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the session specific complete callback.
+ *
+ * @return session specific complete callback
+ */
+- (MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback)getCompleteCallback;
+
+@end
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_MEDIA_INFORMATION_SESSION_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aedbe7b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2020-2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_MEDIA_INFORMATION_SESSION_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_MEDIA_INFORMATION_SESSION_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_H
+
+@class MediaInformationSession;
+
+/**
+ *
Callback function that is invoked when an asynchronous MediaInformation session
+ * has ended.
+ *
Session has either SessionStateCompleted or SessionStateFailed state when
+ * the callback is invoked.
+ *
If it has SessionStateCompleted state, ReturnCode should be checked to
+ * see the execution result.
+ *
If getState returns SessionStateFailed then
+ * getFailStackTrace should be used to get the failure reason.
+ *
+ * switch ([session getState]) {
+ * case SessionStateCompleted:
+ * ReturnCode *returnCode = [session getReturnCode];
+ * break;
+ * case SessionStateFailed:
+ * NSString *failStackTrace = [session getFailStackTrace];
+ * break;
+ * }
+ *
+ *
+ * @param session session of the completed execution
+ */
+typedef void (^MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback)(MediaInformationSession* session);
+
+#import "MediaInformationSession.h"
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_MEDIA_INFORMATION_SESSION_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Packages.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Packages.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..83d6068a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Packages.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_PACKAGES_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_PACKAGES_H
+
+#import
+
+/**
+ * Helper class to extract binary package information.
+ */
+@interface Packages : NSObject
+
+/**
+ * Returns the FFmpegKit binary package name.
+ *
+ * @return predicted FFmpegKit binary package name
+ */
++ (NSString*)getPackageName;
+
+/**
+ * Returns enabled external libraries by FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * @return enabled external libraries
+ */
++ (NSArray*)getExternalLibraries;
+
+@end
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_PACKAGES_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/ReturnCode.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/ReturnCode.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..80477935
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/ReturnCode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_RETURN_CODE_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_RETURN_CODE_H
+
+#import
+
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSUInteger, ReturnCodeEnum) {
+ ReturnCodeSuccess = 0,
+ ReturnCodeCancel = 255
+};
+
+@interface ReturnCode : NSObject
+
+- (instancetype)init:(int)value;
+
++ (BOOL)isSuccess:(ReturnCode*)value;
+
++ (BOOL)isCancel:(ReturnCode*)value;
+
+- (int)getValue;
+
+- (BOOL)isValueSuccess;
+
+- (BOOL)isValueError;
+
+- (BOOL)isValueCancel;
+
+@end
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_RETURN_CODE_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Session.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Session.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..980fad39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Session.h
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_SESSION_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_SESSION_H
+
+#import
+#import "Log.h"
+#import "LogCallback.h"
+#import "LogRedirectionStrategy.h"
+#import "ReturnCode.h"
+#import "SessionState.h"
+
+/**
+ * Common interface for all FFmpegKit sessions.
+ */
+@protocol Session
+
+@required
+
+/**
+ * Returns the session specific log callback.
+ *
+ * @return session specific log callback
+ */
+- (LogCallback)getLogCallback;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the session identifier.
+ *
+ * @return session identifier
+ */
+- (long)getSessionId;
+
+/**
+ * Returns session create time.
+ *
+ * @return session create time
+ */
+- (NSDate*)getCreateTime;
+
+/**
+ * Returns session start time.
+ *
+ * @return session start time
+ */
+- (NSDate*)getStartTime;
+
+/**
+ * Returns session end time.
+ *
+ * @return session end time
+ */
+- (NSDate*)getEndTime;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the time taken to execute this session.
+ *
+ * @return time taken to execute this session in milliseconds or zero (0) if the session is
+ * not over yet
+ */
+- (long)getDuration;
+
+/**
+ * Returns command arguments as an array.
+ *
+ * @return command arguments as an array
+ */
+- (NSArray*)getArguments;
+
+/**
+ * Returns command arguments as a concatenated string.
+ *
+ * @return command arguments as a concatenated string
+ */
+- (NSString*)getCommand;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all log entries generated for this session. If there are asynchronous
+ * messages that are not delivered yet, this method waits for them until the given timeout.
+ *
+ * @param waitTimeout wait timeout for asynchronous messages in milliseconds
+ * @return list of log entries generated for this session
+ */
+- (NSArray*)getAllLogsWithTimeout:(int)waitTimeout;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all log entries generated for this session. If there are asynchronous
+ * messages that are not delivered yet, this method waits for them.
+ *
+ * @return list of log entries generated for this session
+ */
+- (NSArray*)getAllLogs;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all log entries delivered for this session. Note that if there are asynchronous
+ * messages that are not delivered yet, this method will not wait for them and will return
+ * immediately.
+ *
+ * @return list of log entries received for this session
+ */
+- (NSArray*)getLogs;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all log entries generated for this session as a concatenated string. If there are
+ * asynchronous messages that are not delivered yet, this method waits for them until
+ * the given timeout.
+ *
+ * @param waitTimeout wait timeout for asynchronous messages in milliseconds
+ * @return all log entries generated for this session as a concatenated string
+ */
+- (NSString*)getAllLogsAsStringWithTimeout:(int)waitTimeout;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all log entries generated for this session as a concatenated string. If there are
+ * asynchronous messages that are not delivered yet, this method waits for them.
+ *
+ * @return all log entries generated for this session as a concatenated string
+ */
+- (NSString*)getAllLogsAsString;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all log entries delivered for this session as a concatenated string. Note that if
+ * there are asynchronous messages that are not delivered yet, this method will not wait
+ * for them and will return immediately.
+ *
+ * @return list of log entries received for this session
+ */
+- (NSString*)getLogsAsString;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the log output generated while running the session.
+ *
+ * @return log output generated
+ */
+- (NSString*)getOutput;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the state of the session.
+ *
+ * @return state of the session
+ */
+- (SessionState)getState;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the return code for this session. Note that return code is only set for sessions
+ * that end with SessionStateCompleted state. If a session is not started, still running or failed then
+ * this method returns nil.
+ *
+ * @return the return code for this session if the session has completed, nil if session is
+ * not started, still running or failed
+ */
+- (ReturnCode*)getReturnCode;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the stack trace of the exception received while executing this session.
+ *
+ * The stack trace is only set for sessions that end with SessionStateFailed state. For sessions that has
+ * SessionStateCompleted state this method returns nil.
+ *
+ * @return stack trace of the exception received while executing this session, nil if session
+ * is not started, still running or completed
+ */
+- (NSString*)getFailStackTrace;
+
+/**
+ * Returns session specific log redirection strategy.
+ *
+ * @return session specific log redirection strategy
+ */
+- (LogRedirectionStrategy)getLogRedirectionStrategy;
+
+/**
+ * Returns whether there are still asynchronous messages being transmitted for this
+ * session or not.
+ *
+ * @return true if there are still asynchronous messages being transmitted, false
+ * otherwise
+ */
+- (BOOL)thereAreAsynchronousMessagesInTransmit;
+
+/**
+ * Adds a new log entry for this session.
+ *
+ * It is invoked internally by FFmpegKit library methods. Must not be used by user
+ * applications.
+ *
+ * @param log log entry
+ */
+- (void)addLog:(Log*)log;
+
+/**
+ * Starts running the session.
+ */
+- (void)startRunning;
+
+/**
+ * Completes running the session with the provided return code.
+ *
+ * @param returnCode return code of the execution
+ */
+- (void)complete:(ReturnCode*)returnCode;
+
+/**
+ * Ends running the session with a failure.
+ *
+ * @param exception execution received
+ */
+- (void)fail:(NSException*)exception;
+
+/**
+ * Returns whether it is an FFmpeg session or not.
+ *
+ * @return true if it is an FFmpeg session, false otherwise
+ */
+- (BOOL)isFFmpeg;
+
+/**
+ * Returns whether it is an FFprobe session or not.
+ *
+ * @return true if it is an FFprobe session, false otherwise
+ */
+- (BOOL)isFFprobe;
+
+/**
+ * Returns whether it is a MediaInformation session or not.
+ *
+ * @return true if it is a MediaInformation session, false otherwise
+ */
+- (BOOL)isMediaInformation;
+
+/**
+ * Cancels running the session.
+ */
+- (void)cancel;
+
+@end
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_SESSION_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/SessionState.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/SessionState.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..46eec4db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/SessionState.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_SESSION_STATE_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_SESSION_STATE_H
+
+typedef NS_ENUM(NSUInteger, SessionState) {
+ SessionStateCreated,
+ SessionStateRunning,
+ SessionStateFailed,
+ SessionStateCompleted
+};
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_SESSION_STATE_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Statistics.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Statistics.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b4f786c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/Statistics.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2018-2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_STATISTICS_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_STATISTICS_H
+
+#import
+
+/**
+ * Statistics entry for an FFmpeg execute session.
+ */
+@interface Statistics : NSObject
+
+- (instancetype)init:(long)sessionId videoFrameNumber:(int)videoFrameNumber videoFps:(float)videoFps videoQuality:(float)videoQuality size:(int64_t)size time:(int)time bitrate:(double)bitrate speed:(double)speed;
+
+- (long)getSessionId;
+
+- (int)getVideoFrameNumber;
+
+- (float)getVideoFps;
+
+- (float)getVideoQuality;
+
+- (long)getSize;
+
+- (int)getTime;
+
+- (double)getBitrate;
+
+- (double)getSpeed;
+
+@end
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_STATISTICS_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/StatisticsCallback.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/StatisticsCallback.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..420d9ef1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/StatisticsCallback.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2018-2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_STATISTICS_CALLBACK_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_STATISTICS_CALLBACK_H
+
+#import
+#import "Statistics.h"
+
+/**
+ * Callback that receives statistics generated for FFmpegKit sessions.
+ *
+ * @param statistics statistics entry
+ */
+typedef void (^StatisticsCallback)(Statistics* statistics);
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_STATISTICS_CALLBACK_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/StreamInformation.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/StreamInformation.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6e98f991
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/StreamInformation.h
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2018-2022 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_STREAM_INFORMATION_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_STREAM_INFORMATION_H
+
+#import
+
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyIndex;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyType;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyCodec;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyCodecLong;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyFormat;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyWidth;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyHeight;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyBitRate;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeySampleRate;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeySampleFormat;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyChannelLayout;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeySampleAspectRatio;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyDisplayAspectRatio;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyAverageFrameRate;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyRealFrameRate;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyTimeBase;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyCodecTimeBase;
+extern NSString* const StreamKeyTags;
+
+/**
+ * Stream information class.
+ */
+@interface StreamInformation : NSObject
+
+- (instancetype)init:(NSDictionary*)streamDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Returns stream index.
+ *
+ * @return stream index, starting from zero
+ */
+- (NSNumber*)getIndex;
+
+/**
+ * Returns stream type.
+ *
+ * @return stream type; audio or video
+ */
+- (NSString*)getType;
+
+/**
+ * Returns stream codec.
+ *
+ * @return stream codec
+ */
+- (NSString*)getCodec;
+
+/**
+ * Returns stream codec in long format.
+ *
+ * @return stream codec with additional profile and mode information
+ */
+- (NSString*)getCodecLong;
+
+/**
+ * Returns stream format.
+ *
+ * @return stream format
+ */
+- (NSString*)getFormat;
+
+/**
+ * Returns width.
+ *
+ * @return width in pixels
+ */
+- (NSNumber*)getWidth;
+
+/**
+ * Returns height.
+ *
+ * @return height in pixels
+ */
+- (NSNumber*)getHeight;
+
+/**
+ * Returns bitrate.
+ *
+ * @return bitrate in kb/s
+ */
+- (NSString*)getBitrate;
+
+/**
+ * Returns sample rate.
+ *
+ * @return sample rate in hz
+ */
+- (NSString*)getSampleRate;
+
+/**
+ * Returns sample format.
+ *
+ * @return sample format
+ */
+- (NSString*)getSampleFormat;
+
+/**
+ * Returns channel layout.
+ *
+ * @return channel layout
+ */
+- (NSString*)getChannelLayout;
+
+/**
+ * Returns sample aspect ratio.
+ *
+ * @return sample aspect ratio
+ */
+- (NSString*)getSampleAspectRatio;
+
+/**
+ * Returns display aspect ratio.
+ *
+ * @return display aspect ratio
+ */
+- (NSString*)getDisplayAspectRatio;
+
+/**
+ * Returns average frame rate.
+ *
+ * @return average frame rate in fps
+ */
+- (NSString*)getAverageFrameRate;
+
+/**
+ * Returns real frame rate.
+ *
+ * @return real frame rate in tbr
+ */
+- (NSString*)getRealFrameRate;
+
+/**
+ * Returns time base.
+ *
+ * @return time base in tbn
+ */
+- (NSString*)getTimeBase;
+
+/**
+ * Returns codec time base.
+ *
+ * @return codec time base in tbc
+ */
+- (NSString*)getCodecTimeBase;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all tags.
+ *
+ * @return tags dictionary
+ */
+- (NSDictionary*)getTags;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the stream property associated with the key.
+ *
+ * @return stream property as string or nil if the key is not found
+ */
+- (NSString*)getStringProperty:(NSString*)key;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the stream property associated with the key.
+ *
+ * @return stream property as number or nil if the key is not found
+ */
+- (NSNumber*)getNumberProperty:(NSString*)key;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the stream property associated with the key.
+ *
+ * @return stream property as id or nil if the key is not found
+*/
+- (id)getProperty:(NSString*)key;
+
+/**
+ * Returns all stream properties defined.
+ *
+ * @return all stream properties in a dictionary or nil if no properties are defined
+*/
+- (NSDictionary*)getAllProperties;
+
+@end
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_STREAM_INFORMATION_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/ffmpegkit_exception.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/ffmpegkit_exception.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..daf3accc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/ffmpegkit_exception.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2018-2021 Taner Sener
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpegKit.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpegKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpegKit. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFMPEG_KIT_EXCEPTION_H
+#define FFMPEG_KIT_EXCEPTION_H
+
+#include
+#include
+
+/** Holds information to implement exception handling. */
+extern __thread jmp_buf ex_buf__;
+
+#endif // FFMPEG_KIT_EXCEPTION_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/fftools_cmdutils.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/fftools_cmdutils.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d0b1e90d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/fftools_cmdutils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
+/*
+ * Various utilities for command line tools
+ * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
+ * copyright (c) 2018 Taner Sener ( tanersener gmail com )
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file is the modified version of cmdutils.h file living in ffmpeg source code under the fftools folder. We
+ * manually update it each time we depend on a new ffmpeg version. Below you can see the list of changes applied
+ * by us to develop mobile-ffmpeg and later ffmpeg-kit libraries.
+ *
+ * mobile-ffmpeg / ffmpeg-kit changes by Taner Sener
+ *
+ * 09.2022
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * - config.h include added back
+ *
+ * 01.2020
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * - ffprobe support added (variables used by ffprobe marked with "__thread" specifier)
+ * - AV_LOG_STDERR log level added
+ *
+ * 12.2019
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * - concurrent execution support ("__thread" specifier added to variables used by multiple threads)
+ *
+ * 03.2019
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * - config.h include removed
+ *
+ * 08.2018
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * - fftools_ prefix added to file name and include guards
+ *
+ * 07.2018
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * - include guards renamed
+ * - unused headers removed
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFTOOLS_CMDUTILS_H
+#define FFTOOLS_CMDUTILS_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
+#include "libavfilter/avfilter.h"
+#include "libavformat/avformat.h"
+#include "libswscale/swscale.h"
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#undef main /* We don't want SDL to override our main() */
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Defines logs printed to stderr by ffmpeg. They are not filtered and always redirected.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_STDERR -16
+
+/**
+ * program name, defined by the program for show_version().
+ */
+extern __thread char *program_name;
+
+/**
+ * program birth year, defined by the program for show_banner()
+ */
+extern __thread int program_birth_year;
+
+extern __thread AVDictionary *sws_dict;
+extern __thread AVDictionary *swr_opts;
+extern __thread AVDictionary *format_opts, *codec_opts;
+extern __thread int hide_banner;
+extern __thread int find_stream_info;
+
+/**
+ * Register a program-specific cleanup routine.
+ */
+void register_exit(void (*cb)(int ret));
+
+/**
+ * Wraps exit with a program-specific cleanup routine.
+ */
+void exit_program(int ret) av_noreturn;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize dynamic library loading
+ */
+void init_dynload(void);
+
+/**
+ * Uninitialize the cmdutils option system, in particular
+ * free the *_opts contexts and their contents.
+ */
+void uninit_opts(void);
+
+/**
+ * Trivial log callback.
+ * Only suitable for opt_help and similar since it lacks prefix handling.
+ */
+void log_callback_help(void* ptr, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl);
+
+/**
+ * Fallback for options that are not explicitly handled, these will be
+ * parsed through AVOptions.
+ */
+int opt_default(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Limit the execution time.
+ */
+int opt_timelimit(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Parse a string and return its corresponding value as a double.
+ * Exit from the application if the string cannot be correctly
+ * parsed or the corresponding value is invalid.
+ *
+ * @param context the context of the value to be set (e.g. the
+ * corresponding command line option name)
+ * @param numstr the string to be parsed
+ * @param type the type (OPT_INT64 or OPT_FLOAT) as which the
+ * string should be parsed
+ * @param min the minimum valid accepted value
+ * @param max the maximum valid accepted value
+ */
+double parse_number_or_die(const char *context, const char *numstr, int type,
+ double min, double max);
+
+/**
+ * Parse a string specifying a time and return its corresponding
+ * value as a number of microseconds. Exit from the application if
+ * the string cannot be correctly parsed.
+ *
+ * @param context the context of the value to be set (e.g. the
+ * corresponding command line option name)
+ * @param timestr the string to be parsed
+ * @param is_duration a flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if
+ * not zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a
+ * date
+ *
+ * @see av_parse_time()
+ */
+int64_t parse_time_or_die(const char *context, const char *timestr,
+ int is_duration);
+
+typedef struct SpecifierOpt {
+ char *specifier; /**< stream/chapter/program/... specifier */
+ union {
+ uint8_t *str;
+ int i;
+ int64_t i64;
+ uint64_t ui64;
+ float f;
+ double dbl;
+ } u;
+} SpecifierOpt;
+
+typedef struct OptionDef {
+ const char *name;
+ int flags;
+#define HAS_ARG 0x0001
+#define OPT_BOOL 0x0002
+#define OPT_EXPERT 0x0004
+#define OPT_STRING 0x0008
+#define OPT_VIDEO 0x0010
+#define OPT_AUDIO 0x0020
+#define OPT_INT 0x0080
+#define OPT_FLOAT 0x0100
+#define OPT_SUBTITLE 0x0200
+#define OPT_INT64 0x0400
+#define OPT_EXIT 0x0800
+#define OPT_DATA 0x1000
+#define OPT_PERFILE 0x2000 /* the option is per-file (currently ffmpeg-only).
+ implied by OPT_OFFSET or OPT_SPEC */
+#define OPT_OFFSET 0x4000 /* option is specified as an offset in a passed optctx */
+#define OPT_SPEC 0x8000 /* option is to be stored in an array of SpecifierOpt.
+ Implies OPT_OFFSET. Next element after the offset is
+ an int containing element count in the array. */
+#define OPT_TIME 0x10000
+#define OPT_DOUBLE 0x20000
+#define OPT_INPUT 0x40000
+#define OPT_OUTPUT 0x80000
+ union {
+ void *dst_ptr;
+ int (*func_arg)(void *, const char *, const char *);
+ size_t off;
+ } u;
+ const char *help;
+ const char *argname;
+} OptionDef;
+
+/**
+ * Print help for all options matching specified flags.
+ *
+ * @param options a list of options
+ * @param msg title of this group. Only printed if at least one option matches.
+ * @param req_flags print only options which have all those flags set.
+ * @param rej_flags don't print options which have any of those flags set.
+ * @param alt_flags print only options that have at least one of those flags set
+ */
+void show_help_options(const OptionDef *options, const char *msg, int req_flags,
+ int rej_flags, int alt_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Show help for all options with given flags in class and all its
+ * children.
+ */
+void show_help_children(const AVClass *clazz, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Per-fftool specific help handler. Implemented in each
+ * fftool, called by show_help().
+ */
+void show_help_default_ffmpeg(const char *opt, const char *arg);
+void show_help_default_ffprobe(const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Generic -h handler common to all fftools.
+ */
+int show_help(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the command line arguments.
+ *
+ * @param optctx an opaque options context
+ * @param argc number of command line arguments
+ * @param argv values of command line arguments
+ * @param options Array with the definitions required to interpret every
+ * option of the form: -option_name [argument]
+ * @param parse_arg_function Name of the function called to process every
+ * argument without a leading option name flag. NULL if such arguments do
+ * not have to be processed.
+ */
+void parse_options(void *optctx, int argc, char **argv, const OptionDef *options,
+ void (* parse_arg_function)(void *optctx, const char*));
+
+/**
+ * Parse one given option.
+ *
+ * @return on success 1 if arg was consumed, 0 otherwise; negative number on error
+ */
+int parse_option(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg,
+ const OptionDef *options);
+
+/**
+ * An option extracted from the commandline.
+ * Cannot use AVDictionary because of options like -map which can be
+ * used multiple times.
+ */
+typedef struct Option {
+ const OptionDef *opt;
+ const char *key;
+ const char *val;
+} Option;
+
+typedef struct OptionGroupDef {
+ /**< group name */
+ const char *name;
+ /**
+ * Option to be used as group separator. Can be NULL for groups which
+ * are terminated by a non-option argument (e.g. ffmpeg output files)
+ */
+ const char *sep;
+ /**
+ * Option flags that must be set on each option that is
+ * applied to this group
+ */
+ int flags;
+} OptionGroupDef;
+
+typedef struct OptionGroup {
+ const OptionGroupDef *group_def;
+ const char *arg;
+
+ Option *opts;
+ int nb_opts;
+
+ AVDictionary *codec_opts;
+ AVDictionary *format_opts;
+ AVDictionary *sws_dict;
+ AVDictionary *swr_opts;
+} OptionGroup;
+
+/**
+ * A list of option groups that all have the same group type
+ * (e.g. input files or output files)
+ */
+typedef struct OptionGroupList {
+ const OptionGroupDef *group_def;
+
+ OptionGroup *groups;
+ int nb_groups;
+} OptionGroupList;
+
+typedef struct OptionParseContext {
+ OptionGroup global_opts;
+
+ OptionGroupList *groups;
+ int nb_groups;
+
+ /* parsing state */
+ OptionGroup cur_group;
+} OptionParseContext;
+
+/**
+ * Parse an options group and write results into optctx.
+ *
+ * @param optctx an app-specific options context. NULL for global options group
+ * @param g option group
+ */
+int parse_optgroup(void *optctx, OptionGroup *g);
+
+/**
+ * Split the commandline into an intermediate form convenient for further
+ * processing.
+ *
+ * The commandline is assumed to be composed of options which either belong to a
+ * group (those with OPT_SPEC, OPT_OFFSET or OPT_PERFILE) or are global
+ * (everything else).
+ *
+ * A group (defined by an OptionGroupDef struct) is a sequence of options
+ * terminated by either a group separator option (e.g. -i) or a parameter that
+ * is not an option (doesn't start with -). A group without a separator option
+ * must always be first in the supplied groups list.
+ *
+ * All options within the same group are stored in one OptionGroup struct in an
+ * OptionGroupList, all groups with the same group definition are stored in one
+ * OptionGroupList in OptionParseContext.groups. The order of group lists is the
+ * same as the order of group definitions.
+ */
+int split_commandline(OptionParseContext *octx, int argc, char *argv[],
+ const OptionDef *options,
+ const OptionGroupDef *groups, int nb_groups);
+
+/**
+ * Free all allocated memory in an OptionParseContext.
+ */
+void uninit_parse_context(OptionParseContext *octx);
+
+/**
+ * Find the '-loglevel' option in the command line args and apply it.
+ */
+void parse_loglevel(int argc, char **argv, const OptionDef *options);
+
+/**
+ * Return index of option opt in argv or 0 if not found.
+ */
+int locate_option(int argc, char **argv, const OptionDef *options,
+ const char *optname);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given stream matches a stream specifier.
+ *
+ * @param s Corresponding format context.
+ * @param st Stream from s to be checked.
+ * @param spec A stream specifier of the [v|a|s|d]:[\] form.
+ *
+ * @return 1 if the stream matches, 0 if it doesn't, <0 on error
+ */
+int check_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st, const char *spec);
+
+/**
+ * Filter out options for given codec.
+ *
+ * Create a new options dictionary containing only the options from
+ * opts which apply to the codec with ID codec_id.
+ *
+ * @param opts dictionary to place options in
+ * @param codec_id ID of the codec that should be filtered for
+ * @param s Corresponding format context.
+ * @param st A stream from s for which the options should be filtered.
+ * @param codec The particular codec for which the options should be filtered.
+ * If null, the default one is looked up according to the codec id.
+ * @return a pointer to the created dictionary
+ */
+AVDictionary *filter_codec_opts(AVDictionary *opts, enum AVCodecID codec_id,
+ AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st, const AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * Setup AVCodecContext options for avformat_find_stream_info().
+ *
+ * Create an array of dictionaries, one dictionary for each stream
+ * contained in s.
+ * Each dictionary will contain the options from codec_opts which can
+ * be applied to the corresponding stream codec context.
+ *
+ * @return pointer to the created array of dictionaries.
+ * Calls exit() on failure.
+ */
+AVDictionary **setup_find_stream_info_opts(AVFormatContext *s,
+ AVDictionary *codec_opts);
+
+/**
+ * Print an error message to stderr, indicating filename and a human
+ * readable description of the error code err.
+ *
+ * If strerror_r() is not available the use of this function in a
+ * multithreaded application may be unsafe.
+ *
+ * @see av_strerror()
+ */
+void print_error(const char *filename, int err);
+
+/**
+ * Print the program banner to stderr. The banner contents depend on the
+ * current version of the repository and of the libav* libraries used by
+ * the program.
+ */
+void show_banner(int argc, char **argv, const OptionDef *options);
+
+/**
+ * Return a positive value if a line read from standard input
+ * starts with [yY], otherwise return 0.
+ */
+int read_yesno(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get a file corresponding to a preset file.
+ *
+ * If is_path is non-zero, look for the file in the path preset_name.
+ * Otherwise search for a file named arg.ffpreset in the directories
+ * $FFMPEG_DATADIR (if set), $HOME/.ffmpeg, and in the datadir defined
+ * at configuration time or in a "ffpresets" folder along the executable
+ * on win32, in that order. If no such file is found and
+ * codec_name is defined, then search for a file named
+ * codec_name-preset_name.avpreset in the above-mentioned directories.
+ *
+ * @param filename buffer where the name of the found filename is written
+ * @param filename_size size in bytes of the filename buffer
+ * @param preset_name name of the preset to search
+ * @param is_path tell if preset_name is a filename path
+ * @param codec_name name of the codec for which to look for the
+ * preset, may be NULL
+ */
+FILE *get_preset_file(char *filename, size_t filename_size,
+ const char *preset_name, int is_path, const char *codec_name);
+
+/**
+ * Realloc array to hold new_size elements of elem_size.
+ * Calls exit() on failure.
+ *
+ * @param array array to reallocate
+ * @param elem_size size in bytes of each element
+ * @param size new element count will be written here
+ * @param new_size number of elements to place in reallocated array
+ * @return reallocated array
+ */
+void *grow_array(void *array, int elem_size, int *size, int new_size);
+
+/**
+ * Atomically add a new element to an array of pointers, i.e. allocate
+ * a new entry, reallocate the array of pointers and make the new last
+ * member of this array point to the newly allocated buffer.
+ * Calls exit() on failure.
+ *
+ * @param array array of pointers to reallocate
+ * @param elem_size size of the new element to allocate
+ * @param nb_elems pointer to the number of elements of the array array;
+ * *nb_elems will be incremented by one by this function.
+ * @return pointer to the newly allocated entry
+ */
+void *allocate_array_elem(void *array, size_t elem_size, int *nb_elems);
+
+#define GROW_ARRAY(array, nb_elems)\
+ array = grow_array(array, sizeof(*array), &nb_elems, nb_elems + 1)
+
+#define ALLOC_ARRAY_ELEM(array, nb_elems)\
+ allocate_array_elem(&array, sizeof(*array[0]), &nb_elems)
+
+#define GET_PIX_FMT_NAME(pix_fmt)\
+ const char *name = av_get_pix_fmt_name(pix_fmt);
+
+#define GET_CODEC_NAME(id)\
+ const char *name = avcodec_descriptor_get(id)->name;
+
+#define GET_SAMPLE_FMT_NAME(sample_fmt)\
+ const char *name = av_get_sample_fmt_name(sample_fmt)
+
+#define GET_SAMPLE_RATE_NAME(rate)\
+ char name[16];\
+ snprintf(name, sizeof(name), "%d", rate);
+
+double get_rotation(int32_t *displaymatrix);
+
+#endif /* FFTOOLS_CMDUTILS_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/fftools_ffmpeg.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/fftools_ffmpeg.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d888c9a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/fftools_ffmpeg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,746 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ * Copyright (c) 2018 Taner Sener ( tanersener gmail com )
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file is the modified version of ffmpeg.h file living in ffmpeg source code under the fftools folder. We
+ * manually update it each time we depend on a new ffmpeg version. Below you can see the list of changes applied
+ * by us to develop mobile-ffmpeg and later ffmpeg-kit libraries.
+ *
+ * mobile-ffmpeg / ffmpeg-kit changes by Taner Sener
+ *
+ * 09.2022
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * - config.h include added back
+ * - volatile dropped from thread local variables
+ * - dropped signatures of ffmpeg_opt.c methods called by both ffmpeg and ffprobe
+ *
+ * 06.2020
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * - cancel_operation() method signature updated with id
+ *
+ * 12.2019
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * - concurrent execution support ("__thread" specifier added to variables used by multiple threads,
+ * signatures of ffmpeg_opt.c methods called by both ffmpeg and ffprobe added)
+ *
+ * 03.2019
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * - config.h include removed
+ *
+ * 08.2018
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * - fftools_ prefix added to file name and include guards
+ * - set_report_callback() method declared
+ * - cancel_operation() method declared
+ *
+ * 07.2018
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * - include guards renamed
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFTOOLS_FFMPEG_H
+#define FFTOOLS_FFMPEG_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include
+#include
+#include
+
+#include "fftools_cmdutils.h"
+
+#include "libavformat/avformat.h"
+#include "libavformat/avio.h"
+
+#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
+#include "libavcodec/bsf.h"
+
+#include "libavfilter/avfilter.h"
+
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/eval.h"
+#include "libavutil/fifo.h"
+#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h"
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+#include "libavutil/thread.h"
+#include "libavutil/threadmessage.h"
+
+#include "libswresample/swresample.h"
+
+enum VideoSyncMethod {
+ VSYNC_AUTO = -1,
+ VSYNC_PASSTHROUGH,
+ VSYNC_CFR,
+ VSYNC_VFR,
+ VSYNC_VSCFR,
+ VSYNC_DROP,
+};
+
+#define MAX_STREAMS 1024 /* arbitrary sanity check value */
+
+enum HWAccelID {
+ HWACCEL_NONE = 0,
+ HWACCEL_AUTO,
+ HWACCEL_GENERIC,
+};
+
+typedef struct HWDevice {
+ const char *name;
+ enum AVHWDeviceType type;
+ AVBufferRef *device_ref;
+} HWDevice;
+
+/* select an input stream for an output stream */
+typedef struct StreamMap {
+ int disabled; /* 1 is this mapping is disabled by a negative map */
+ int file_index;
+ int stream_index;
+ int sync_file_index;
+ int sync_stream_index;
+ char *linklabel; /* name of an output link, for mapping lavfi outputs */
+} StreamMap;
+
+typedef struct {
+ int file_idx, stream_idx, channel_idx; // input
+ int ofile_idx, ostream_idx; // output
+} AudioChannelMap;
+
+typedef struct OptionsContext {
+ OptionGroup *g;
+
+ /* input/output options */
+ int64_t start_time;
+ int64_t start_time_eof;
+ int seek_timestamp;
+ const char *format;
+
+ SpecifierOpt *codec_names;
+ int nb_codec_names;
+ SpecifierOpt *audio_ch_layouts;
+ int nb_audio_ch_layouts;
+ SpecifierOpt *audio_channels;
+ int nb_audio_channels;
+ SpecifierOpt *audio_sample_rate;
+ int nb_audio_sample_rate;
+ SpecifierOpt *frame_rates;
+ int nb_frame_rates;
+ SpecifierOpt *max_frame_rates;
+ int nb_max_frame_rates;
+ SpecifierOpt *frame_sizes;
+ int nb_frame_sizes;
+ SpecifierOpt *frame_pix_fmts;
+ int nb_frame_pix_fmts;
+
+ /* input options */
+ int64_t input_ts_offset;
+ int loop;
+ int rate_emu;
+ float readrate;
+ int accurate_seek;
+ int thread_queue_size;
+ int input_sync_ref;
+
+ SpecifierOpt *ts_scale;
+ int nb_ts_scale;
+ SpecifierOpt *dump_attachment;
+ int nb_dump_attachment;
+ SpecifierOpt *hwaccels;
+ int nb_hwaccels;
+ SpecifierOpt *hwaccel_devices;
+ int nb_hwaccel_devices;
+ SpecifierOpt *hwaccel_output_formats;
+ int nb_hwaccel_output_formats;
+ SpecifierOpt *autorotate;
+ int nb_autorotate;
+
+ /* output options */
+ StreamMap *stream_maps;
+ int nb_stream_maps;
+ AudioChannelMap *audio_channel_maps; /* one info entry per -map_channel */
+ int nb_audio_channel_maps; /* number of (valid) -map_channel settings */
+ int metadata_global_manual;
+ int metadata_streams_manual;
+ int metadata_chapters_manual;
+ const char **attachments;
+ int nb_attachments;
+
+ int chapters_input_file;
+
+ int64_t recording_time;
+ int64_t stop_time;
+ uint64_t limit_filesize;
+ float mux_preload;
+ float mux_max_delay;
+ int shortest;
+ int bitexact;
+
+ int video_disable;
+ int audio_disable;
+ int subtitle_disable;
+ int data_disable;
+
+ /* indexed by output file stream index */
+ int *streamid_map;
+ int nb_streamid_map;
+
+ SpecifierOpt *metadata;
+ int nb_metadata;
+ SpecifierOpt *max_frames;
+ int nb_max_frames;
+ SpecifierOpt *bitstream_filters;
+ int nb_bitstream_filters;
+ SpecifierOpt *codec_tags;
+ int nb_codec_tags;
+ SpecifierOpt *sample_fmts;
+ int nb_sample_fmts;
+ SpecifierOpt *qscale;
+ int nb_qscale;
+ SpecifierOpt *forced_key_frames;
+ int nb_forced_key_frames;
+ SpecifierOpt *fps_mode;
+ int nb_fps_mode;
+ SpecifierOpt *force_fps;
+ int nb_force_fps;
+ SpecifierOpt *frame_aspect_ratios;
+ int nb_frame_aspect_ratios;
+ SpecifierOpt *rc_overrides;
+ int nb_rc_overrides;
+ SpecifierOpt *intra_matrices;
+ int nb_intra_matrices;
+ SpecifierOpt *inter_matrices;
+ int nb_inter_matrices;
+ SpecifierOpt *chroma_intra_matrices;
+ int nb_chroma_intra_matrices;
+ SpecifierOpt *top_field_first;
+ int nb_top_field_first;
+ SpecifierOpt *metadata_map;
+ int nb_metadata_map;
+ SpecifierOpt *presets;
+ int nb_presets;
+ SpecifierOpt *copy_initial_nonkeyframes;
+ int nb_copy_initial_nonkeyframes;
+ SpecifierOpt *copy_prior_start;
+ int nb_copy_prior_start;
+ SpecifierOpt *filters;
+ int nb_filters;
+ SpecifierOpt *filter_scripts;
+ int nb_filter_scripts;
+ SpecifierOpt *reinit_filters;
+ int nb_reinit_filters;
+ SpecifierOpt *fix_sub_duration;
+ int nb_fix_sub_duration;
+ SpecifierOpt *canvas_sizes;
+ int nb_canvas_sizes;
+ SpecifierOpt *pass;
+ int nb_pass;
+ SpecifierOpt *passlogfiles;
+ int nb_passlogfiles;
+ SpecifierOpt *max_muxing_queue_size;
+ int nb_max_muxing_queue_size;
+ SpecifierOpt *muxing_queue_data_threshold;
+ int nb_muxing_queue_data_threshold;
+ SpecifierOpt *guess_layout_max;
+ int nb_guess_layout_max;
+ SpecifierOpt *apad;
+ int nb_apad;
+ SpecifierOpt *discard;
+ int nb_discard;
+ SpecifierOpt *disposition;
+ int nb_disposition;
+ SpecifierOpt *program;
+ int nb_program;
+ SpecifierOpt *time_bases;
+ int nb_time_bases;
+ SpecifierOpt *enc_time_bases;
+ int nb_enc_time_bases;
+ SpecifierOpt *autoscale;
+ int nb_autoscale;
+ SpecifierOpt *bits_per_raw_sample;
+ int nb_bits_per_raw_sample;
+} OptionsContext;
+
+typedef struct InputFilter {
+ AVFilterContext *filter;
+ struct InputStream *ist;
+ struct FilterGraph *graph;
+ uint8_t *name;
+ enum AVMediaType type; // AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE for sub2video
+
+ AVFifo *frame_queue;
+
+ // parameters configured for this input
+ int format;
+
+ int width, height;
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ int sample_rate;
+ AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
+
+ AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+ int32_t *displaymatrix;
+
+ int eof;
+} InputFilter;
+
+typedef struct OutputFilter {
+ AVFilterContext *filter;
+ struct OutputStream *ost;
+ struct FilterGraph *graph;
+ uint8_t *name;
+
+ /* temporary storage until stream maps are processed */
+ AVFilterInOut *out_tmp;
+ enum AVMediaType type;
+
+ /* desired output stream properties */
+ int width, height;
+ AVRational frame_rate;
+ int format;
+ int sample_rate;
+ AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
+
+ // those are only set if no format is specified and the encoder gives us multiple options
+ // They point directly to the relevant lists of the encoder.
+ const int *formats;
+ const AVChannelLayout *ch_layouts;
+ const int *sample_rates;
+} OutputFilter;
+
+typedef struct FilterGraph {
+ int index;
+ const char *graph_desc;
+
+ AVFilterGraph *graph;
+ int reconfiguration;
+ // true when the filtergraph contains only meta filters
+ // that do not modify the frame data
+ int is_meta;
+
+ InputFilter **inputs;
+ int nb_inputs;
+ OutputFilter **outputs;
+ int nb_outputs;
+} FilterGraph;
+
+typedef struct InputStream {
+ int file_index;
+ AVStream *st;
+ int discard; /* true if stream data should be discarded */
+ int user_set_discard;
+ int decoding_needed; /* non zero if the packets must be decoded in 'raw_fifo', see DECODING_FOR_* */
+#define DECODING_FOR_OST 1
+#define DECODING_FOR_FILTER 2
+ int processing_needed; /* non zero if the packets must be processed */
+
+ AVCodecContext *dec_ctx;
+ const AVCodec *dec;
+ AVFrame *decoded_frame;
+ AVPacket *pkt;
+
+ int64_t prev_pkt_pts;
+ int64_t start; /* time when read started */
+ /* predicted dts of the next packet read for this stream or (when there are
+ * several frames in a packet) of the next frame in current packet (in AV_TIME_BASE units) */
+ int64_t next_dts;
+ int64_t first_dts; ///< dts of the first packet read for this stream (in AV_TIME_BASE units)
+ int64_t dts; ///< dts of the last packet read for this stream (in AV_TIME_BASE units)
+
+ int64_t next_pts; ///< synthetic pts for the next decode frame (in AV_TIME_BASE units)
+ int64_t pts; ///< current pts of the decoded frame (in AV_TIME_BASE units)
+ int wrap_correction_done;
+
+ int64_t filter_in_rescale_delta_last;
+
+ int64_t min_pts; /* pts with the smallest value in a current stream */
+ int64_t max_pts; /* pts with the higher value in a current stream */
+
+ // when forcing constant input framerate through -r,
+ // this contains the pts that will be given to the next decoded frame
+ int64_t cfr_next_pts;
+
+ int64_t nb_samples; /* number of samples in the last decoded audio frame before looping */
+
+ double ts_scale;
+ int saw_first_ts;
+ AVDictionary *decoder_opts;
+ AVRational framerate; /* framerate forced with -r */
+ int top_field_first;
+ int guess_layout_max;
+
+ int autorotate;
+
+ int fix_sub_duration;
+ struct { /* previous decoded subtitle and related variables */
+ int got_output;
+ int ret;
+ AVSubtitle subtitle;
+ } prev_sub;
+
+ struct sub2video {
+ int64_t last_pts;
+ int64_t end_pts;
+ AVFifo *sub_queue; ///< queue of AVSubtitle* before filter init
+ AVFrame *frame;
+ int w, h;
+ unsigned int initialize; ///< marks if sub2video_update should force an initialization
+ } sub2video;
+
+ /* decoded data from this stream goes into all those filters
+ * currently video and audio only */
+ InputFilter **filters;
+ int nb_filters;
+
+ int reinit_filters;
+
+ /* hwaccel options */
+ enum HWAccelID hwaccel_id;
+ enum AVHWDeviceType hwaccel_device_type;
+ char *hwaccel_device;
+ enum AVPixelFormat hwaccel_output_format;
+
+ /* hwaccel context */
+ void *hwaccel_ctx;
+ void (*hwaccel_uninit)(AVCodecContext *s);
+ int (*hwaccel_retrieve_data)(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame);
+ enum AVPixelFormat hwaccel_pix_fmt;
+ enum AVPixelFormat hwaccel_retrieved_pix_fmt;
+
+ /* stats */
+ // combined size of all the packets read
+ uint64_t data_size;
+ /* number of packets successfully read for this stream */
+ uint64_t nb_packets;
+ // number of frames/samples retrieved from the decoder
+ uint64_t frames_decoded;
+ uint64_t samples_decoded;
+
+ int64_t *dts_buffer;
+ int nb_dts_buffer;
+
+ int got_output;
+} InputStream;
+
+typedef struct InputFile {
+ AVFormatContext *ctx;
+ int eof_reached; /* true if eof reached */
+ int eagain; /* true if last read attempt returned EAGAIN */
+ int ist_index; /* index of first stream in input_streams */
+ int loop; /* set number of times input stream should be looped */
+ int64_t duration; /* actual duration of the longest stream in a file
+ at the moment when looping happens */
+ AVRational time_base; /* time base of the duration */
+ int64_t input_ts_offset;
+ int input_sync_ref;
+
+ int64_t ts_offset;
+ int64_t last_ts;
+ int64_t start_time; /* user-specified start time in AV_TIME_BASE or AV_NOPTS_VALUE */
+ int64_t recording_time;
+ int nb_streams; /* number of stream that ffmpeg is aware of; may be different
+ from ctx.nb_streams if new streams appear during av_read_frame() */
+ int nb_streams_warn; /* number of streams that the user was warned of */
+ int rate_emu;
+ float readrate;
+ int accurate_seek;
+
+ AVPacket *pkt;
+
+#if HAVE_THREADS
+ AVThreadMessageQueue *in_thread_queue;
+ pthread_t thread; /* thread reading from this file */
+ int non_blocking; /* reading packets from the thread should not block */
+ int joined; /* the thread has been joined */
+ int thread_queue_size; /* maximum number of queued packets */
+#endif
+} InputFile;
+
+enum forced_keyframes_const {
+ FKF_N,
+ FKF_N_FORCED,
+ FKF_PREV_FORCED_N,
+ FKF_PREV_FORCED_T,
+ FKF_T,
+ FKF_NB
+};
+
+#define ABORT_ON_FLAG_EMPTY_OUTPUT (1 << 0)
+#define ABORT_ON_FLAG_EMPTY_OUTPUT_STREAM (1 << 1)
+
+extern const char *const forced_keyframes_const_names[];
+
+typedef enum {
+ ENCODER_FINISHED = 1,
+ MUXER_FINISHED = 2,
+} OSTFinished ;
+
+typedef struct OutputStream {
+ int file_index; /* file index */
+ int index; /* stream index in the output file */
+ int source_index; /* InputStream index */
+ AVStream *st; /* stream in the output file */
+ int encoding_needed; /* true if encoding needed for this stream */
+ int64_t frame_number;
+ /* input pts and corresponding output pts
+ for A/V sync */
+ struct InputStream *sync_ist; /* input stream to sync against */
+ int64_t sync_opts; /* output frame counter, could be changed to some true timestamp */ // FIXME look at frame_number
+ /* pts of the first frame encoded for this stream, used for limiting
+ * recording time */
+ int64_t first_pts;
+ /* dts of the last packet sent to the muxer */
+ int64_t last_mux_dts;
+ // the timebase of the packets sent to the muxer
+ AVRational mux_timebase;
+ AVRational enc_timebase;
+
+ AVBSFContext *bsf_ctx;
+
+ AVCodecContext *enc_ctx;
+ AVCodecParameters *ref_par; /* associated input codec parameters with encoders options applied */
+ const AVCodec *enc;
+ int64_t max_frames;
+ AVFrame *filtered_frame;
+ AVFrame *last_frame;
+ AVPacket *pkt;
+ int64_t last_dropped;
+ int64_t last_nb0_frames[3];
+
+ void *hwaccel_ctx;
+
+ /* video only */
+ AVRational frame_rate;
+ AVRational max_frame_rate;
+ enum VideoSyncMethod vsync_method;
+ int is_cfr;
+ const char *fps_mode;
+ int force_fps;
+ int top_field_first;
+ int rotate_overridden;
+ int autoscale;
+ int bits_per_raw_sample;
+ double rotate_override_value;
+
+ AVRational frame_aspect_ratio;
+
+ /* forced key frames */
+ int64_t forced_kf_ref_pts;
+ int64_t *forced_kf_pts;
+ int forced_kf_count;
+ int forced_kf_index;
+ char *forced_keyframes;
+ AVExpr *forced_keyframes_pexpr;
+ double forced_keyframes_expr_const_values[FKF_NB];
+ int dropped_keyframe;
+
+ /* audio only */
+ int *audio_channels_map; /* list of the channels id to pick from the source stream */
+ int audio_channels_mapped; /* number of channels in audio_channels_map */
+
+ char *logfile_prefix;
+ FILE *logfile;
+
+ OutputFilter *filter;
+ char *avfilter;
+ char *filters; ///< filtergraph associated to the -filter option
+ char *filters_script; ///< filtergraph script associated to the -filter_script option
+
+ AVDictionary *encoder_opts;
+ AVDictionary *sws_dict;
+ AVDictionary *swr_opts;
+ char *apad;
+ OSTFinished finished; /* no more packets should be written for this stream */
+ int unavailable; /* true if the steram is unavailable (possibly temporarily) */
+ int stream_copy;
+
+ // init_output_stream() has been called for this stream
+ // The encoder and the bitstream filters have been initialized and the stream
+ // parameters are set in the AVStream.
+ int initialized;
+
+ int inputs_done;
+
+ const char *attachment_filename;
+ int streamcopy_started;
+ int copy_initial_nonkeyframes;
+ int copy_prior_start;
+ char *disposition;
+
+ int keep_pix_fmt;
+
+ /* stats */
+ // combined size of all the packets written
+ uint64_t data_size;
+ // number of packets send to the muxer
+ uint64_t packets_written;
+ // number of frames/samples sent to the encoder
+ uint64_t frames_encoded;
+ uint64_t samples_encoded;
+ // number of packets received from the encoder
+ uint64_t packets_encoded;
+
+ /* packet quality factor */
+ int quality;
+
+ int max_muxing_queue_size;
+
+ /* the packets are buffered here until the muxer is ready to be initialized */
+ AVFifo *muxing_queue;
+
+ /*
+ * The size of the AVPackets' buffers in queue.
+ * Updated when a packet is either pushed or pulled from the queue.
+ */
+ size_t muxing_queue_data_size;
+
+ /* Threshold after which max_muxing_queue_size will be in effect */
+ size_t muxing_queue_data_threshold;
+
+ /* packet picture type */
+ int pict_type;
+
+ /* frame encode sum of squared error values */
+ int64_t error[4];
+} OutputStream;
+
+typedef struct OutputFile {
+ int index;
+
+ const AVOutputFormat *format;
+
+ AVFormatContext *ctx;
+ AVDictionary *opts;
+ int ost_index; /* index of the first stream in output_streams */
+ int64_t recording_time; ///< desired length of the resulting file in microseconds == AV_TIME_BASE units
+ int64_t start_time; ///< start time in microseconds == AV_TIME_BASE units
+ uint64_t limit_filesize; /* filesize limit expressed in bytes */
+
+ int shortest;
+
+ int header_written;
+} OutputFile;
+
+extern __thread InputStream **input_streams;
+extern __thread int nb_input_streams;
+extern __thread InputFile **input_files;
+extern __thread int nb_input_files;
+
+extern __thread OutputStream **output_streams;
+extern __thread int nb_output_streams;
+extern __thread OutputFile **output_files;
+extern __thread int nb_output_files;
+
+extern __thread FilterGraph **filtergraphs;
+extern __thread int nb_filtergraphs;
+
+extern __thread char *vstats_filename;
+extern __thread char *sdp_filename;
+
+extern __thread float audio_drift_threshold;
+extern __thread float dts_delta_threshold;
+extern __thread float dts_error_threshold;
+
+extern __thread int audio_volume;
+extern __thread int audio_sync_method;
+extern __thread enum VideoSyncMethod video_sync_method;
+extern __thread float frame_drop_threshold;
+extern __thread int do_benchmark;
+extern __thread int do_benchmark_all;
+extern __thread int do_deinterlace;
+extern __thread int do_hex_dump;
+extern __thread int do_pkt_dump;
+extern __thread int copy_ts;
+extern __thread int start_at_zero;
+extern __thread int copy_tb;
+extern __thread int debug_ts;
+extern __thread int exit_on_error;
+extern __thread int abort_on_flags;
+extern __thread int print_stats;
+extern __thread int64_t stats_period;
+extern __thread int qp_hist;
+extern __thread int stdin_interaction;
+extern __thread int frame_bits_per_raw_sample;
+extern __thread AVIOContext *progress_avio;
+extern __thread float max_error_rate;
+
+extern __thread char *filter_nbthreads;
+extern __thread int filter_complex_nbthreads;
+extern __thread int vstats_version;
+extern __thread int auto_conversion_filters;
+
+extern __thread const AVIOInterruptCB int_cb;
+
+#if CONFIG_QSV
+extern __thread char *qsv_device;
+#endif
+extern __thread HWDevice *filter_hw_device;
+
+extern __thread int want_sdp;
+extern __thread unsigned nb_output_dumped;
+extern __thread int main_ffmpeg_return_code;
+
+void term_init(void);
+void term_exit(void);
+
+void show_usage(void);
+
+void remove_avoptions(AVDictionary **a, AVDictionary *b);
+void assert_avoptions(AVDictionary *m);
+
+int guess_input_channel_layout(InputStream *ist);
+
+int configure_filtergraph(FilterGraph *fg);
+void check_filter_outputs(void);
+int filtergraph_is_simple(FilterGraph *fg);
+int init_simple_filtergraph(InputStream *ist, OutputStream *ost);
+int init_complex_filtergraph(FilterGraph *fg);
+
+void sub2video_update(InputStream *ist, int64_t heartbeat_pts, AVSubtitle *sub);
+
+int ifilter_parameters_from_frame(InputFilter *ifilter, const AVFrame *frame);
+
+int ffmpeg_parse_options(int argc, char **argv);
+
+int videotoolbox_init(AVCodecContext *s);
+int qsv_init(AVCodecContext *s);
+
+HWDevice *hw_device_get_by_name(const char *name);
+int hw_device_init_from_string(const char *arg, HWDevice **dev);
+void hw_device_free_all(void);
+
+int hw_device_setup_for_decode(InputStream *ist);
+int hw_device_setup_for_encode(OutputStream *ost);
+int hw_device_setup_for_filter(FilterGraph *fg);
+
+int hwaccel_decode_init(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/* open the muxer when all the streams are initialized */
+int of_check_init(OutputFile *of);
+int of_write_trailer(OutputFile *of);
+void of_close(OutputFile **pof);
+
+void of_write_packet(OutputFile *of, AVPacket *pkt, OutputStream *ost,
+ int unqueue);
+
+void set_report_callback(void (*callback)(int, float, float, int64_t, int, double, double));
+void cancel_operation(long id);
+
+#endif /* FFTOOLS_FFMPEG_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/fftools_fopen_utf8.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/fftools_fopen_utf8.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c0b6b432
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/fftools_fopen_utf8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file is the modified version of fopen_utf8.h file living in ffmpeg source code under the fftools folder. We
+ * manually update it each time we depend on a new ffmpeg version. Below you can see the list of changes applied
+ * by us to develop the ffmpeg-kit library.
+ *
+ * ffmpeg-kit changes by Taner Sener
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFTOOLS_FOPEN_UTF8_H
+#define FFTOOLS_FOPEN_UTF8_H
+
+#include
+
+/* The fopen_utf8 function here is essentially equivalent to avpriv_fopen_utf8,
+ * except that it doesn't set O_CLOEXEC, and that it isn't exported
+ * from a different library. (On Windows, each DLL might use a different
+ * CRT, and FILE* handles can't be shared across them.) */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include "libavutil/wchar_filename.h"
+
+static inline FILE *fopen_utf8(const char *path_utf8, const char *mode)
+{
+ wchar_t *path_w, *mode_w;
+ FILE *f;
+
+ /* convert UTF-8 to wide chars */
+ if (get_extended_win32_path(path_utf8, &path_w)) /* This sets errno on error. */
+ return NULL;
+ if (!path_w)
+ goto fallback;
+
+ if (utf8towchar(mode, &mode_w))
+ return NULL;
+ if (!mode_w) {
+ /* If failing to interpret the mode string as utf8, it is an invalid
+ * parameter. */
+ av_freep(&path_w);
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ f = _wfopen(path_w, mode_w);
+ av_freep(&path_w);
+ av_freep(&mode_w);
+
+ return f;
+fallback:
+ /* path may be in CP_ACP */
+ return fopen(path_utf8, mode);
+}
+
+#else
+
+static inline FILE *fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode)
+{
+ return fopen(path, mode);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* FFTOOLS_FOPEN_UTF8_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/fftools_opt_common.h b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/fftools_opt_common.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fbb07234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Headers/fftools_opt_common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*
+ * Option handlers shared between the tools.
+ * copyright (c) 2022 Taner Sener ( tanersener gmail com )
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file is the modified version of opt_common.h file living in ffmpeg source code under the fftools folder. We
+ * manually update it each time we depend on a new ffmpeg version. Below you can see the list of changes applied
+ * by us to develop the ffmpeg-kit library.
+ *
+ * ffmpeg-kit changes by Taner Sener
+ *
+ * 09.2022
+ * --------------------------------------------------------
+ * - CMDUTILS_COMMON_OPTIONS and CMDUTILS_COMMON_OPTIONS_AVDEVICE defines dropped
+ * - fftools_ prefix added to fftools headers
+ */
+
+#ifndef FFTOOLS_OPT_COMMON_H
+#define FFTOOLS_OPT_COMMON_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "fftools_cmdutils.h"
+
+#if CONFIG_AVDEVICE
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing autodetected sinks of the output device.
+ * Device name with options may be passed as an argument to limit results.
+ */
+int show_sinks(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing autodetected sources of the input device.
+ * Device name with options may be passed as an argument to limit results.
+ */
+int show_sources(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Print the license of the program to stdout. The license depends on
+ * the license of the libraries compiled into the program.
+ * This option processing function does not utilize the arguments.
+ */
+int show_license(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Generic -h handler common to all fftools.
+ */
+int show_help(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print the version of the program to stdout. The version message
+ * depends on the current versions of the repository and of the libav*
+ * libraries.
+ * This option processing function does not utilize the arguments.
+ */
+int show_version(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print the build configuration of the program to stdout. The contents
+ * depend on the definition of FFMPEG_CONFIGURATION.
+ * This option processing function does not utilize the arguments.
+ */
+int show_buildconf(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all the formats supported by the
+ * program (including devices).
+ * This option processing function does not utilize the arguments.
+ */
+int show_formats(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all the muxers supported by the
+ * program (including devices).
+ * This option processing function does not utilize the arguments.
+ */
+int show_muxers(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all the demuxer supported by the
+ * program (including devices).
+ * This option processing function does not utilize the arguments.
+ */
+int show_demuxers(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all the devices supported by the
+ * program.
+ * This option processing function does not utilize the arguments.
+ */
+int show_devices(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all the codecs supported by the
+ * program.
+ * This option processing function does not utilize the arguments.
+ */
+int show_codecs(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all the decoders supported by the
+ * program.
+ */
+int show_decoders(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all the encoders supported by the
+ * program.
+ */
+int show_encoders(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all the bit stream filters supported by the
+ * program.
+ * This option processing function does not utilize the arguments.
+ */
+int show_bsfs(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all the protocols supported by the
+ * program.
+ * This option processing function does not utilize the arguments.
+ */
+int show_protocols(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all the filters supported by the
+ * program.
+ * This option processing function does not utilize the arguments.
+ */
+int show_filters(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all the pixel formats supported by the
+ * program.
+ * This option processing function does not utilize the arguments.
+ */
+int show_pix_fmts(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all the standard channel layouts supported by
+ * the program.
+ * This option processing function does not utilize the arguments.
+ */
+int show_layouts(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all the sample formats supported by the
+ * program.
+ */
+int show_sample_fmts(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all supported stream dispositions.
+ */
+int show_dispositions(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Print a listing containing all the color names and values recognized
+ * by the program.
+ */
+int show_colors(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Set the libav* libraries log level.
+ */
+int opt_loglevel(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+int opt_report(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+int init_report(const char *env, FILE **file);
+
+int opt_max_alloc(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Override the cpuflags.
+ */
+int opt_cpuflags(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+/**
+ * Override the cpucount.
+ */
+int opt_cpucount(void *optctx, const char *opt, const char *arg);
+
+#endif /* FFTOOLS_OPT_COMMON_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Info.plist b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Info.plist
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4702dcf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Info.plist
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+
+
+
+
+ CFBundleDevelopmentRegion
+ en
+ CFBundleExecutable
+ ffmpegkit
+ CFBundleIdentifier
+ com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.FFmpegKit
+ CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion
+ 6.0
+ CFBundleName
+ ffmpegkit
+ CFBundlePackageType
+ FMWK
+ CFBundleShortVersionString
+ 5.1.1000
+ CFBundleVersion
+ 5.1.1000
+ CFBundleSignature
+ ????
+ MinimumOSVersion
+ 10
+ CFBundleSupportedPlatforms
+
+ iPhoneOS
+
+ NSPrincipalClass
+
+
+
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/LICENSE b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94a9ed02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+ The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+ Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+ For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+ Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+ Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ 0. Definitions.
+
+ "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+ "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+ "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+ To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+ A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+ To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+ To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+ An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+ 1. Source Code.
+
+ The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+ A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+ The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+ The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+ The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+ The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+ 2. Basic Permissions.
+
+ All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+ You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+ Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+ 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+ No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+ When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+ 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+ You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+ You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+ 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+ You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+ it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+ b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+ released under this License and any conditions added under section
+ 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+ "keep intact all notices".
+
+ c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+ License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
+ License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+ additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+ regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
+ permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+ invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+ d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+ Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+ interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+ work need not make them do so.
+
+ A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+ 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+ You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+ a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+ Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+ customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+ written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+ long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+ model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+ copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+ product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+ medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+ more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+ conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+ Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+ c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+ written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
+ alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+ only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+ with subsection 6b.
+
+ d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+ place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+ Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+ further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
+ Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
+ copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+ may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+ that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+ clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+ Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
+ Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+ available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+ e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+ you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+ Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+ charge under subsection 6d.
+
+ A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+ A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+ "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+ If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+ The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+ Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+ 7. Additional Terms.
+
+ "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+ When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+ a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+ terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+ b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+ author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+ Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+ c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+ requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+ reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+ d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+ authors of the material; or
+
+ e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+ trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+ f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+ material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+ it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+ any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+ those licensors and authors.
+
+ All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+ If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+ Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+ 8. Termination.
+
+ You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+ 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+ You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+ 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+ Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+ An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+ You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+ 11. Patents.
+
+ A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+ A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+ Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+ In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+ If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+ If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+ A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+ Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+ 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+ If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+ 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+ 14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+ Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+ 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+ THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+ IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+ If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+
+ Copyright (C)
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see .
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+ If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Copyright (C)
+ This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+ You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+.
+
+ The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
+.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Modules/module.modulemap b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Modules/module.modulemap
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0144b246
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/Modules/module.modulemap
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+framework module ffmpegkit {
+
+ header "AbstractSession.h"
+ header "ArchDetect.h"
+ header "AtomicLong.h"
+ header "Chapter.h"
+ header "FFmpegKit.h"
+ header "FFmpegKitConfig.h"
+ header "FFmpegSession.h"
+ header "FFmpegSessionCompleteCallback.h"
+ header "FFprobeKit.h"
+ header "FFprobeSession.h"
+ header "FFprobeSessionCompleteCallback.h"
+ header "Level.h"
+ header "Log.h"
+ header "LogCallback.h"
+ header "LogRedirectionStrategy.h"
+ header "MediaInformation.h"
+ header "MediaInformationJsonParser.h"
+ header "MediaInformationSession.h"
+ header "MediaInformationSessionCompleteCallback.h"
+ header "Packages.h"
+ header "ReturnCode.h"
+ header "Session.h"
+ header "SessionState.h"
+ header "Statistics.h"
+ header "StatisticsCallback.h"
+ header "StreamInformation.h"
+ header "ffmpegkit_exception.h"
+
+ export *
+}
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/SOURCE b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/SOURCE
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96a425d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/SOURCE
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+The source code of "FFmpegKit", "FFmpeg" and external libraries enabled within
+"FFmpeg" for this release can be downloaded from
+https://github.com/arthenica/ffmpeg-kit/wiki/Source page.
+
+If you want to receive the source code on physical media submit your request
+to "open-source@arthenica.com" email address.
+
+Your request should include "FFmpegKit" version, "FFmpegKit" platform, your
+name, your company name, your mailing address, the phone number and the date
+you started using "FFmpegKit".
+
+Note that we may charge you a fee to cover physical media printing and
+shipping costs. Your request must be sent within the first three years of the
+date you received "FFmpegKit" with "GPL v3.0" license.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/ffmpegkit b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/ffmpegkit
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..a7452a1c
Binary files /dev/null and b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/ffmpegkit differ
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/strip-frameworks.sh b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/strip-frameworks.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..2c23237b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/ffmpegkit.framework/strip-frameworks.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+################################################################################
+#
+# Copyright 2015 Realm Inc.
+#
+# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+# You may obtain a copy of the License at
+#
+# http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+#
+# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+# limitations under the License.
+#
+################################################################################
+
+# This script strips all non-valid architectures from dynamic libraries in
+# the application's `Frameworks` directory.
+#
+# The following environment variables are required:
+#
+# BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR
+# FRAMEWORKS_FOLDER_PATH
+# VALID_ARCHS
+# EXPANDED_CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY
+
+
+# Signs a framework with the provided identity
+code_sign() {
+# Use the current code_sign_identitiy
+echo "Code Signing $1 with Identity ${EXPANDED_CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY_NAME}"
+echo "/usr/bin/codesign --force --sign ${EXPANDED_CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY} --preserve-metadata=identifier,entitlements $1"
+/usr/bin/codesign --force --sign ${EXPANDED_CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY} --preserve-metadata=identifier,entitlements "$1"
+}
+
+echo "Stripping frameworks"
+cd "${BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR}/${FRAMEWORKS_FOLDER_PATH}"
+
+for file in $(find . -type f -perm +111); do
+# Skip non-dynamic libraries
+if ! [[ "$(file "$file")" == *"dynamically linked shared library"* ]]; then
+continue
+fi
+# Get architectures for current file
+archs="$(lipo -info "${file}" | rev | cut -d ':' -f1 | rev)"
+stripped=""
+for arch in $archs; do
+if ! [[ "${VALID_ARCHS}" == *"$arch"* ]]; then
+# Strip non-valid architectures in-place
+lipo -remove "$arch" -output "$file" "$file" || exit 1
+stripped="$stripped $arch"
+fi
+done
+if [[ "$stripped" != "" ]]; then
+echo "Stripped $file of architectures:$stripped"
+if [ "${CODE_SIGNING_REQUIRED}" == "YES" ]; then
+code_sign "${file}"
+fi
+fi
+done
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/ac3_parser.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/ac3_parser.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ff8cc4cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/ac3_parser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+ * AC-3 parser prototypes
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H
+#define AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H
+
+#include
+#include
+
+/**
+ * Extract the bitstream ID and the frame size from AC-3 data.
+ */
+int av_ac3_parse_header(const uint8_t *buf, size_t size,
+ uint8_t *bitstream_id, uint16_t *frame_size);
+
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/adts_parser.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/adts_parser.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f85becd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/adts_parser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H
+#define AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H
+
+#include
+#include
+
+#define AV_AAC_ADTS_HEADER_SIZE 7
+
+/**
+ * Extract the number of samples and frames from AAC data.
+ * @param[in] buf pointer to AAC data buffer
+ * @param[out] samples Pointer to where number of samples is written
+ * @param[out] frames Pointer to where number of frames is written
+ * @return Returns 0 on success, error code on failure.
+ */
+int av_adts_header_parse(const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t *samples,
+ uint8_t *frames);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/arm/mathops.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/arm/mathops.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dc57c557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/arm/mathops.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ * simple math operations
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer et al
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_ARM_MATHOPS_H
+#define AVCODEC_ARM_MATHOPS_H
+
+#include
+#include "config.h"
+#include "libavutil/common.h"
+
+#if HAVE_INLINE_ASM
+
+#if HAVE_ARMV6_INLINE
+#define MULH MULH
+static inline av_const int MULH(int a, int b)
+{
+ int r;
+ __asm__ ("smmul %0, %1, %2" : "=r"(r) : "r"(a), "r"(b));
+ return r;
+}
+
+#define FASTDIV FASTDIV
+static av_always_inline av_const int FASTDIV(int a, int b)
+{
+ int r;
+ __asm__ ("cmp %2, #2 \n\t"
+ "ldr %0, [%3, %2, lsl #2] \n\t"
+ "ite le \n\t"
+ "lsrle %0, %1, #1 \n\t"
+ "smmulgt %0, %0, %1 \n\t"
+ : "=&r"(r) : "r"(a), "r"(b), "r"(ff_inverse) : "cc");
+ return r;
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_ARMV6_INLINE */
+
+#define FASTDIV FASTDIV
+static av_always_inline av_const int FASTDIV(int a, int b)
+{
+ int r, t;
+ __asm__ ("umull %1, %0, %2, %3"
+ : "=&r"(r), "=&r"(t) : "r"(a), "r"(ff_inverse[b]));
+ return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+#define MLS64(d, a, b) MAC64(d, -(a), b)
+
+#if HAVE_ARMV5TE_INLINE
+
+/* signed 16x16 -> 32 multiply add accumulate */
+# define MAC16(rt, ra, rb) \
+ __asm__ ("smlabb %0, %1, %2, %0" : "+r"(rt) : "r"(ra), "r"(rb));
+
+/* signed 16x16 -> 32 multiply */
+# define MUL16 MUL16
+static inline av_const int MUL16(int ra, int rb)
+{
+ int rt;
+ __asm__ ("smulbb %0, %1, %2" : "=r"(rt) : "r"(ra), "r"(rb));
+ return rt;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#define mid_pred mid_pred
+static inline av_const int mid_pred(int a, int b, int c)
+{
+ int m;
+ __asm__ (
+ "mov %0, %2 \n\t"
+ "cmp %1, %2 \n\t"
+ "itt gt \n\t"
+ "movgt %0, %1 \n\t"
+ "movgt %1, %2 \n\t"
+ "cmp %1, %3 \n\t"
+ "it le \n\t"
+ "movle %1, %3 \n\t"
+ "cmp %0, %1 \n\t"
+ "it gt \n\t"
+ "movgt %0, %1 \n\t"
+ : "=&r"(m), "+r"(a)
+ : "r"(b), "r"(c)
+ : "cc");
+ return m;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_INLINE_ASM */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_ARM_MATHOPS_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avcodec.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avcodec.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cb5c25bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avcodec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3169 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H
+#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * Libavcodec external API header
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/frame.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+
+#include "codec.h"
+#include "codec_desc.h"
+#include "codec_par.h"
+#include "codec_id.h"
+#include "defs.h"
+#include "packet.h"
+#include "version_major.h"
+#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version
+ * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including
+ * the full version information. */
+#include "version.h"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup libavc libavcodec
+ * Encoding/Decoding Library
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs
+ * @{
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/
+ * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which
+ * decouples input and output.
+ *
+ * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as
+ * follows:
+ * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual.
+ * - Send valid input:
+ * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw
+ * compressed data in an AVPacket.
+ * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame
+ * containing uncompressed audio or video.
+ *
+ * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are
+ * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat
+ * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates
+ * refcounted AVFrames.)
+ * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*()
+ * functions and process their output:
+ * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return
+ * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data.
+ * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return
+ * an AVPacket with a compressed frame.
+ *
+ * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to
+ * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each
+ * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet,
+ * but it can also be 0 or more than 1.
+ *
+ * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple
+ * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers
+ * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps
+ * outlined above.
+ *
+ * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if
+ * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode
+ * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could
+ * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that
+ * returns EAGAIN.
+ *
+ * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec,
+ * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for
+ * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames).
+ * This is handled as follows:
+ * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding)
+ * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining
+ * mode.
+ * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet()
+ * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will
+ * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode.
+ * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with
+ * avcodec_flush_buffers().
+ *
+ * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also
+ * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can
+ * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling
+ * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed
+ * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of
+ * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to
+ * read at least some output.
+ *
+ * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only
+ * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on
+ * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or
+ * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will
+ * permit unlimited buffering of input or output.
+ *
+ * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This
+ * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless
+ * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to
+ * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second
+ * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved).
+ * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed
+ * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed
+ * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive
+ * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be
+ * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between
+ * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that
+ * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now
+ * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an
+ * avcodec_send_packet() call.
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures.
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ *
+ * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities,
+ * allocating core structures, etc.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_encoding
+ * minimum encoding buffer size
+ * Used to avoid some checks during header writing.
+ */
+#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_encoding
+ */
+typedef struct RcOverride{
+ int start_frame;
+ int end_frame;
+ int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead.
+ float quality_factor;
+} RcOverride;
+
+/* encoding support
+ These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization.
+ Note: Not everything is supported yet.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned
+ * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping).
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Use fixed qscale.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Output even those frames that might be corrupted.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * Use qpel MC.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4)
+/**
+ * Don't output frames whose parameters differ from first
+ * decoded frame in stream.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED (1 << 5)
+/**
+ * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9)
+/**
+ * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10)
+/**
+ * loop filter.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11)
+/**
+ * Only decode/encode grayscale.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13)
+/**
+ * error[?] variables will be set during encoding.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15)
+#if FF_API_FLAG_TRUNCATED
+/**
+ * Input bitstream might be truncated at a random location
+ * instead of only at frame boundaries.
+ *
+ * @deprecated use codec parsers for packetizing input
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED (1 << 16)
+#endif
+/**
+ * Use interlaced DCT.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18)
+/**
+ * Force low delay.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19)
+/**
+ * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22)
+/**
+ * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT).
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23)
+/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */
+/**
+ * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24)
+/**
+ * interlaced motion estimation
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29)
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31)
+
+/**
+ * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Skip bitstream encoding.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3)
+
+/**
+ * timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!!
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE (1 << 13)
+
+/**
+ * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries
+ * instead of only at frame boundaries.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15)
+/**
+ * Discard cropping information from SPS.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16)
+
+/**
+ * Show all frames before the first keyframe
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22)
+/**
+ * Export motion vectors through frame side data
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28)
+/**
+ * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29)
+/**
+ * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding)
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30)
+
+/* Unsupported options :
+ * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC)
+ * Reference Picture Selection
+ * Independent Segment Decoding */
+/* /Fx */
+/* codec capabilities */
+
+/* Exported side data.
+ These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.export_side_data before initialization.
+*/
+/**
+ * Export motion vectors through frame side data
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_MVS (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Export encoder Producer Reference Time through packet side data
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_PRFT (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * Decoding only.
+ * Export the AVVideoEncParams structure through frame side data.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Decoding only.
+ * Do not apply film grain, export it instead.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_FILM_GRAIN (1 << 3)
+
+/**
+ * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later.
+ */
+#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * The encoder will keep a reference to the packet and may reuse it later.
+ */
+#define AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0)
+
+struct AVCodecInternal;
+
+/**
+ * main external API structure.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user
+ * applications.
+ * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line
+ * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h
+ * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C
+ * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity.
+ * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodecContext {
+ /**
+ * information on struct for av_log
+ * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+ int log_level_offset;
+
+ enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */
+ const struct AVCodec *codec;
+ enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */
+
+ /**
+ * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A').
+ * This is used to work around some encoder bugs.
+ * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec.
+ * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one
+ * which maximizes the information about the used codec.
+ * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should
+ * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new
+ * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated
+ * first.
+ * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used.
+ * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init.
+ */
+ unsigned int codec_tag;
+
+ void *priv_data;
+
+ /**
+ * Private context used for internal data.
+ *
+ * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general
+ * libavcodec functions.
+ */
+ struct AVCodecInternal *internal;
+
+ /**
+ * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * the average bitrate
+ * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding.
+ * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec
+ * if this info is available in the stream
+ */
+ int64_t bit_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference.
+ * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2)
+ * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int bit_rate_tolerance;
+
+ /**
+ * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame.
+ * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int global_quality;
+
+ /**
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int compression_level;
+#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1
+
+ /**
+ * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /**
+ * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_*
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int flags2;
+
+ /**
+ * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables.
+ * MJPEG: Huffman tables
+ * rv10: additional flags
+ * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here)
+ * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger
+ * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader.
+ * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness.
+ * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions.
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user.
+ */
+ uint8_t *extradata;
+ int extradata_size;
+
+ /**
+ * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
+ * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content,
+ * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be
+ * identically 1.
+ * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate
+ * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not
+ * constant.
+ *
+ * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base
+ * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified.
+ * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E)
+ * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate
+ * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate)
+ *
+ * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+ * - decoding: the use of this field for decoding is deprecated.
+ * Use framerate instead.
+ */
+ AVRational time_base;
+
+ /**
+ * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate.
+ * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration
+ * if no telecine is used ...
+ *
+ * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2.
+ */
+ int ticks_per_frame;
+
+ /**
+ * Codec delay.
+ *
+ * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to
+ * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec)
+ * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder
+ * as specified in the spec would produce.
+ *
+ * Video:
+ * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the
+ * encoded input.
+ *
+ * Audio:
+ * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding).
+ *
+ * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to
+ * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should
+ * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int delay;
+
+
+ /* video only */
+ /**
+ * picture width / height.
+ *
+ * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last
+ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame
+ * reordering.
+ *
+ * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+ * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g.
+ * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions
+ * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may
+ * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data.
+ */
+ int width, height;
+
+ /**
+ * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when
+ * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled.
+ *
+ * @note Those field may not match the value of the last
+ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame
+ * reordering.
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known
+ * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may
+ * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data.
+ */
+ int coded_width, coded_height;
+
+ /**
+ * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int gop_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx.
+ * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers.
+ * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better.
+ *
+ * @note This field may not match the value of the last
+ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame
+ * reordering.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while
+ * parsing the data.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+
+ /**
+ * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec
+ * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not
+ * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities
+ * beforehand.
+ * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads
+ * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame,
+ * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn
+ * in order.
+ * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs.
+ * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass
+ * the data needed for hardware render.
+ * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to
+ * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application
+ * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress
+ * or mark state.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * @param height the height of the slice
+ * @param y the y position of the slice
+ * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame
+ * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read
+ */
+ void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s,
+ const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS],
+ int y, int type, int height);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback to negotiate the pixel format. Decoding only, may be set by the
+ * caller before avcodec_open2().
+ *
+ * Called by some decoders to select the pixel format that will be used for
+ * the output frames. This is mainly used to set up hardware acceleration,
+ * then the provided format list contains the corresponding hwaccel pixel
+ * formats alongside the "software" one. The software pixel format may also
+ * be retrieved from \ref sw_pix_fmt.
+ *
+ * This callback will be called when the coded frame properties (such as
+ * resolution, pixel format, etc.) change and more than one output format is
+ * supported for those new properties. If a hardware pixel format is chosen
+ * and initialization for it fails, the callback may be called again
+ * immediately.
+ *
+ * This callback may be called from different threads if the decoder is
+ * multi-threaded, but not from more than one thread simultaneously.
+ *
+ * @param fmt list of formats which may be used in the current
+ * configuration, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
+ * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value other
+ * than one of the formats in fmt or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
+ * @return the chosen format or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt);
+
+ /**
+ * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames
+ * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int max_b_frames;
+
+ /**
+ * qscale factor between IP and B-frames
+ * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset).
+ * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset).
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float b_quant_factor;
+
+ /**
+ * qscale offset between IP and B-frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float b_quant_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder.
+ * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int has_b_frames;
+
+ /**
+ * qscale factor between P- and I-frames
+ * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset).
+ * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset).
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float i_quant_factor;
+
+ /**
+ * qscale offset between P and I-frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float i_quant_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * luminance masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float lumi_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float temporal_cplx_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float spatial_cplx_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * p block masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float p_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * darkness masking (0-> disabled)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ float dark_masking;
+
+ /**
+ * slice count
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by user (or 0).
+ */
+ int slice_count;
+
+ /**
+ * slice offsets in the frame in bytes
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL).
+ */
+ int *slice_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
+ * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel.
+ * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ /**
+ * motion estimation comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_cmp;
+ /**
+ * subpixel motion estimation comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_sub_cmp;
+ /**
+ * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mb_cmp;
+ /**
+ * interlaced DCT comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int ildct_cmp;
+#define FF_CMP_SAD 0
+#define FF_CMP_SSE 1
+#define FF_CMP_SATD 2
+#define FF_CMP_DCT 3
+#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4
+#define FF_CMP_BIT 5
+#define FF_CMP_RD 6
+#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7
+#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8
+#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9
+#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10
+#define FF_CMP_W53 11
+#define FF_CMP_W97 12
+#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13
+#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14
+#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15
+#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256
+
+ /**
+ * ME diamond size & shape
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int dia_size;
+
+ /**
+ * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int last_predictor_count;
+
+ /**
+ * motion estimation prepass comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_pre_cmp;
+
+ /**
+ * ME prepass diamond size & shape
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int pre_dia_size;
+
+ /**
+ * subpel ME quality
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_subpel_quality;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units
+ * If 0 then no limit.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int me_range;
+
+ /**
+ * slice flags
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int slice_flags;
+#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display
+#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics)
+#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1)
+
+ /**
+ * macroblock decision mode
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mb_decision;
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits
+#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion
+
+ /**
+ * custom intra quantization matrix
+ * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in
+ * avcodec_free_context().
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL.
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec.
+ */
+ uint16_t *intra_matrix;
+
+ /**
+ * custom inter quantization matrix
+ * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in
+ * avcodec_free_context().
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL.
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec.
+ */
+ uint16_t *inter_matrix;
+
+ /**
+ * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ int intra_dc_precision;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int skip_top;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int skip_bottom;
+
+ /**
+ * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mb_lmin;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mb_lmax;
+
+ /**
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int bidir_refine;
+
+ /**
+ * minimum GOP size
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int keyint_min;
+
+ /**
+ * number of reference frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by lavc.
+ */
+ int refs;
+
+ /**
+ * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int mv0_threshold;
+
+ /**
+ * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+
+ /**
+ * Color Transfer Characteristic.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+
+ /**
+ * YUV colorspace type.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
+
+ /**
+ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVColorRange color_range;
+
+ /**
+ * This defines the location of chroma samples.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of slices.
+ * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized
+ * decoding.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int slices;
+
+ /** Field order
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
+
+ /* audio only */
+ int sample_rate; ///< samples per second
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * number of audio channels
+ * @deprecated use ch_layout.nb_channels
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int channels;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * audio sample format
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format
+
+ /* The following data should not be initialized. */
+ /**
+ * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame.
+ *
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame
+ * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel.
+ * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the
+ * frame size is not restricted.
+ * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size
+ */
+ int frame_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Frame counter, set by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far.
+ * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far.
+ *
+ * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in
+ * an error.
+ */
+ int frame_number;
+
+ /**
+ * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0
+ * Used by some WAV based audio codecs.
+ */
+ int block_align;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic")
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int cutoff;
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * Audio channel layout.
+ * - encoding: set by user.
+ * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec.
+ * @deprecated use ch_layout
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint64_t channel_layout;
+
+ /**
+ * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * @deprecated use "downmix" codec private option
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint64_t request_channel_layout;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Type of service that the audio stream conveys.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type;
+
+ /**
+ * desired sample format
+ * - encoding: Not used.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * Decoder will decode to this format if it can.
+ */
+ enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt;
+
+ /**
+ * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data
+ * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or
+ * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What
+ * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary.
+ * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description
+ * of buf[] below).
+ *
+ * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is
+ * called:
+ * - format
+ * - width, height (video only)
+ * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only)
+ * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in
+ * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec
+ * context values, to calculate the required buffer size.
+ *
+ * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame:
+ * - data[]
+ * - linesize[]
+ * - extended_data:
+ * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this
+ * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers
+ * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can.
+ * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in
+ * av_frame_unref().
+ * * otherwise extended_data must point to data
+ * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of
+ * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That
+ * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one
+ * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(),
+ * and av_buffer_ref().
+ * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by
+ * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more
+ * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in
+ * av_frame_unref().
+ *
+ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call
+ * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by
+ * some other means.
+ *
+ * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target
+ * CPU.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2()
+ *
+ * Video:
+ *
+ * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused
+ * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and
+ * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16.
+ *
+ * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames.
+ *
+ * If frame multithreading is used, this callback may be called from a
+ * different thread, but not from more than one at once. Does not need to be
+ * reentrant.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2()
+ *
+ * Audio:
+ *
+ * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting
+ * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may,
+ * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples
+ * to a smaller value in the output frame.
+ *
+ * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and
+ * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2()
+ * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and
+ * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio
+ * since all planes must be the same size.
+ *
+ * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays()
+ *
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ */
+ int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+ /* - encoding parameters */
+ float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0)
+ float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0)
+
+ /**
+ * minimum quantizer
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int qmin;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum quantizer
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int qmax;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum quantizer difference between frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int max_qdiff;
+
+ /**
+ * decoder bitstream buffer size
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int rc_buffer_size;
+
+ /**
+ * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride
+ * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int rc_override_count;
+ RcOverride *rc_override;
+
+ /**
+ * maximum bitrate
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int64_t rc_max_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * minimum bitrate
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int64_t rc_min_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, of what can be used without an underflow.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ */
+ float rc_max_available_vbv_use;
+
+ /**
+ * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ */
+ float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy;
+
+ /**
+ * trellis RD quantization
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int trellis;
+
+ /**
+ * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ char *stats_out;
+
+ /**
+ * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer
+ * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here.
+ * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ char *stats_in;
+
+ /**
+ * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int workaround_bugs;
+#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection
+#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4
+#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8
+#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16
+#define FF_BUG_AMV 32
+#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64
+#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128
+#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256
+#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512
+#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024
+#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048
+#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096
+#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders.
+#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384
+#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768
+
+ /**
+ * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...).
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will
+ * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower
+ * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all
+ * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal,
+ * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things
+ * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly
+ * (=strictly conform to the specs)
+ */
+ int strict_std_compliance;
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software.
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences.
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions
+#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things.
+
+ /**
+ * error concealment flags
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int error_concealment;
+#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1
+#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2
+#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256
+
+ /**
+ * debug
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int debug;
+#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1
+#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2
+#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4
+#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8
+#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16
+#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040
+#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080
+#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100
+#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400
+#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800
+#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000
+#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000
+#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000
+#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000
+#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000
+
+ /**
+ * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int err_recognition;
+
+/**
+ * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or
+ * decoded data, depending on the codec) and print an error message on mismatch.
+ * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the
+ * decoder returning an error.
+ */
+#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0)
+#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations
+#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length
+#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection
+
+#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue
+#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors
+#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors
+#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error
+
+
+ /**
+ * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and
+ * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec to the reordered_opaque of the input
+ * frame corresponding to the last returned packet. Only
+ * supported by encoders with the
+ * AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE capability.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int64_t reordered_opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * Hardware accelerator in use
+ * - encoding: unused.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+ */
+ const struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel;
+
+ /**
+ * Hardware accelerator context.
+ * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be
+ * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent
+ * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the
+ * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ void *hwaccel_context;
+
+ /**
+ * error
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int dct_algo;
+#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0
+#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1
+#define FF_DCT_INT 2
+#define FF_DCT_MMX 3
+#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5
+#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6
+
+ /**
+ * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int idct_algo;
+#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0
+#define FF_IDCT_INT 1
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3
+#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7
+#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10
+#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17
+#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22
+#if FF_API_IDCT_NONE
+// formerly used by xvmc
+#define FF_IDCT_NONE 24
+#endif
+#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128
+
+ /**
+ * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv).
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int bits_per_coded_sample;
+
+ /**
+ * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format.
+ * - encoding: set by user.
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int bits_per_raw_sample;
+
+ /**
+ * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int lowres;
+
+ /**
+ * thread count
+ * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute()
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ int thread_count;
+
+ /**
+ * Which multithreading methods to use.
+ * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread,
+ * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it.
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used.
+ * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used.
+ */
+ int thread_type;
+#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once
+#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once
+
+ /**
+ * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int active_thread_type;
+
+#if FF_API_THREAD_SAFE_CALLBACKS
+ /**
+ * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called
+ * synchronously from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding.
+ * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting.
+ * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used.
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ *
+ * @deprecated the custom get_buffer2() callback should always be
+ * thread-safe. Thread-unsafe get_buffer2() implementations will be
+ * invalid starting with LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR=60; in other words,
+ * libavcodec will behave as if this field was always set to 1.
+ * Callers that want to be forward compatible with future libavcodec
+ * versions should wrap access to this field in
+ * #if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int thread_safe_callbacks;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * The codec may call this to execute several independent things.
+ * It will return only after finishing all tasks.
+ * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation,
+ * the default implementation will execute the parts serially.
+ * @param count the number of things to execute
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ */
+ int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size);
+
+ /**
+ * The codec may call this to execute several independent things.
+ * It will return only after finishing all tasks.
+ * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation,
+ * the default implementation will execute the parts serially.
+ * @param c context passed also to func
+ * @param count the number of things to execute
+ * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func
+ * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL.
+ * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1.
+ * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no
+ * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr.
+ * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func
+ * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned.
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ */
+ int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count);
+
+ /**
+ * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int nsse_weight;
+
+ /**
+ * profile
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int profile;
+#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99
+#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22
+#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4
+#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60
+#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
+#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14
+#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10_444 33
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3
+#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_PROXY 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_LT 1
+#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_STANDARD 2
+#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_HQ 3
+#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_4444 4
+#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_XQ 5
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_A 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_C 1
+
+#define FF_PROFILE_KLVA_SYNC 0
+#define FF_PROFILE_KLVA_ASYNC 1
+
+ /**
+ * level
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int level;
+#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99
+
+ /**
+ * Skip loop filtering for selected frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter;
+
+ /**
+ * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVDiscard skip_idct;
+
+ /**
+ * Skip decoding for selected frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVDiscard skip_frame;
+
+ /**
+ * Header containing style information for text subtitles.
+ * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS
+ * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and
+ * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line.
+ * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2())
+ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2())
+ */
+ uint8_t *subtitle_header;
+ int subtitle_header_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the
+ * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading
+ * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio
+ * without leading padding.
+ *
+ * - decoding: unused
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are
+ * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the
+ * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet,
+ * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is
+ * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is
+ * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be
+ * -initial_padding.
+ */
+ int initial_padding;
+
+ /**
+ * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed
+ * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when
+ * unknown.
+ * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an
+ * encoder.
+ */
+ AVRational framerate;
+
+ /**
+ * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx.
+ * - encoding: unused.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format()
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt;
+
+ /**
+ * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are.
+ * - encoding unused.
+ * - decoding set by user.
+ */
+ AVRational pkt_timebase;
+
+ /**
+ * AVCodecDescriptor
+ * - encoding: unused.
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor;
+
+ /**
+ * Current statistics for PTS correction.
+ * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far
+ int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far
+ int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame
+ int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame
+
+ /**
+ * Character encoding of the input subtitles file.
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ char *sub_charenc;
+
+ /**
+ * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting
+ * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance).
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int sub_charenc_mode;
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance)
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv
+#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE 2 ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8
+
+ /**
+ * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec.
+ * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6,
+ * and recommended due to better video quality/compression)
+ * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background.
+ * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha
+ * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently
+ * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway).
+ *
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int skip_alpha;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity
+ * - decoding: unused
+ * - encoding: set by libavcodec
+ */
+ int seek_preroll;
+
+#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV
+ /**
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int debug_mv;
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames
+#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * custom intra quantization matrix
+ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
+ * - decoding: unused.
+ */
+ uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix;
+
+ /**
+ * dump format separator.
+ * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by user.
+ */
+ uint8_t *dump_separator;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed decoders.
+ * If NULL then all are allowed
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *codec_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * Properties of the stream that gets decoded
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec
+ */
+ unsigned properties;
+#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001
+#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002
+#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_FILM_GRAIN 0x00000004
+
+ /**
+ * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream.
+ *
+ * - decoding: unused
+ * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2().
+ */
+ AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data;
+ int nb_coded_side_data;
+
+ /**
+ * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding)
+ * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and
+ * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by
+ * the caller after being set.
+ *
+ * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format()
+ * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be
+ * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call.
+ *
+ * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel
+ * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for
+ * allocating the frame buffers.
+ *
+ * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel
+ * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference
+ * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames.
+ * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to
+ * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt.
+ *
+ * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+
+#if FF_API_SUB_TEXT_FORMAT
+ /**
+ * @deprecated unused
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int sub_text_format;
+#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS 0
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to
+ * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be
+ * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original
+ * audio without any trailing padding.
+ *
+ * - decoding: unused
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int trailing_padding;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept.
+ *
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: set by user
+ */
+ int64_t max_pixels;
+
+ /**
+ * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will
+ * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the
+ * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * This should be used if either the codec device does not require
+ * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by
+ * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as
+ * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used
+ * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this
+ * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but
+ * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call.
+ *
+ * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before
+ * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter.
+ *
+ * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in
+ * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames
+ * contexts used must be created on the same device.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx;
+
+ /**
+ * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated
+ * decoding (if active).
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the
+ * AVCodecContext.get_format callback)
+ */
+ int hwaccel_flags;
+
+ /**
+ * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that
+ * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This
+ * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally.
+ * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the
+ * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or
+ * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that
+ * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The
+ * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero.
+ *
+ * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set
+ * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping
+ * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller.
+ *
+ * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used,
+ * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border.
+ *
+ * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the
+ * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec
+ * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in
+ * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions
+ * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields).
+ */
+ int apply_cropping;
+
+ /*
+ * Video decoding only. Sets the number of extra hardware frames which
+ * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller. This must be set
+ * before avcodec_open2() is called.
+ *
+ * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for
+ * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts. For such
+ * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size.
+ * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder
+ * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames
+ * used as reference pictures).
+ */
+ int extra_hw_frames;
+
+ /**
+ * The percentage of damaged samples to discard a frame.
+ *
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: unused
+ */
+ int discard_damaged_percentage;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of samples per frame to maximally accept.
+ *
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: set by user
+ */
+ int64_t max_samples;
+
+ /**
+ * Bit set of AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_* flags, which affects the kind of
+ * metadata exported in frame, packet, or coded stream side data by
+ * decoders and encoders.
+ *
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ * - encoding: set by user
+ */
+ int export_side_data;
+
+ /**
+ * This callback is called at the beginning of each packet to get a data
+ * buffer for it.
+ *
+ * The following field will be set in the packet before this callback is
+ * called:
+ * - size
+ * This callback must use the above value to calculate the required buffer size,
+ * which must padded by at least AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes.
+ *
+ * In some specific cases, the encoder may not use the entire buffer allocated by this
+ * callback. This will be reflected in the size value in the packet once returned by
+ * avcodec_receive_packet().
+ *
+ * This callback must fill the following fields in the packet:
+ * - data: alignment requirements for AVPacket apply, if any. Some architectures and
+ * encoders may benefit from having aligned data.
+ * - buf: must contain a pointer to an AVBufferRef structure. The packet's
+ * data pointer must be contained in it. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(),
+ * and av_buffer_ref().
+ *
+ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_encode_buffer() must call
+ * avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer() instead of providing a buffer allocated by
+ * some other means.
+ *
+ * The flags field may contain a combination of AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_ flags.
+ * They may be used for example to hint what use the buffer may get after being
+ * created.
+ * Implementations of this callback may ignore flags they don't understand.
+ * If AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the packet may be reused
+ * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec.
+ *
+ * This callback must be thread-safe, as when frame threading is used, it may
+ * be called from multiple threads simultaneously.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer()
+ *
+ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int (*get_encode_buffer)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int flags);
+
+ /**
+ * Audio channel layout.
+ * - encoding: must be set by the caller, to one of AVCodec.ch_layouts.
+ * - decoding: may be set by the caller if known e.g. from the container.
+ * The decoder can then override during decoding as needed.
+ */
+ AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
+} AVCodecContext;
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel
+ *
+ * @note Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user. At some
+ * point in future it will not be externally visible at all.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWAccel {
+ /**
+ * Name of the hardware accelerated codec.
+ * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
+ * encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
+ */
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
+ *
+ * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx
+ */
+ enum AVMediaType type;
+
+ /**
+ * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
+ *
+ * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID id;
+
+ /**
+ * Supported pixel format.
+ *
+ * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+
+ /**
+ * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities.
+ * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_*
+ */
+ int capabilities;
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Allocate a custom buffer
+ */
+ int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame);
+
+ /**
+ * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture.
+ *
+ * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to
+ * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory.
+ *
+ * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0.
+ * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param buf the frame data buffer base
+ * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ */
+ int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback for parameter data (SPS/PPS/VPS etc).
+ *
+ * Useful for hardware decoders which keep persistent state about the
+ * video parameters, and need to receive any changes to update that state.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param type the nal unit type
+ * @param buf the nal unit data buffer
+ * @param buf_size the size of the nal unit in bytes
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ */
+ int (*decode_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, int type, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback for each slice.
+ *
+ * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to
+ * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param buf the slice data buffer base
+ * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ */
+ int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
+
+ /**
+ * Called at the end of each frame or field picture.
+ *
+ * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent
+ * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+ */
+ int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data.
+ *
+ * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before
+ * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after
+ * AVCodecContext.release_buffer().
+ */
+ int frame_priv_data_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Initialize the hwaccel private data.
+ *
+ * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and
+ * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal
+ * is allocated.
+ */
+ int (*init)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data.
+ *
+ * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel
+ * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized.
+ */
+ int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Size of the private data to allocate in
+ * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data.
+ */
+ int priv_data_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Internal hwaccel capabilities.
+ */
+ int caps_internal;
+
+ /**
+ * Fill the given hw_frames context with current codec parameters. Called
+ * from get_format. Refer to avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters() for
+ * details.
+ *
+ * This CAN be called before AVHWAccel.init is called, and you must assume
+ * that avctx->hwaccel_priv_data is invalid.
+ */
+ int (*frame_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx);
+} AVHWAccel;
+
+/**
+ * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
+ * codecs
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200
+
+/**
+ * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level
+ * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the
+ * hardware driver.
+ *
+ * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific
+ * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels.
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma
+ * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component.
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the
+ * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware.
+ *
+ * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264
+ * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked
+ * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile.
+ *
+ * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is
+ * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output
+ * while indicating success.
+ */
+#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+enum AVSubtitleType {
+ SUBTITLE_NONE,
+
+ SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set
+
+ /**
+ * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is
+ * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations.
+ */
+ SUBTITLE_TEXT,
+
+ /**
+ * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is
+ * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations.
+ */
+ SUBTITLE_ASS,
+};
+
+#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001
+
+typedef struct AVSubtitleRect {
+ int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+ int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set
+
+ /**
+ * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle.
+ * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered.
+ */
+ uint8_t *data[4];
+ int linesize[4];
+
+ enum AVSubtitleType type;
+
+ char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text
+
+ /**
+ * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line.
+ * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this
+ * struct.
+ */
+ char *ass;
+
+ int flags;
+} AVSubtitleRect;
+
+typedef struct AVSubtitle {
+ uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */
+ uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */
+ uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */
+ unsigned num_rects;
+ AVSubtitleRect **rects;
+ int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE
+} AVSubtitle;
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avcodec_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avcodec_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavcodec license.
+ */
+const char *avcodec_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The
+ * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context().
+ *
+ * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults
+ * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2()
+ * with a different codec.
+ * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized,
+ * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is
+ * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264).
+ *
+ * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to
+ * the provided pointer.
+ */
+void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void);
+
+#if FF_API_GET_FRAME_CLASS
+/**
+ * @deprecated This function should not be used.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const AVClass *avcodec_get_frame_class(void);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec
+ * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates
+ * of the corresponding fields in codec.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters *par,
+ const AVCodecContext *codec);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec
+ * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in
+ * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par.
+ * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext *codec,
+ const AVCodecParameters *par);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this
+ * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3().
+ *
+ * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(),
+ * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for
+ * retrieving a codec.
+ *
+ * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as
+ * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()).
+ *
+ * @code
+ * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0);
+ * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264);
+ * if (!codec)
+ * exit(1);
+ *
+ * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec);
+ *
+ * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0)
+ * exit(1);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param avctx The context to initialize.
+ * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been
+ * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or
+ * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or
+ * equal to the previously passed codec.
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options.
+ * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found.
+ *
+ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error
+ * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(),
+ * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find().
+ */
+int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it
+ * (but not the AVCodecContext itself).
+ *
+ * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free
+ * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL
+ * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing.
+ *
+ * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a
+ * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context
+ * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts
+ * instead.
+ */
+int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct.
+ *
+ * @param sub AVSubtitle to free.
+ */
+void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_decoding
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so
+ * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without
+ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set.
+ */
+int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_encode_buffer(). It is made public so
+ * it can be called by custom get_encode_buffer() implementations for encoders without
+ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set.
+ */
+int avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer(AVCodecContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory
+ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal
+ * padding.
+ *
+ * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened.
+ */
+void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height);
+
+/**
+ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory
+ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all
+ * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i].
+ *
+ * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened.
+ */
+void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height,
+ int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]);
+
+/**
+ * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position.
+ *
+ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
+ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
+ *
+ * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position
+ * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position
+ */
+int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos);
+
+/**
+ * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation.
+ *
+ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
+ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
+ *
+ * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position
+ * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position
+ */
+enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos);
+
+/**
+ * Decode a subtitle message.
+ * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used.
+ * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero.
+ * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub.
+ * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for
+ * simplicity, because the performance difference is expected to be negligible
+ * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly
+ * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern.
+ *
+ * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input
+ * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately
+ * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get
+ * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets
+ * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops
+ * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not
+ * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned.
+ *
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] sub The preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored,
+ * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set.
+ * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero.
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
+ */
+int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub,
+ int *got_sub_ptr,
+ AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder.
+ *
+ * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can
+ * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually
+ * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the
+ * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.)
+ *
+ * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE
+ * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream
+ * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end.
+ *
+ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
+ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video
+ * frame, or several complete audio frames.
+ * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the
+ * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create
+ * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is
+ * not reference-counted).
+ * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed,
+ * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs),
+ * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple
+ * times afterwards before you can send a new packet.
+ * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and
+ * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush
+ * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the
+ * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are
+ * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder
+ * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending
+ * a flush packet.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code:
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user
+ * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once
+ * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and
+ * the call will not fail with EAGAIN).
+ * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can
+ * be sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush
+ * packet is sent)
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush
+ * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar
+ * other errors: legitimate decoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Return decoded output data from a decoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio
+ * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the
+ * decoder. Note that the function will always call
+ * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else.
+ *
+ * @return
+ * 0: success, a frame was returned
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in this state - user must try
+ * to send new input
+ * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been fully flushed, and there will be
+ * no more output frames
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder
+ * AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED: current decoded frame has changed parameters
+ * with respect to first decoded frame. Applicable
+ * when flag AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED is set.
+ * other negative values: legitimate decoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet()
+ * to retrieve buffered output packets.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded.
+ * Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the
+ * encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create
+ * a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is
+ * not reference-counted).
+ * It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush
+ * packet. This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder
+ * still has packets buffered, it will return them after this
+ * call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush
+ * packets are ignored, and sending frames will return
+ * AVERROR_EOF.
+ *
+ * For audio:
+ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame
+ * can have any number of samples.
+ * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to
+ * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last.
+ * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size.
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code:
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user
+ * must read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once
+ * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and
+ * the call will not fail with EAGAIN).
+ * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can
+ * be sent to it
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, it is a decoder, or requires flush
+ * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar
+ * other errors: legitimate encoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Read encoded data from the encoder.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the
+ * encoder. Note that the function will always call
+ * av_packet_unref(avpkt) before doing anything else.
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code:
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in the current state - user
+ * must try to send input
+ * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be
+ * no more output packets
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is a decoder
+ * other errors: legitimate encoding errors
+ */
+int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt);
+
+/**
+ * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware
+ * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is
+ * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx.
+ * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only.
+ *
+ * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this
+ * with av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid
+ * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames.
+ *
+ * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx,
+ * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes
+ * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about
+ * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all.
+ *
+ * There are a number of requirements for calling this function:
+ *
+ * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was
+ * passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and
+ * can trigger undefined behavior.
+ * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values).
+ * Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could
+ * fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream
+ * is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's
+ * get_format callback returns.)
+ * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the
+ * user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function,
+ * the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format.
+ * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt.
+ * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to
+ * initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref parameter),
+ * and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must be done
+ * before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal
+ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules).
+ * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is
+ * called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So
+ * you are inherently required to go through this process again on every
+ * get_format call.
+ * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using
+ * the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a
+ * previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function
+ * only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed.
+ * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set
+ * by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation.
+ * If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque,
+ * the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback.
+ * This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free
+ * callback.
+ *
+ * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext
+ * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API):
+ *
+ * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc().
+ * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt.
+ * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An
+ * implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats
+ * with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.)
+ * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the
+ * API-specific minimum alignment.
+ * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the initial_pool_size
+ * field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible with the codec,
+ * plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can safely reference
+ * at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional buffering introduced
+ * by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require pre-allocation, the
+ * field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new surfaces on demand
+ * during decoding.
+ * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying
+ * hardware API.
+ *
+ * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but
+ * with basic frame parameters set.
+ *
+ * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the
+ * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext.
+ *
+ * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which
+ * implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned
+ * AVHWFramesContext properly.
+ * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device
+ * which will be used by the hardware decoder.
+ * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format.
+ * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_
+ * AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref.
+ * Fields will be set to values required for decoding.
+ * Not changed if an error is returned.
+ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes
+ * have special semantics:
+ * AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup
+ * is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not
+ * support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all,
+ * or it is a software format.
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for
+ * this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported
+ * for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt.
+ */
+int avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx,
+ AVBufferRef *device_ref,
+ enum AVPixelFormat hw_pix_fmt,
+ AVBufferRef **out_frames_ref);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVPictureStructure {
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, //< unknown
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, //< coded as top field
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field
+ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, //< coded as frame
+};
+
+typedef struct AVCodecParserContext {
+ void *priv_data;
+ const struct AVCodecParser *parser;
+ int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */
+ int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset
+ (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */
+ int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */
+ /* video info */
+ int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */
+ /**
+ * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf.
+ * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame
+ * is compared to normal frame duration.
+ *
+ * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base
+ *
+ * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material.
+ */
+ int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */
+ int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */
+ int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */
+
+ /* private data */
+ int64_t last_pts;
+ int64_t last_dts;
+ int fetch_timestamp;
+
+#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4
+ int cur_frame_start_index;
+ int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+ int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+ int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+
+ int flags;
+#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001
+#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002
+/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset
+#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004
+#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000
+
+ int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start
+ int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+
+ /**
+ * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames.
+ * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag,
+ * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames
+ * will be used.
+ */
+ int key_frame;
+
+ // Timestamp generation support:
+ /**
+ * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation.
+ *
+ * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined
+ * (default).
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period
+ * SEI message.
+ */
+ int dts_sync_point;
+
+ /**
+ * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in
+ * units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+ *
+ * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must
+ * contain a valid timestamp offset.
+ *
+ * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero
+ * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of
+ * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1.
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay.
+ */
+ int dts_ref_dts_delta;
+
+ /**
+ * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+ *
+ * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must
+ * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame
+ * must not lie in the past).
+ *
+ * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation
+ * time of the frame.
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay.
+ */
+ int pts_dts_delta;
+
+ /**
+ * Position of the packet in file.
+ *
+ * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts
+ */
+ int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
+
+ /**
+ * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream.
+ */
+ int64_t pos;
+
+ /**
+ * Previous frame byte position.
+ */
+ int64_t last_pos;
+
+ /**
+ * Duration of the current frame.
+ * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate.
+ * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+ */
+ int duration;
+
+ enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
+
+ /**
+ * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field.
+ *
+ * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to
+ * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag
+ * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to
+ * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD.
+ */
+ enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure;
+
+ /**
+ * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order.
+ * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence.
+ *
+ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt.
+ */
+ int output_picture_number;
+
+ /**
+ * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation.
+ */
+ int width;
+ int height;
+
+ /**
+ * Dimensions of the coded video.
+ */
+ int coded_width;
+ int coded_height;
+
+ /**
+ * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video
+ * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio.
+ *
+ * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it
+ * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the
+ * one returned by a decoder.
+ */
+ int format;
+} AVCodecParserContext;
+
+typedef struct AVCodecParser {
+ int codec_ids[7]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */
+ int priv_data_size;
+ int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s);
+ /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that
+ * the frame start was in a previous packet. */
+ int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s,
+ AVCodecContext *avctx,
+ const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
+ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+ void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s);
+ int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+} AVCodecParser;
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered codec parsers.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVCodecParser *av_parser_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Parse a packet.
+ *
+ * @param s parser context.
+ * @param avctx codec context.
+ * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished.
+ * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished.
+ * @param buf input buffer.
+ * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer
+ size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE.
+ To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame
+ can be output).
+ * @param pts input presentation timestamp.
+ * @param dts input decoding timestamp.
+ * @param pos input byte position in stream.
+ * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * @code
+ * while(in_len){
+ * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size,
+ * in_data, in_len,
+ * pts, dts, pos);
+ * in_data += len;
+ * in_len -= len;
+ *
+ * if(size)
+ * decode_frame(data, size);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ */
+int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s,
+ AVCodecContext *avctx,
+ uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
+ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
+ int64_t pts, int64_t dts,
+ int64_t pos);
+
+void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_encoding
+ * @{
+ */
+
+int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
+ const AVSubtitle *sub);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ *
+ * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding
+ * (or neither).
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats
+ *
+ * Functions for working with pixel formats.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the
+ * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be
+ * found.
+ */
+unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel
+ * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss
+ * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color
+ * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from
+ * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of
+ * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss.
+ * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the
+ * pix_fmt_list parameter.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur.
+ * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list,
+ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
+ int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
+
+enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode);
+
+int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size);
+int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count);
+//FIXME func typedef
+
+/**
+ * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers.
+ *
+ * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough
+ * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data
+ * pointers will point to this buffer.
+ *
+ * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for
+ * planar audio.
+ *
+ * @param frame the AVFrame
+ * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the
+ * function. This function fills in frame->data,
+ * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0].
+ * @param nb_channels channel count
+ * @param sample_fmt sample format
+ * @param buf buffer to use for frame data
+ * @param buf_size size of buffer
+ * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default)
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in
+ * case of success, at the next libavutil bump
+ */
+int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels,
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf,
+ int buf_size, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the internal codec state / flush internal buffers. Should be called
+ * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream.
+ *
+ * @note for decoders, this function just releases any references the decoder
+ * might keep internally, but the caller's references remain valid.
+ *
+ * @note for encoders, this function will only do something if the encoder
+ * declares support for AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH. When called, the encoder
+ * will drain any remaining packets, and can then be re-used for a different
+ * stream (as opposed to sending a null frame which will leave the encoder
+ * in a permanent EOF state after draining). This can be desirable if the
+ * cost of tearing down and replacing the encoder instance is high.
+ */
+void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * Return audio frame duration.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown
+ * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to
+ * determine.
+ */
+int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes);
+
+/* memory */
+
+/**
+ * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional
+ * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0.
+ *
+ * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes
+ * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear.
+ */
+void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always
+ * be 0-initialized after call.
+ */
+void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it
+ * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avdct.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avdct.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6411fab6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avdct.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H
+#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H
+
+#include "libavutil/opt.h"
+
+/**
+ * AVDCT context.
+ * @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been
+ * disabled at build time.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDCT {
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
+
+ /**
+ * IDCT input permutation.
+ * Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the
+ * normal order of the reference IDCT).
+ * This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add.
+ * Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan
+ * An example to avoid confusion:
+ * - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...)
+ * - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x)
+ * - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation
+ * -> simple_idct_mmx -> x)
+ * - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant
+ * -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...)
+ */
+ uint8_t idct_permutation[64];
+
+ void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
+
+
+ /**
+ * DCT algorithm.
+ * must use AVOptions to set this field.
+ */
+ int dct_algo;
+
+ /**
+ * IDCT algorithm.
+ * must use AVOptions to set this field.
+ */
+ int idct_algo;
+
+ void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */,
+ const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */,
+ ptrdiff_t line_size);
+
+ int bits_per_sample;
+
+ void (*get_pixels_unaligned)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */,
+ const uint8_t *pixels,
+ ptrdiff_t line_size);
+} AVDCT;
+
+/**
+ * Allocates a AVDCT context.
+ * This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally
+ * configuring it with AVOptions.
+ *
+ * To free it use av_free()
+ */
+AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void);
+int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *);
+
+const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avfft.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avfft.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c0f9b8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/avfft.h
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
+#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_fft
+ * FFT functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions
+ * @ingroup lavc_misc
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef float FFTSample;
+
+typedef struct FFTComplex {
+ FFTSample re, im;
+} FFTComplex;
+
+typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext;
+
+/**
+ * Set up a complex FFT.
+ * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
+ * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse
+ */
+FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse);
+
+/**
+ * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc().
+ */
+void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
+
+/**
+ * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The
+ * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done.
+ */
+void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
+
+void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s);
+
+FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale);
+void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
+void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s);
+
+/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */
+
+enum RDFTransformType {
+ DFT_R2C,
+ IDFT_C2R,
+ IDFT_R2C,
+ DFT_C2R,
+};
+
+typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext;
+
+/**
+ * Set up a real FFT.
+ * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
+ * @param trans the type of transform
+ */
+RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans);
+void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
+void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s);
+
+/* Discrete Cosine Transform */
+
+typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext;
+
+enum DCTTransformType {
+ DCT_II = 0,
+ DCT_III,
+ DCT_I,
+ DST_I,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Set up DCT.
+ *
+ * @param nbits size of the input array:
+ * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I
+ * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I
+ * @param type the type of transform
+ *
+ * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored
+ */
+DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type);
+void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
+void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/bsf.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/bsf.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69d91a16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/bsf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+/*
+ * Bitstream filters public API
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_BSF_H
+#define AVCODEC_BSF_H
+
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+
+#include "codec_id.h"
+#include "codec_par.h"
+#include "packet.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_bsf Bitstream filters
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ *
+ * Bitstream filters transform encoded media data without decoding it. This
+ * allows e.g. manipulating various header values. Bitstream filters operate on
+ * @ref AVPacket "AVPackets".
+ *
+ * The bitstream filtering API is centered around two structures:
+ * AVBitStreamFilter and AVBSFContext. The former represents a bitstream filter
+ * in abstract, the latter a specific filtering process. Obtain an
+ * AVBitStreamFilter using av_bsf_get_by_name() or av_bsf_iterate(), then pass
+ * it to av_bsf_alloc() to create an AVBSFContext. Fill in the user-settable
+ * AVBSFContext fields, as described in its documentation, then call
+ * av_bsf_init() to prepare the filter context for use.
+ *
+ * Submit packets for filtering using av_bsf_send_packet(), obtain filtered
+ * results with av_bsf_receive_packet(). When no more input packets will be
+ * sent, submit a NULL AVPacket to signal the end of the stream to the filter.
+ * av_bsf_receive_packet() will then return trailing packets, if any are
+ * produced by the filter.
+ *
+ * Finally, free the filter context with av_bsf_free().
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The bitstream filter state.
+ *
+ * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with
+ * av_bsf_free().
+ *
+ * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the
+ * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered
+ * immutable otherwise.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBSFContext {
+ /**
+ * A class for logging and AVOptions
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ /**
+ * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of.
+ */
+ const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter;
+
+ /**
+ * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL,
+ * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct.
+ */
+ void *priv_data;
+
+ /**
+ * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in
+ * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before
+ * av_bsf_init().
+ */
+ AVCodecParameters *par_in;
+
+ /**
+ * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in
+ * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init().
+ */
+ AVCodecParameters *par_out;
+
+ /**
+ * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the
+ * caller before av_bsf_init().
+ */
+ AVRational time_base_in;
+
+ /**
+ * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the
+ * filter in av_bsf_init().
+ */
+ AVRational time_base_out;
+} AVBSFContext;
+
+typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter {
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by
+ * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
+ * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id.
+ */
+ const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids;
+
+ /**
+ * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private
+ * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare
+ * any options.
+ *
+ * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data
+ * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic
+ * code to this class.
+ */
+ const AVClass *priv_class;
+} AVBitStreamFilter;
+
+/**
+ * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such
+ * bitstream filter exists.
+ */
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the
+ * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call
+ * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter.
+ *
+ * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance.
+ * @param[out] ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context
+ * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the
+ * filtering is done.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been
+ * set.
+ */
+int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Submit a packet for filtering.
+ *
+ * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling
+ * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or
+ * AVERROR_EOF.
+ *
+ * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of
+ * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs.
+ * If pkt is empty (i.e. NULL, or pkt->data is NULL and pkt->side_data_elems zero),
+ * it signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more non-empty packets will be sent;
+ * sending more empty packets does nothing) and will cause the filter to output
+ * any packets it may have buffered internally.
+ *
+ * @return
+ * - 0 on success.
+ * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if packets need to be retrieved from the filter (using
+ * av_bsf_receive_packet()) before new input can be consumed.
+ * - Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs.
+ */
+int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve a filtered packet.
+ *
+ * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered
+ * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using
+ * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed.
+ * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated
+ * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref())
+ * when this function is called. If this function returns
+ * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely
+ * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not
+ * touched.
+ *
+ * @return
+ * - 0 on success.
+ * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the filter (using
+ * av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output.
+ * - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no further output from the filter.
+ * - Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs.
+ *
+ * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending
+ * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called
+ * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to
+ * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call.
+ */
+int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the internal bitstream filter state. Should be called e.g. when seeking.
+ */
+void av_bsf_flush(AVBSFContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL
+ * into the supplied pointer.
+ */
+void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters.
+ * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc().
+ */
+typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters.
+ * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free()
+ * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize().
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure
+ */
+AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc()
+ */
+void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst);
+
+/**
+ * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param lst List to append to
+ * @param bsf Filter context to be appended
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf);
+
+/**
+ * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options
+ * and append it to the list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * @param lst List to append to
+ * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter
+ * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options);
+/**
+ * Finalize list of bitstream filters.
+ *
+ * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext,
+ * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter
+ * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc().
+ * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst
+ * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for
+ * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free()
+ *
+ * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure
+ * representing the chain of bitstream filters
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf);
+
+/**
+ * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single
+ * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters.
+ * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly
+ * allocated by av_bsf_alloc().
+ *
+ * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format
+ * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]`
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure
+ * representing the chain of bitstream filters
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
+ */
+int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf);
+
+/**
+ * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter.
+ *
+ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter
+ *
+ * @return
+ */
+int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif // AVCODEC_BSF_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..03e8be90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+/*
+ * AVCodec public API
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_H
+#define AVCODEC_CODEC_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
+
+#include "libavcodec/codec_id.h"
+#include "libavcodec/version_major.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_core
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Codec uses get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() for allocating buffers and
+ * supports custom allocators.
+ * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() at all, or
+ * use operations that assume the buffer was allocated by
+ * avcodec_default_get_buffer2 or avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1)
+#if FF_API_FLAG_TRUNCATED
+/**
+ * @deprecated Use parsers to always send proper frames.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED (1 << 3)
+#endif
+/**
+ * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to
+ * give the complete and correct output.
+ *
+ * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with
+ * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode
+ * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec
+ * unless this flag is set.
+ *
+ * Decoders:
+ * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL,
+ * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer
+ * returns frames.
+ *
+ * Encoders:
+ * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the
+ * encoder no longer returns data.
+ *
+ * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this
+ * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for
+ * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will
+ * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5)
+/**
+ * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size.
+ * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6)
+
+/**
+ * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket
+ * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do
+ * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames.
+ * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a
+ * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming
+ * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus
+ * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like
+ * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered
+ * as a last resort.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8)
+/**
+ * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
+ * encoders
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9)
+/**
+ * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10)
+/**
+ * Codec supports frame-level multithreading.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12)
+/**
+ * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13)
+/**
+ * Codec supports changed parameters at any point.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14)
+/**
+ * Codec supports multithreading through a method other than slice- or
+ * frame-level multithreading. Typically this marks wrappers around
+ * multithreading-capable external libraries.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS (1 << 15)
+#if FF_API_AUTO_THREADS
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS
+#endif
+/**
+ * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16)
+/**
+ * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing.
+ * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing.
+ * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder,
+ * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about
+ * the stream.
+ * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort
+ * choice for probing.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17)
+
+#if FF_API_UNUSED_CODEC_CAPS
+/**
+ * Deprecated and unused. Use AVCodecDescriptor.props instead
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000
+/**
+ * Deprecated and unused. Use AVCodecDescriptor.props instead
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to
+ * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use
+ * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18)
+
+/**
+ * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not
+ * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the
+ * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19)
+
+/**
+ * This codec takes the reordered_opaque field from input AVFrames
+ * and returns it in the corresponding field in AVCodecContext after
+ * encoding.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE (1 << 20)
+
+/**
+ * This encoder can be flushed using avcodec_flush_buffers(). If this flag is
+ * not set, the encoder must be closed and reopened to ensure that no frames
+ * remain pending.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH (1 << 21)
+
+/**
+ * AVProfile.
+ */
+typedef struct AVProfile {
+ int profile;
+ const char *name; ///< short name for the profile
+} AVProfile;
+
+/**
+ * AVCodec.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodec {
+ /**
+ * Name of the codec implementation.
+ * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
+ * encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
+ * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective.
+ */
+ const char *name;
+ /**
+ * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name.
+ * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
+ */
+ const char *long_name;
+ enum AVMediaType type;
+ enum AVCodecID id;
+ /**
+ * Codec capabilities.
+ * see AV_CODEC_CAP_*
+ */
+ int capabilities;
+ uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder
+ const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0}
+ const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
+ const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0
+ const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * @deprecated use ch_layouts instead
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0
+#endif
+ const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
+ const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN}
+
+ /**
+ * Group name of the codec implementation.
+ * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A
+ * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such
+ * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or
+ * the hardware.
+ * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec.
+ * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases
+ * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "_").
+ */
+ const char *wrapper_name;
+
+ /**
+ * Array of supported channel layouts, terminated with a zeroed layout.
+ */
+ const AVChannelLayout *ch_layouts;
+} AVCodec;
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered codecs.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVCodec *av_codec_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID.
+ *
+ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder
+ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+const AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered decoder with the specified name.
+ *
+ * @param name name of the requested decoder
+ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+const AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID.
+ *
+ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder
+ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+const AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Find a registered encoder with the specified name.
+ *
+ * @param name name of the requested encoder
+ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+const AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name);
+/**
+ * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec);
+
+/**
+ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
+ *
+ * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile
+ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
+ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile);
+
+enum {
+ /**
+ * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface.
+ *
+ * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should
+ * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling
+ * avcodec_open2().
+ */
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01,
+ /**
+ * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface.
+ *
+ * When selecting this format for a decoder,
+ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames
+ * context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context
+ * must have been created on a device of the specified type.
+ *
+ * When selecting this format for an encoder,
+ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to the context which
+ * will be used for the input frames before calling avcodec_open2().
+ */
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02,
+ /**
+ * The codec supports this format by some internal method.
+ *
+ * This format can be selected without any additional configuration -
+ * no device or frames context is required.
+ */
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04,
+ /**
+ * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method.
+ *
+ * Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the
+ * codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring
+ * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be
+ * used in preference.)
+ */
+ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig {
+ /**
+ * For decoders, a hardware pixel format which that decoder may be
+ * able to decode to if suitable hardware is available.
+ *
+ * For encoders, a pixel format which the encoder may be able to
+ * accept. If set to AV_PIX_FMT_NONE, this applies to all pixel
+ * formats supported by the codec.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+ /**
+ * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible
+ * setup methods which can be used with this configuration.
+ */
+ int methods;
+ /**
+ * The device type associated with the configuration.
+ *
+ * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and
+ * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused.
+ */
+ enum AVHWDeviceType device_type;
+} AVCodecHWConfig;
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec.
+ *
+ * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration
+ * descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support
+ * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL.
+ */
+const AVCodecHWConfig *avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec *codec, int index);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_CODEC_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_desc.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_desc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..126b52df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_desc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ * Codec descriptors public API
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H
+#define AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H
+
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+
+#include "codec_id.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_core
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an
+ * AVCodecID.
+ * @see avcodec_descriptor_get()
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor {
+ enum AVCodecID id;
+ enum AVMediaType type;
+ /**
+ * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and
+ * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric
+ * characters and '_' only.
+ */
+ const char *name;
+ /**
+ * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL.
+ */
+ const char *long_name;
+ /**
+ * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags.
+ */
+ int props;
+ /**
+ * MIME type(s) associated with the codec.
+ * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types.
+ * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type.
+ */
+ const char *const *mime_types;
+ /**
+ * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec.
+ * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN.
+ */
+ const struct AVProfile *profiles;
+} AVCodecDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Codec uses only intra compression.
+ * Video and audio codecs only.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only.
+ * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless
+ * compression modes
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which
+ * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the
+ * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding
+ * frames.
+ *
+ * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be
+ * equal.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * Subtitle codec is bitmap based
+ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16)
+/**
+ * Subtitle codec is text based.
+ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field.
+ */
+#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17)
+
+/**
+ * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists.
+ */
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec.
+ *
+ * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
+ *
+ * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
+ */
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev);
+
+/**
+ * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor
+ * exists.
+ */
+const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_id.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_id.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..81fb316c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_id.h
@@ -0,0 +1,634 @@
+/*
+ * Codec IDs
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H
+#define AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H
+
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_core
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream.
+ * The principle is roughly:
+ * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams.
+ * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams.
+ * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation
+ * details.
+ *
+ * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that
+ * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI),
+ * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs
+ *
+ * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec
+ * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version.
+ */
+enum AVCodecID {
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NONE,
+
+ /* video codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H261,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV10,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV20,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263P,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H263I,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_H264,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_4XM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PNG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PPM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PBM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PGM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV30,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RV40,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VC1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AASC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP5,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GIF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DXA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_THP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SGI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_C93,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PTX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TXD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RL2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BFI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TGV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TQI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AURA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V210X,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V210,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DPX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MAD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_R210,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ANM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM,
+#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM
+ AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YOP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_R10K,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DFA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V410,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XWD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XBM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP9,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G2M,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC,
+#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EXR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP7,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SANM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HQX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HAP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DDS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DXV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVS2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PGX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVS3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSP2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VVC,
+#define AV_CODEC_ID_H266 AV_CODEC_ID_VVC
+ AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_012V,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V308,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_V408,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APNG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_M101,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_YLC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PSD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XPM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SVG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GDV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FITS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IMM4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PROSUMER,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MWSC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WCMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RASC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HYMT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ARBC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AGM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_LSCR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VP4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IMM5,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVDV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MVHA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CDTOONS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MV30,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NOTCHLC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PFM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MOBICLIP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PHOTOCD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IPU,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ARGO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CRI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SIMBIOSIS_IMX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SGA_VIDEO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GEM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VBN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGXL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QOI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PHM,
+
+ /* various PCM "codecs" */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_S302M,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_VIDC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_SGA,
+
+ /* various ADPCM codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AGM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ARGO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SSI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ZORK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ALP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MTF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_CUNNING,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MOFLEX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ACORN,
+
+ /* AMR */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB,
+
+ /* RealAudio codecs*/
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288,
+
+ /* various DPCM codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DERF_DPCM,
+
+ /* audio codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DTS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_COOK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TTA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IMC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MLP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CELT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_G729,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_RALF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IAC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TAK,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_4GV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DST,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APTX,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SBC,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC9,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HCOM,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ACELP_KELVIN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEGH_3D_AUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SIREN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HCA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FASTAUDIO,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MSNSIREN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DFPWM,
+
+ /* subtitle codecs */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SSA,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SRT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_STL,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PJS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ASS,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TTML,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_ARIB_CAPTION,
+
+ /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000,
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_EPG,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_IDF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_OTF,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3,
+ AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA,
+
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it
+
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS
+ * stream (only used by libavformat) */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems
+ * stream (only used by libavformat) */
+ AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information.
+ AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket
+};
+
+/**
+ * Get the type of the given codec.
+ */
+enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a codec.
+ * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL
+ */
+const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Return codec bits per sample.
+ *
+ * @param[in] codec_id the codec
+ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
+ */
+int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Return codec bits per sample.
+ * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an
+ * approximation.
+ *
+ * @param[in] codec_id the codec
+ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
+ */
+int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
+
+/**
+ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
+ *
+ * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs
+ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
+ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
+ *
+ * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles
+ * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this
+ * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor
+ */
+const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile);
+
+/**
+ * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format.
+ * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big,
+ * -1 (or anything else) for native
+ * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE
+ */
+enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_par.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_par.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7660791a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/codec_par.h
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+/*
+ * Codec parameters public API
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H
+#define AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+
+#include "codec_id.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavc_core
+ */
+
+enum AVFieldOrder {
+ AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN,
+ AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE,
+ AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first
+ AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first
+ AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first
+ AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first
+};
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must
+ * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with
+ * avcodec_parameters_free().
+ */
+typedef struct AVCodecParameters {
+ /**
+ * General type of the encoded data.
+ */
+ enum AVMediaType codec_type;
+ /**
+ * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used).
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID codec_id;
+ /**
+ * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC).
+ */
+ uint32_t codec_tag;
+
+ /**
+ * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent.
+ *
+ * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by
+ * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at
+ * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding
+ * bytes zeroed.
+ */
+ uint8_t *extradata;
+ /**
+ * Size of the extradata content in bytes.
+ */
+ int extradata_size;
+
+ /**
+ * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat.
+ * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat.
+ */
+ int format;
+
+ /**
+ * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second).
+ */
+ int64_t bit_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords.
+ *
+ * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of
+ * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in
+ * the actual coded bitstream.
+ *
+ * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM
+ * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample
+ * Can be 0
+ */
+ int bits_per_coded_sample;
+
+ /**
+ * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the
+ * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional
+ * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample
+ * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will
+ * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32.
+ * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"."
+ *
+ * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar
+ * Can be 0
+ */
+ int bits_per_raw_sample;
+
+ /**
+ * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to.
+ */
+ int profile;
+ int level;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels.
+ */
+ int width;
+ int height;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel
+ * should have when displayed.
+ *
+ * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be
+ * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value).
+ */
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video.
+ */
+ enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics.
+ */
+ enum AVColorRange color_range;
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+ enum AVColorSpace color_space;
+ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only. Number of delayed frames.
+ */
+ int video_delay;
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is
+ * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to
+ * the channels field.
+ * @deprecated use ch_layout
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint64_t channel_layout;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The number of audio channels.
+ * @deprecated use ch_layout.nb_channels
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int channels;
+#endif
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second.
+ */
+ int sample_rate;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some
+ * formats.
+ *
+ * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX.
+ */
+ int block_align;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static.
+ */
+ int frame_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at
+ * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples
+ * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading
+ * padding.
+ */
+ int initial_padding;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to
+ * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be
+ * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original
+ * audio without any trailing padding.
+ */
+ int trailing_padding;
+ /**
+ * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity.
+ */
+ int seek_preroll;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only. The channel layout and number of channels.
+ */
+ AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
+} AVCodecParameters;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values
+ * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with
+ * avcodec_parameters_free().
+ */
+AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and
+ * write NULL to the supplied pointer.
+ */
+void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and
+ * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src);
+
+/**
+ * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works
+ * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext.
+ */
+int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/d3d11va.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/d3d11va.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6816b6c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/d3d11va.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+ * Direct3D11 HW acceleration
+ *
+ * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
+ * copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H
+#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va
+ * Public libavcodec D3D11VA header.
+ */
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602
+#undef _WIN32_WINNT
+#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602
+#endif
+
+#include
+#include
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
+ * to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
+ *
+ * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
+ *
+ * Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext.
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext {
+ /**
+ * D3D11 decoder object
+ */
+ ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder;
+
+ /**
+ * D3D11 VideoContext
+ */
+ ID3D11VideoContext *video_context;
+
+ /**
+ * D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder
+ */
+ D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of surface in the surface array
+ */
+ unsigned surface_count;
+
+ /**
+ * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
+ */
+ ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface;
+
+ /**
+ * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
+ */
+ uint64_t workaround;
+
+ /**
+ * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
+ */
+ unsigned report_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Mutex to access video_context
+ */
+ HANDLE context_mutex;
+} AVD3D11VAContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext.
+ *
+ * @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/defs.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/defs.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..420a042b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/defs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_DEFS_H
+#define AVCODEC_DEFS_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * Misc types and constants that do not belong anywhere else.
+ */
+
+#include
+#include
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
+ * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding.
+ * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read
+ * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged
+ * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault.
+ */
+#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
+ */
+enum AVDiscard{
+ /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some
+ * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */
+ AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing
+ AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi
+ AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference
+ AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames
+ AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames
+ AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes
+ AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all
+};
+
+enum AVAudioServiceType {
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8,
+ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * Pan Scan area.
+ * This specifies the area which should be displayed.
+ * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame.
+ */
+typedef struct AVPanScan {
+ /**
+ * id
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int id;
+
+ /**
+ * width and height in 1/16 pel
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int width;
+ int height;
+
+ /**
+ * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ int16_t position[3][2];
+} AVPanScan;
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It
+ * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD
+ * parameters for H.264/HEVC.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCPBProperties {
+ /**
+ * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ int64_t max_bitrate;
+ /**
+ * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ int64_t min_bitrate;
+ /**
+ * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ int64_t avg_bitrate;
+
+ /**
+ * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits.
+ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ int64_t buffer_size;
+
+ /**
+ * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with
+ * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz
+ * clock.
+ *
+ * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified.
+ */
+ uint64_t vbv_delay;
+} AVCPBProperties;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default
+ * values.
+ *
+ * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written
+ * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data.
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * This structure supplies correlation between a packet timestamp and a wall clock
+ * production time. The definition follows the Producer Reference Time ('prft')
+ * as defined in ISO/IEC 14496-12
+ */
+typedef struct AVProducerReferenceTime {
+ /**
+ * A UTC timestamp, in microseconds, since Unix epoch (e.g, av_gettime()).
+ */
+ int64_t wallclock;
+ int flags;
+} AVProducerReferenceTime;
+
+/**
+ * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs.
+ *
+ * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long
+ * @param v size of extradata in bytes
+ * @return number of bytes written to the buffer.
+ */
+unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v);
+
+#endif // AVCODEC_DEFS_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dirac.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dirac.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e6d9d346
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dirac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
+#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder
+ * @author Marco Gerards
+ * @author David Conrad
+ * @author Jordi Ortiz
+ */
+
+#include "avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both
+ * level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default).
+ * 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed.
+ * Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting
+ * the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter).
+ *
+ * We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory.
+ */
+#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5
+
+/**
+ * Parse code values:
+ *
+ * Dirac Specification ->
+ * 9.6.1 Table 9.1
+ *
+ * VC-2 Specification ->
+ * 10.4.1 Table 10.1
+ */
+
+enum DiracParseCodes {
+ DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC,
+ DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344,
+};
+
+typedef struct DiracVersionInfo {
+ int major;
+ int minor;
+} DiracVersionInfo;
+
+typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader {
+ unsigned width;
+ unsigned height;
+ uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420
+
+ uint8_t interlaced;
+ uint8_t top_field_first;
+
+ uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[]
+ uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[]
+
+ uint16_t clean_width;
+ uint16_t clean_height;
+ uint16_t clean_left_offset;
+ uint16_t clean_right_offset;
+
+ uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[]
+ uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[]
+
+ int profile;
+ int level;
+
+ AVRational framerate;
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+ enum AVColorRange color_range;
+ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+ enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
+
+ DiracVersionInfo version;
+ int bit_depth;
+} AVDiracSeqHeader;
+
+/**
+ * Parse a Dirac sequence header.
+ *
+ * @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct
+ * and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with
+ * av_free().
+ * @param buf the data buffer
+ * @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes
+ * @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh,
+ const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size,
+ void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dv_profile.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dv_profile.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4365f1b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dv_profile.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
+#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+
+/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to
+ * determine the profile */
+#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */
+
+
+/*
+ * AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various
+ * DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating
+ * 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various
+ * DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834).
+ */
+typedef struct AVDVProfile {
+ int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */
+ int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */
+ int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */
+ int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */
+ int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */
+ AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */
+ int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */
+ int height; /* picture height in pixels */
+ int width; /* picture width in pixels */
+ AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */
+ int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */
+ const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */
+ int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */
+ int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */
+ /* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */
+ int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */
+ /* in each frame in a 5 frames window */
+ const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */
+} AVDVProfile;
+
+/**
+ * Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame.
+ *
+ * @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL
+ * @param frame the compressed data buffer
+ * @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes
+ * @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure
+ */
+const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys,
+ const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size);
+
+/**
+ * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
+ */
+const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters.
+ * The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter.
+ */
+const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dxva2.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dxva2.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..22c93992
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/dxva2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ * DXVA2 HW acceleration
+ *
+ * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
+#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2
+ * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header.
+ */
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602
+#undef _WIN32_WINNT
+#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602
+#endif
+
+#include
+#include
+#include
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
+ * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
+ *
+ * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
+ */
+struct dxva_context {
+ /**
+ * DXVA2 decoder object
+ */
+ IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder;
+
+ /**
+ * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder
+ */
+ const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of surface in the surface array
+ */
+ unsigned surface_count;
+
+ /**
+ * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder
+ */
+ LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface;
+
+ /**
+ * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder
+ */
+ uint64_t workaround;
+
+ /**
+ * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation
+ */
+ unsigned report_id;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/jni.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/jni.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dd99e926
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/jni.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+ * JNI public API functions
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H
+#define AVCODEC_JNI_H
+
+/*
+ * Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI
+ * environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning
+ * you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer
+ * however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM.
+ *
+ * @param vm Java virtual machine
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx);
+
+/*
+ * Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm.
+ *
+ * @param vm Java virtual machine
+ * @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine
+ */
+void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mathops.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mathops.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f81d21f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mathops.h
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+ * simple math operations
+ * Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer et al
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+#ifndef AVCODEC_MATHOPS_H
+#define AVCODEC_MATHOPS_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "libavutil/common.h"
+#include "config.h"
+
+#define MAX_NEG_CROP 1024
+
+extern const uint32_t ff_inverse[257];
+extern const uint8_t ff_log2_run[41];
+extern const uint8_t ff_sqrt_tab[256];
+extern const uint8_t ff_crop_tab[256 + 2 * MAX_NEG_CROP];
+extern const uint8_t ff_zigzag_direct[64];
+extern const uint8_t ff_zigzag_scan[16+1];
+
+#if ARCH_ARM
+# include "arm/mathops.h"
+#elif ARCH_AVR32
+# include "avr32/mathops.h"
+#elif ARCH_MIPS
+# include "mips/mathops.h"
+#elif ARCH_PPC
+# include "ppc/mathops.h"
+#elif ARCH_X86
+# include "x86/mathops.h"
+#endif
+
+/* generic implementation */
+
+#ifndef MUL64
+# define MUL64(a,b) ((int64_t)(a) * (int64_t)(b))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MULL
+# define MULL(a,b,s) (MUL64(a, b) >> (s))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MULH
+static av_always_inline int MULH(int a, int b){
+ return MUL64(a, b) >> 32;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UMULH
+static av_always_inline unsigned UMULH(unsigned a, unsigned b){
+ return ((uint64_t)(a) * (uint64_t)(b))>>32;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAC64
+# define MAC64(d, a, b) ((d) += MUL64(a, b))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MLS64
+# define MLS64(d, a, b) ((d) -= MUL64(a, b))
+#endif
+
+/* signed 16x16 -> 32 multiply add accumulate */
+#ifndef MAC16
+# define MAC16(rt, ra, rb) rt += (ra) * (rb)
+#endif
+
+/* signed 16x16 -> 32 multiply */
+#ifndef MUL16
+# define MUL16(ra, rb) ((ra) * (rb))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MLS16
+# define MLS16(rt, ra, rb) ((rt) -= (ra) * (rb))
+#endif
+
+/* median of 3 */
+#ifndef mid_pred
+#define mid_pred mid_pred
+static inline av_const int mid_pred(int a, int b, int c)
+{
+ if(a>b){
+ if(c>b){
+ if(c>a) b=a;
+ else b=c;
+ }
+ }else{
+ if(b>c){
+ if(c>a) b=c;
+ else b=a;
+ }
+ }
+ return b;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef median4
+#define median4 median4
+static inline av_const int median4(int a, int b, int c, int d)
+{
+ if (a < b) {
+ if (c < d) return (FFMIN(b, d) + FFMAX(a, c)) / 2;
+ else return (FFMIN(b, c) + FFMAX(a, d)) / 2;
+ } else {
+ if (c < d) return (FFMIN(a, d) + FFMAX(b, c)) / 2;
+ else return (FFMIN(a, c) + FFMAX(b, d)) / 2;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+#define FF_SIGNBIT(x) ((x) >> CHAR_BIT * sizeof(x) - 1)
+
+#ifndef sign_extend
+static inline av_const int sign_extend(int val, unsigned bits)
+{
+ unsigned shift = 8 * sizeof(int) - bits;
+ union { unsigned u; int s; } v = { (unsigned) val << shift };
+ return v.s >> shift;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef zero_extend
+static inline av_const unsigned zero_extend(unsigned val, unsigned bits)
+{
+ return (val << ((8 * sizeof(int)) - bits)) >> ((8 * sizeof(int)) - bits);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef COPY3_IF_LT
+#define COPY3_IF_LT(x, y, a, b, c, d)\
+if ((y) < (x)) {\
+ (x) = (y);\
+ (a) = (b);\
+ (c) = (d);\
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MASK_ABS
+#define MASK_ABS(mask, level) do { \
+ mask = level >> 31; \
+ level = (level ^ mask) - mask; \
+ } while (0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NEG_SSR32
+# define NEG_SSR32(a,s) ((( int32_t)(a))>>(32-(s)))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NEG_USR32
+# define NEG_USR32(a,s) (((uint32_t)(a))>>(32-(s)))
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+# ifndef PACK_2U8
+# define PACK_2U8(a,b) (((a) << 8) | (b))
+# endif
+# ifndef PACK_4U8
+# define PACK_4U8(a,b,c,d) (((a) << 24) | ((b) << 16) | ((c) << 8) | (d))
+# endif
+# ifndef PACK_2U16
+# define PACK_2U16(a,b) (((a) << 16) | (b))
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef PACK_2U8
+# define PACK_2U8(a,b) (((b) << 8) | (a))
+# endif
+# ifndef PACK_4U2
+# define PACK_4U8(a,b,c,d) (((d) << 24) | ((c) << 16) | ((b) << 8) | (a))
+# endif
+# ifndef PACK_2U16
+# define PACK_2U16(a,b) (((b) << 16) | (a))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PACK_2S8
+# define PACK_2S8(a,b) PACK_2U8((a)&255, (b)&255)
+#endif
+#ifndef PACK_4S8
+# define PACK_4S8(a,b,c,d) PACK_4U8((a)&255, (b)&255, (c)&255, (d)&255)
+#endif
+#ifndef PACK_2S16
+# define PACK_2S16(a,b) PACK_2U16((a)&0xffff, (b)&0xffff)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FASTDIV
+# define FASTDIV(a,b) ((uint32_t)((((uint64_t)a) * ff_inverse[b]) >> 32))
+#endif /* FASTDIV */
+
+#ifndef ff_sqrt
+#define ff_sqrt ff_sqrt
+static inline av_const unsigned int ff_sqrt(unsigned int a)
+{
+ unsigned int b;
+
+ if (a < 255) return (ff_sqrt_tab[a + 1] - 1) >> 4;
+ else if (a < (1 << 12)) b = ff_sqrt_tab[a >> 4] >> 2;
+#if !CONFIG_SMALL
+ else if (a < (1 << 14)) b = ff_sqrt_tab[a >> 6] >> 1;
+ else if (a < (1 << 16)) b = ff_sqrt_tab[a >> 8] ;
+#endif
+ else {
+ int s = av_log2_16bit(a >> 16) >> 1;
+ unsigned int c = a >> (s + 2);
+ b = ff_sqrt_tab[c >> (s + 8)];
+ b = FASTDIV(c,b) + (b << s);
+ }
+
+ return b - (a < b * b);
+}
+#endif
+
+static inline av_const float ff_sqrf(float a)
+{
+ return a*a;
+}
+
+static inline int8_t ff_u8_to_s8(uint8_t a)
+{
+ union {
+ uint8_t u8;
+ int8_t s8;
+ } b;
+ b.u8 = a;
+ return b.s8;
+}
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_MATHOPS_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mediacodec.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mediacodec.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c8545df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/mediacodec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+ * Android MediaCodec public API
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
+#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
+
+#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will
+ * be used as output by the decoder.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext {
+
+ /**
+ * android/view/Surface object reference.
+ */
+ void *surface;
+
+} AVMediaCodecContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context.
+ *
+ * When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the
+ * MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free.
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise
+ */
+AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context.
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ * @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize
+ * @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface);
+
+/**
+ * This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with
+ * av_mediacodec_default_init().
+ *
+ * @param avctx codec context
+ */
+void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render.
+ */
+typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated
+ * with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given
+ * buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus
+ * subsequent calls to this function will have no effect.
+ *
+ * @param buffer the buffer to render
+ * @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to
+ * discard the buffer
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render);
+
+/**
+ * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it at the given time to the surface
+ * that is associated with the decoder. The timestamp must be within one second
+ * of the current java/lang/System#nanoTime() (which is implemented using
+ * CLOCK_MONOTONIC on Android). See the Android MediaCodec documentation
+ * of android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,long) for more details.
+ *
+ * @param buffer the buffer to render
+ * @param time timestamp in nanoseconds of when to render the buffer
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int64_t time);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/packet.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/packet.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..404d5200
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/packet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,731 @@
+/*
+ * AVPacket public API
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_PACKET_H
+#define AVCODEC_PACKET_H
+
+#include
+#include
+
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#include "libavcodec/version_major.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket
+ *
+ * Types and functions for working with AVPacket.
+ * @{
+ */
+enum AVPacketSideDataType {
+ /**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE
+ * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is
+ * present.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE,
+
+ /**
+ * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format
+ * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should
+ * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side
+ * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current
+ * frame or packet.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA,
+
+ /**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows:
+ * @code
+ * u32le param_flags
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT)
+ * s32le channel_count
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT)
+ * u64le channel_layout
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE)
+ * s32le sample_rate
+ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS)
+ * s32le width
+ * s32le height
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE,
+
+ /**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of
+ * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the
+ * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190).
+ * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks,
+ * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller
+ * than the target payload size.
+ * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows:
+ * @code
+ * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet
+ * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock
+ * u8 GOB number
+ * u16le macroblock address within the GOB
+ * u8 horizontal MV predictor
+ * u8 vertical MV predictor
+ * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3
+ * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains
+ * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
+ * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for
+ * correct presentation.
+ *
+ * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains
+ * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds
+ * to enum AVAudioServiceType.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder.
+ * @code
+ * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad).
+ * u8 picture type
+ * u8 error count
+ * u16 reserved
+ * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index
+ * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate
+ * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason.
+ * e.g. no decoder available for codec.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES,
+
+ /**
+ * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples
+ * @code
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
+ * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
+ * u8 reason for start skip
+ * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
+
+ /**
+ * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that
+ * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV
+ * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used.
+ * @code
+ * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both)
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO,
+
+ /**
+ * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
+ * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA,
+
+ /**
+ * Subtitle event position
+ * @code
+ * u32le x1
+ * u32le y1
+ * u32le x2
+ * u32le y2
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION,
+
+ /**
+ * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is
+ * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data
+ * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed
+ * by data.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL,
+
+ /**
+ * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER,
+
+ /**
+ * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately
+ * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS,
+
+ /**
+ * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
+ * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This
+ * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE,
+
+ /**
+ * MPEGTS stream ID as uint8_t, this is required to pass the stream ID
+ * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID,
+
+ /**
+ * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata
+ * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form
+ * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds
+ * to the AVSphericalMapping structure.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL,
+
+ /**
+ * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be
+ * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the
+ * AVContentLightMetadata struct.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
+
+ /**
+ * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with
+ * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data.
+ * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data is encryption initialization data.
+ * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to
+ * access.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO,
+
+ /**
+ * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet.
+ * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO,
+
+ /**
+ * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
+ * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_AFD,
+
+ /**
+ * Producer Reference Time data corresponding to the AVProducerReferenceTime struct,
+ * usually exported by some encoders (on demand through the prft flag set in the
+ * AVCodecContext export_side_data field).
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_PRFT,
+
+ /**
+ * ICC profile data consisting of an opaque octet buffer following the
+ * format described by ISO 15076-1.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
+
+ /**
+ * DOVI configuration
+ * ref:
+ * dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2, section 2.2
+ * dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2, section 3.3
+ * Tags are stored in struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_DOVI_CONF,
+
+ /**
+ * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1:2014. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t
+ * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used.
+ * The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum()
+ * function in libavutil/timecode.h.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE,
+
+ /**
+ * HDR10+ dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The metadata is in
+ * the form of the AVDynamicHDRPlus struct and contains
+ * information for color volume transform - application 4 of
+ * SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR10_PLUS,
+
+ /**
+ * The number of side data types.
+ * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may
+ * change when new side data types are added.
+ * This must stay the last enum value.
+ * If its value becomes huge, some code using it
+ * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits.
+ */
+ AV_PKT_DATA_NB
+};
+
+#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED
+
+typedef struct AVPacketSideData {
+ uint8_t *data;
+ size_t size;
+ enum AVPacketSideDataType type;
+} AVPacketSideData;
+
+/**
+ * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers
+ * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and
+ * then passed to muxers.
+ *
+ * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may
+ * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty
+ * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data
+ * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding).
+ *
+ * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field.
+ * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is
+ * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the
+ * reference count to 0.
+ *
+ * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead
+ * of increasing the reference count.
+ *
+ * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by
+ * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref().
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVPacket) being a part of the public ABI is deprecated. once
+ * av_init_packet() is removed, new packets will only be able to be allocated
+ * with av_packet_alloc(), and new fields may be added to the end of the struct
+ * with a minor bump.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_alloc
+ * @see av_packet_ref
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ */
+typedef struct AVPacket {
+ /**
+ * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is
+ * stored.
+ * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *buf;
+ /**
+ * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
+ * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user.
+ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
+ * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before
+ * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse
+ * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps
+ * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket.
+ */
+ int64_t pts;
+ /**
+ * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
+ * the packet is decompressed.
+ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
+ */
+ int64_t dts;
+ uint8_t *data;
+ int size;
+ int stream_index;
+ /**
+ * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values
+ */
+ int flags;
+ /**
+ * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container.
+ * Packet can contain several types of side information.
+ */
+ AVPacketSideData *side_data;
+ int side_data_elems;
+
+ /**
+ * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+ * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order.
+ */
+ int64_t duration;
+
+ int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown
+
+ /**
+ * for some private data of the user
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
+ * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
+ * the packet is unreferenced. av_packet_copy_props() calls create a new
+ * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target packet's opaque_ref field.
+ *
+ * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
+ * purpose.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
+
+ /**
+ * Time base of the packet's timestamps.
+ * In the future, this field may be set on packets output by encoders or
+ * demuxers, but its value will be by default ignored on input to decoders
+ * or muxers.
+ */
+ AVRational time_base;
+} AVPacket;
+
+#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET
+attribute_deprecated
+typedef struct AVPacketList {
+ AVPacket pkt;
+ struct AVPacketList *next;
+} AVPacketList;
+#endif
+
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted
+/**
+ * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid
+ * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped
+ * after decoding.
+ **/
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004
+/**
+ * The packet comes from a trusted source.
+ *
+ * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data
+ * outside the packet may be followed.
+ */
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008
+/**
+ * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can
+ * be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames.
+ */
+#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010
+
+enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags {
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * @deprecated those are not used by any decoder
+ */
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001,
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002,
+#endif
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004,
+ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting
+ * struct must be freed using av_packet_free().
+ *
+ * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those
+ * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet.
+ *
+ * @see av_new_packet
+ */
+AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new packet that references the same data as src.
+ *
+ * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref().
+ *
+ * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_alloc
+ * @see av_packet_ref
+ */
+AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be
+ * unreferenced first.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
+ * @note passing NULL is a no-op.
+ */
+void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt);
+
+#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET
+/**
+ * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values.
+ *
+ * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be
+ * initialized separately.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_alloc
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ *
+ * @deprecated This function is deprecated. Once it's removed,
+ sizeof(AVPacket) will not be a part of the ABI anymore.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with
+ * default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size wanted payload size
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
+ */
+int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size new size
+ */
+void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet
+ */
+int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size,
+ * and buf fields, all others are left untouched.
+ * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this
+ * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer.
+ * The caller may not access the data through other means.
+ * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer
+ * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ */
+int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate new information of a packet.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param size side information size
+ * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc()
+ * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to
+ * pkt.
+ * @param size side information size
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on
+ * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains
+ * owned by the caller.
+ */
+int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ uint8_t *data, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param size new side information size
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+ */
+int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Get side information from packet.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param type desired side information type
+ * @param size If supplied, *size will be set to the size of the side data
+ * or to zero if the desired side data is not present.
+ * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ size_t *size);
+
+const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type);
+
+/**
+ * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data.
+ *
+ * @param dict The dictionary to pack.
+ * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data
+ * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, size_t *size);
+/**
+ * Unpack a dictionary from side_data.
+ *
+ * @param data data from side_data
+ * @param size size of the data
+ * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+ */
+int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, size_t size,
+ AVDictionary **dict);
+
+/**
+ * Convenience function to free all the side data stored.
+ * All the other fields stay untouched.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ */
+void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet
+ *
+ * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the
+ * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the
+ * data from src into it.
+ *
+ * All the other fields are copied from src.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination packet. Will be completely overwritten.
+ * @param src Source packet
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On error, dst
+ * will be blank (as if returned by av_packet_alloc()).
+ */
+int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Wipe the packet.
+ *
+ * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the
+ * remaining packet fields to their default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced.
+ */
+void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Move every field in src to dst and reset src.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_unref
+ *
+ * @param src Source packet, will be reset
+ * @param dst Destination packet
+ */
+void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst.
+ *
+ * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields
+ * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size)
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination packet
+ * @param src Source packet
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
+
+/**
+ * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted.
+ *
+ * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable.
+ * Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose.
+ *
+ * @see av_packet_ref
+ * @see av_packet_make_writable
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the
+ * packet is unchanged.
+ */
+int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet,
+ * avoiding data copy if possible.
+ *
+ * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the
+ * packet is unchanged.
+ */
+int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one
+ * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be
+ * ignored.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed
+ * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are
+ * expressed
+ * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be
+ * converted
+ */
+void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif // AVCODEC_PACKET_H
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/qsv.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/qsv.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b77158ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/qsv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+ * Intel MediaSDK QSV public API
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H
+#define AVCODEC_QSV_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
+
+/**
+ * This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and
+ * the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to
+ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
+ * - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format()
+ * callback
+ * - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2()
+ */
+typedef struct AVQSVContext {
+ /**
+ * If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding.
+ * Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session.
+ */
+ mfxSession session;
+
+ /**
+ * The IO pattern to use.
+ */
+ int iopattern;
+
+ /**
+ * Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization.
+ */
+ mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers;
+ int nb_ext_buffers;
+
+ /**
+ * Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec
+ * will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to
+ * the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also
+ * set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY.
+ *
+ * The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number
+ * required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces.
+ * The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through
+ * the opaque_surfaces field.
+ */
+ int opaque_alloc;
+
+ /**
+ * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before
+ * calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number
+ * of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the
+ * encoder.
+ *
+ * On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to
+ * the total number of allocated opaque surfaces.
+ */
+ int nb_opaque_surfaces;
+
+ /**
+ * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return
+ * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the
+ * array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be
+ * passed to other parts of the pipeline.
+ *
+ * The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec,
+ * the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free
+ * it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed.
+ *
+ * The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces;
+
+ /**
+ * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return
+ * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in
+ * the opaque allocation request.
+ */
+ int opaque_alloc_type;
+} AVQSVContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new context.
+ *
+ * It must be freed by the caller with av_free().
+ */
+AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vdpau.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vdpau.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3010094d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vdpau.h
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/*
+ * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for
+ * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
+#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau
+ * Public libavcodec VDPAU header.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules
+ * - VDPAU decoding
+ * - VDPAU presentation
+ *
+ * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg
+ * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding.
+ *
+ * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding
+ * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU
+ * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include
+
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+
+#include "avcodec.h"
+
+struct AVCodecContext;
+struct AVFrame;
+
+typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *,
+ const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t,
+ const VdpBitstreamBuffer *);
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and
+ * the client video application.
+ * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel
+ * function and make it available as
+ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once
+ * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
+ * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
+ * decoding functions.
+ *
+ * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not
+ * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an
+ * AVVDPAUContext.
+ */
+typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
+ /**
+ * VDPAU decoder handle
+ *
+ * Set by user.
+ */
+ VdpDecoder decoder;
+
+ /**
+ * VDPAU decoder render callback
+ *
+ * Set by the user.
+ */
+ VdpDecoderRender *render;
+
+ AVVDPAU_Render2 render2;
+} AVVDPAUContext;
+
+/**
+ * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext
+ *
+ * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI
+ */
+AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void);
+
+AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *);
+void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2);
+
+/**
+ * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration.
+ * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback,
+ * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change
+ * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent
+ * display preemption).
+ *
+ * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes
+ * successfully.
+ *
+ * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked
+ * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration
+ * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver
+ * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device,
+ VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec
+ * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration.
+ *
+ * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a
+ * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context().
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
+ * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type
+ * (or NULL to ignore)
+ * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width
+ * (or NULL to ignore)
+ * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height
+ * (or NULL to ignore)
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type,
+ uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext.
+ *
+ * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void);
+
+/* @}*/
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..376388c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H
+#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * Libavcodec version macros.
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#include "version_major.h"
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 37
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION)
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version_major.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version_major.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e23ed5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/version_major.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+#define AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavc
+ * Libavcodec version macros.
+ */
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 59
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
+ */
+
+#define FF_API_OPENH264_SLICE_MODE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_OPENH264_CABAC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_UNUSED_CODEC_CAPS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_THREAD_SAFE_CALLBACKS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_GET_FRAME_CLASS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_AUTO_THREADS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_INIT_PACKET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_FLAG_TRUNCATED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_SUB_TEXT_FORMAT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_IDCT_NONE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_SVTAV1_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/videotoolbox.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/videotoolbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af2db0d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/videotoolbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*
+ * Videotoolbox hardware acceleration
+ *
+ * copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox
+ * Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header.
+ */
+
+#include
+
+#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
+#include
+#undef Picture
+
+#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed
+ * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding.
+ * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with
+ * av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free().
+ */
+typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext {
+ /**
+ * Videotoolbox decompression session object.
+ * Created and freed the caller.
+ */
+ VTDecompressionSessionRef session;
+
+ /**
+ * The output callback that must be passed to the session.
+ * Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init()
+ */
+ VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback;
+
+ /**
+ * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames.
+ * set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is
+ * requested from the decoder, and its native format is output.
+ */
+ OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
+
+ /**
+ * CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
+ * Set by the caller.
+ */
+ CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc;
+
+ /**
+ * CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
+ * Set by the caller.
+ */
+ int cm_codec_type;
+} AVVideotoolboxContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context.
+ *
+ * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller
+ * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create
+ * the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that
+ * will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding.
+ *
+ * When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder
+ * object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free().
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
+ * an internal implementation.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the corresponding codec context
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
+ * an internal implementation.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the corresponding codec context
+ * @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx);
+
+/**
+ * This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with
+ * av_videotoolbox_default_init().
+ *
+ * @param avctx the corresponding codec context
+ */
+void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vorbis_parser.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vorbis_parser.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..789932ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/vorbis_parser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * A public API for Vorbis parsing
+ *
+ * Determines the duration for each packet.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
+#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
+
+#include
+
+typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata.
+ */
+AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata,
+ int extradata_size);
+
+/**
+ * Free the parser and everything associated with it.
+ */
+void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s);
+
+#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001
+#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002
+#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004
+
+/**
+ * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
+ *
+ * If @p flags is @c NULL,
+ * special frames are considered invalid.
+ *
+ * @param s Vorbis parser context
+ * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame
+ * @param buf_size size of the buffer
+ * @param flags flags for special frames
+ */
+int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
+ int buf_size, int *flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet.
+ *
+ * @param s Vorbis parser context
+ * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame
+ * @param buf_size size of the buffer
+ */
+int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
+ int buf_size);
+
+void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/x86/mathops.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/x86/mathops.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6298f5ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/x86/mathops.h
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/*
+ * simple math operations
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer et al
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_X86_MATHOPS_H
+#define AVCODEC_X86_MATHOPS_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "libavutil/common.h"
+#include "libavutil/x86/asm.h"
+
+#if HAVE_INLINE_ASM
+
+#if ARCH_X86_32
+
+#define MULL MULL
+static av_always_inline av_const int MULL(int a, int b, unsigned shift)
+{
+ int rt, dummy;
+ __asm__ (
+ "imull %3 \n\t"
+ "shrdl %4, %%edx, %%eax \n\t"
+ :"=a"(rt), "=d"(dummy)
+ :"a"(a), "rm"(b), "ci"((uint8_t)shift)
+ );
+ return rt;
+}
+
+#define MULH MULH
+static av_always_inline av_const int MULH(int a, int b)
+{
+ int rt, dummy;
+ __asm__ (
+ "imull %3"
+ :"=d"(rt), "=a"(dummy)
+ :"a"(a), "rm"(b)
+ );
+ return rt;
+}
+
+#define MUL64 MUL64
+static av_always_inline av_const int64_t MUL64(int a, int b)
+{
+ int64_t rt;
+ __asm__ (
+ "imull %2"
+ :"=A"(rt)
+ :"a"(a), "rm"(b)
+ );
+ return rt;
+}
+
+#endif /* ARCH_X86_32 */
+
+#if HAVE_I686
+/* median of 3 */
+#define mid_pred mid_pred
+static inline av_const int mid_pred(int a, int b, int c)
+{
+ int i=b;
+ __asm__ (
+ "cmp %2, %1 \n\t"
+ "cmovg %1, %0 \n\t"
+ "cmovg %2, %1 \n\t"
+ "cmp %3, %1 \n\t"
+ "cmovl %3, %1 \n\t"
+ "cmp %1, %0 \n\t"
+ "cmovg %1, %0 \n\t"
+ :"+&r"(i), "+&r"(a)
+ :"r"(b), "r"(c)
+ );
+ return i;
+}
+
+#if HAVE_6REGS
+#define COPY3_IF_LT(x, y, a, b, c, d)\
+__asm__ volatile(\
+ "cmpl %0, %3 \n\t"\
+ "cmovl %3, %0 \n\t"\
+ "cmovl %4, %1 \n\t"\
+ "cmovl %5, %2 \n\t"\
+ : "+&r" (x), "+&r" (a), "+r" (c)\
+ : "r" (y), "r" (b), "r" (d)\
+);
+#endif /* HAVE_6REGS */
+
+#endif /* HAVE_I686 */
+
+#define MASK_ABS(mask, level) \
+ __asm__ ("cdq \n\t" \
+ "xorl %1, %0 \n\t" \
+ "subl %1, %0 \n\t" \
+ : "+a"(level), "=&d"(mask))
+
+// avoid +32 for shift optimization (gcc should do that ...)
+#define NEG_SSR32 NEG_SSR32
+static inline int32_t NEG_SSR32( int32_t a, int8_t s){
+ __asm__ ("sarl %1, %0\n\t"
+ : "+r" (a)
+ : "ic" ((uint8_t)(-s))
+ );
+ return a;
+}
+
+#define NEG_USR32 NEG_USR32
+static inline uint32_t NEG_USR32(uint32_t a, int8_t s){
+ __asm__ ("shrl %1, %0\n\t"
+ : "+r" (a)
+ : "ic" ((uint8_t)(-s))
+ );
+ return a;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_INLINE_ASM */
+#endif /* AVCODEC_X86_MATHOPS_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/xvmc.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/xvmc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..52e70c0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Headers/xvmc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H
+#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc
+ * Public libavcodec XvMC header.
+ */
+
+#pragma message("XvMC is no longer supported; this header is deprecated and will be removed")
+
+#include
+
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "avcodec.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC
+ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct
+ the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */
+
+struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt {
+ /** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID.
+ It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API,
+ and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int xvmc_id;
+
+ /** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks().
+ The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks().
+ Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential
+ pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT.
+ - application - set the pointer during initialization
+ - libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array
+ */
+ short* data_blocks;
+
+ /** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by
+ XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks().
+ - application - set the pointer during initialization
+ - libavcodec - fills description data into the array
+ */
+ XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks;
+
+ /** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks
+ array.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int allocated_mv_blocks;
+
+ /** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int allocated_data_blocks;
+
+ /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT
+ coefficients and perform IDCT on them.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int idct;
+
+ /** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in
+ unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int unsigned_intra;
+
+ /** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface().
+ It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit.
+ It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware.
+ - application - set during initialization
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ XvMCSurface* p_surface;
+
+/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(),
+ needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */
+//@{
+ /** Pointer to the surface used as past reference
+ - application - unchanged
+ - libavcodec - set
+ */
+ XvMCSurface* p_past_surface;
+
+ /** Pointer to the surface used as future reference
+ - application - unchanged
+ - libavcodec - set
+ */
+ XvMCSurface* p_future_surface;
+
+ /** top/bottom field or frame
+ - application - unchanged
+ - libavcodec - set
+ */
+ unsigned int picture_structure;
+
+ /** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence
+ - application - unchanged
+ - libavcodec - set
+ */
+ unsigned int flags;
+//}@
+
+ /** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array
+ that have already been passed to the hardware.
+ - application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
+ A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it
+ with filled_mb_block_num or zero both.
+ - libavcodec - unchanged
+ */
+ int start_mv_blocks_num;
+
+ /** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after
+ start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be
+ passed to the hardware.
+ - application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful
+ ff_draw_horiz_band().
+ - libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB
+ */
+ int filled_mv_blocks_num;
+
+ /** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of
+ 64 short values in the data_blocks array.
+ All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their
+ position into the corresponding block description structure field,
+ that are part of the mv_blocks array.
+ - application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
+ A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together
+ with start_mb_blocks_num.
+ - libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number
+ of coded blocks it contains.
+ */
+ int next_free_data_block_num;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Info.plist b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Info.plist
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ae9d8d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/Info.plist
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+
+
+
+
+ CFBundleDevelopmentRegion
+ en
+ CFBundleExecutable
+ libavcodec
+ CFBundleIdentifier
+ com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libavcodec
+ CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion
+ 6.0
+ CFBundleName
+ libavcodec
+ CFBundlePackageType
+ FMWK
+ CFBundleShortVersionString
+ 59.37.100
+ CFBundleVersion
+ 59.37.100
+ CFBundleSignature
+ ????
+ MinimumOSVersion
+ 10
+ CFBundleSupportedPlatforms
+
+ iPhoneOS
+
+ NSPrincipalClass
+
+
+
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94a9ed02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+ The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+ Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+ For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+ Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+ Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ 0. Definitions.
+
+ "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+ "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+ "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+ To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+ A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+ To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+ To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+ An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+ 1. Source Code.
+
+ The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+ A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+ The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+ The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+ The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+ The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+ 2. Basic Permissions.
+
+ All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+ You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+ Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+ 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+ No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+ When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+ 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+ You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+ You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+ 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+ You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+ it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+ b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+ released under this License and any conditions added under section
+ 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+ "keep intact all notices".
+
+ c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+ License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
+ License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+ additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+ regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
+ permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+ invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+ d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+ Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+ interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+ work need not make them do so.
+
+ A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+ 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+ You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+ a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+ Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+ customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+ written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+ long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+ model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+ copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+ product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+ medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+ more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+ conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+ Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+ c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+ written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
+ alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+ only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+ with subsection 6b.
+
+ d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+ place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+ Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+ further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
+ Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
+ copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+ may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+ that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+ clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+ Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
+ Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+ available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+ e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+ you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+ Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+ charge under subsection 6d.
+
+ A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+ A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+ "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+ If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+ The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+ Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+ 7. Additional Terms.
+
+ "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+ When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+ a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+ terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+ b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+ author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+ Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+ c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+ requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+ reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+ d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+ authors of the material; or
+
+ e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+ trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+ f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+ material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+ it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+ any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+ those licensors and authors.
+
+ All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+ If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+ Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+ 8. Termination.
+
+ You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+ 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+ You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+ 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+ Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+ An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+ You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+ 11. Patents.
+
+ A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+ A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+ Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+ In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+ If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+ If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+ A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+ Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+ 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+ If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+ 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+ 14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+ Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+ 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+ THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+ IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+ If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+
+ Copyright (C)
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see .
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+ If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Copyright (C)
+ This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+ You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+.
+
+ The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
+.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.DAV1D b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.DAV1D
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..875b138e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.DAV1D
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Copyright © 2018-2019, VideoLAN and dav1d authors
+All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.EXPAT b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.EXPAT
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c0142e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.EXPAT
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd and Clark Cooper
+Copyright (c) 2001-2019 Expat maintainers
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
+SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.FONTCONFIG b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.FONTCONFIG
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd5fca1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.FONTCONFIG
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+fontconfig/COPYING
+
+Copyright © 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2006,2007 Keith Packard
+Copyright © 2005 Patrick Lam
+Copyright © 2007 Dwayne Bailey and Translate.org.za
+Copyright © 2009 Roozbeh Pournader
+Copyright © 2008,2009,2010,2011,2012,2013,2014,2015,2016,2017,2018,2019,2020 Red Hat, Inc.
+Copyright © 2008 Danilo Šegan
+Copyright © 2012 Google, Inc.
+
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation, and that the name of the author(s) not be used in
+advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+specific, written prior permission. The authors make no
+representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
+is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+
+THE AUTHOR(S) DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+fontconfig/fc-case/CaseFolding.txt
+
+© 2019 Unicode®, Inc.
+Unicode and the Unicode Logo are registered trademarks of Unicode, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
+For terms of use, see http://www.unicode.org/terms_of_use.html
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+fontconfig/src/fcatomic.h
+
+/*
+ * Mutex operations. Originally copied from HarfBuzz.
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2007 Chris Wilson
+ * Copyright © 2009,2010 Red Hat, Inc.
+ * Copyright © 2011,2012,2013 Google, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without
+ * license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
+ * software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that the
+ * above copyright notice and the following two paragraphs appear in
+ * all copies of this software.
+ *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN
+ * IF THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+ * DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING,
+ * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
+ * ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER HAS NO OBLIGATION TO
+ * PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * Chris Wilson
+ * Red Hat Author(s): Behdad Esfahbod
+ * Google Author(s): Behdad Esfahbod
+ */
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+fontconfig/src/fcfoundry.h
+
+/*
+ Copyright © 2002-2003 by Juliusz Chroboczek
+
+ Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+ of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+ in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+ to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+ copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+ The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+ THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+ AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+ OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+ THE SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+fontconfig/src/fcmd5.h
+
+/*
+ * This code implements the MD5 message-digest algorithm.
+ * The algorithm is due to Ron Rivest. This code was
+ * written by Colin Plumb in 1993, no copyright is claimed.
+ * This code is in the public domain; do with it what you wish.
+ *
+ * Equivalent code is available from RSA Data Security, Inc.
+ * This code has been tested against that, and is equivalent,
+ * except that you don't need to include two pages of legalese
+ * with every copy.
+ *
+ * To compute the message digest of a chunk of bytes, declare an
+ * MD5Context structure, pass it to MD5Init, call MD5Update as
+ * needed on buffers full of bytes, and then call MD5Final, which
+ * will fill a supplied 16-byte array with the digest.
+ */
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+fontconfig/src/fcmutex.h
+
+/*
+ * Atomic int and pointer operations. Originally copied from HarfBuzz.
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2007 Chris Wilson
+ * Copyright © 2009,2010 Red Hat, Inc.
+ * Copyright © 2011,2012,2013 Google, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without
+ * license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
+ * software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that the
+ * above copyright notice and the following two paragraphs appear in
+ * all copies of this software.
+ *
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN
+ * IF THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+ * DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING,
+ * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
+ * ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER HAS NO OBLIGATION TO
+ * PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
+ *
+ * Contributor(s):
+ * Chris Wilson
+ * Red Hat Author(s): Behdad Esfahbod
+ * Google Author(s): Behdad Esfahbod
+ */
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+fontconfig/src/ftglue.[ch]
+
+/* ftglue.c: Glue code for compiling the OpenType code from
+ * FreeType 1 using only the public API of FreeType 2
+ *
+ * By David Turner, The FreeType Project (www.freetype.org)
+ *
+ * This code is explicitely put in the public domain
+ *
+ * ==========================================================================
+ *
+ * the OpenType parser codes was originally written as an extension to
+ * FreeType 1.x. As such, its source code was embedded within the library,
+ * and used many internal FreeType functions to deal with memory and
+ * stream i/o.
+ *
+ * When it was 'salvaged' for Pango and Qt, the code was "ported" to FreeType 2,
+ * which basically means that some macro tricks were performed in order to
+ * directly access FT2 _internal_ functions.
+ *
+ * these functions were never part of FT2 public API, and _did_ change between
+ * various releases. This created chaos for many users: when they upgraded the
+ * FreeType library on their system, they couldn't run Gnome anymore since
+ * Pango refused to link.
+ *
+ * Very fortunately, it's possible to completely avoid this problem because
+ * the FT_StreamRec and FT_MemoryRec structure types, which describe how
+ * memory and stream implementations interface with the rest of the font
+ * library, have always been part of the public API, and never changed.
+ *
+ * What we do thus is re-implement, within the OpenType parser, the few
+ * functions that depend on them. This only adds one or two kilobytes of
+ * code, and ensures that the parser can work with _any_ version
+ * of FreeType installed on your system. How sweet... !
+ *
+ * Note that we assume that Pango doesn't use any other internal functions
+ * from FreeType. It used to in old versions, but this should no longer
+ * be the case. (crossing my fingers).
+ *
+ * - David Turner
+ * - The FreeType Project (www.freetype.org)
+ *
+ * PS: This "glue" code is explicitely put in the public domain
+ */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.FREETYPE b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.FREETYPE
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b1def65d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.FREETYPE
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+FREETYPE LICENSES
+-----------------
+
+The FreeType 2 font engine is copyrighted work and cannot be used
+legally without a software license. In order to make this project
+usable to a vast majority of developers, we distribute it under two
+mutually exclusive open-source licenses.
+
+This means that *you* must choose *one* of the two licenses described
+below, then obey all its terms and conditions when using FreeType 2 in
+any of your projects or products.
+
+ - The FreeType License, found in the file `docs/FTL.TXT`, which is
+ similar to the original BSD license *with* an advertising clause
+ that forces you to explicitly cite the FreeType project in your
+ product's documentation. All details are in the license file.
+ This license is suited to products which don't use the GNU General
+ Public License.
+
+ Note that this license is compatible to the GNU General Public
+ License version 3, but not version 2.
+
+ - The GNU General Public License version 2, found in
+ `docs/GPLv2.TXT` (any later version can be used also), for
+ programs which already use the GPL. Note that the FTL is
+ incompatible with GPLv2 due to its advertisement clause.
+
+The contributed BDF and PCF drivers come with a license similar to
+that of the X Window System. It is compatible to the above two
+licenses (see files `src/bdf/README` and `src/pcf/README`). The same
+holds for the source code files `src/base/fthash.c` and
+`include/freetype/internal/fthash.h`; they wer part of the BDF driver
+in earlier FreeType versions.
+
+The gzip module uses the zlib license (see `src/gzip/zlib.h`) which
+too is compatible to the above two licenses.
+
+The MD5 checksum support (only used for debugging in development
+builds) is in the public domain.
+
+
+--- end of LICENSE.TXT ---
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.FRIBIDI b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.FRIBIDI
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae23fcfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.FRIBIDI
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2.1, February 1999
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
+ the version number 2.1.]
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+ This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
+these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+ To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+
+ Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+
+ Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+
+ When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+
+ We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+
+ For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+
+ In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+
+ Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
+Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+ A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+ The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+ "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+ Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+ You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+ b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+ charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+ table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+ the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+ is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+ in the event an application does not supply such function or
+ table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+ its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+ (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+ a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+ application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+ application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+ be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+ root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+ Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+ This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+ 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+ However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+ When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+ If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+ Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+ 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+ You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+ a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+ machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+ changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+ Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+ with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+ uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+ user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+ executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
+ that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+ Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+ to use the modified definitions.)
+
+ b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
+ copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
+ rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
+ will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
+ the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
+ interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
+
+ c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+ least three years, to give the same user the materials
+ specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+ than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+ d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+ from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+ specified materials from the same place.
+
+ e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+ materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+ For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+ It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+ 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+ based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+ facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
+ Sections above.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+ that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+ where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+ 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+
+ 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+ 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+ If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+ To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+
+ Copyright (C)
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+ library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+ , 1 April 1990
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
+
+
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.GIFLIB b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.GIFLIB
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b9c0b501
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.GIFLIB
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+The GIFLIB distribution is Copyright (c) 1997 Eric S. Raymond
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.GMP b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.GMP
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc8a5de7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.GMP
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+ This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
+the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
+License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
+
+ 0. Additional Definitions.
+
+ As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
+General Public License.
+
+ "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
+other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
+
+ An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
+by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
+Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
+of using an interface provided by the Library.
+
+ A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
+Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library
+with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
+Version".
+
+ The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
+Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
+for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
+based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
+
+ The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
+object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
+and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
+Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
+
+ 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+ You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
+without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+ 2. Conveying Modified Versions.
+
+ If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
+facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
+that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
+facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
+version:
+
+ a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
+ ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
+ function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
+ whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
+
+ b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
+ this License applicable to that copy.
+
+ 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
+
+ The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
+a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object
+code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
+material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
+layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
+(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
+
+ a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
+ Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+ covered by this License.
+
+ b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+ document.
+
+ 4. Combined Works.
+
+ You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
+taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
+portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
+the following:
+
+ a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
+ the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+ covered by this License.
+
+ b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+ document.
+
+ c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
+ execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
+ these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
+ copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
+
+ d) Do one of the following:
+
+ 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
+ License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
+ suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
+ recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
+ the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
+ manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
+ Corresponding Source.
+
+ 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
+ a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
+ system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
+ of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
+ Version.
+
+ e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
+ be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
+ GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
+ necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
+ Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
+ Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
+ you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
+ the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
+ Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
+ Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
+ for conveying Corresponding Source.)
+
+ 5. Combined Libraries.
+
+ You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side by side in a single library together with other library
+facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
+License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
+choice, if you do both of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
+ on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
+ conveyed under the terms of this License.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
+ is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
+ accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
+applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that published version or of any later version
+published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
+received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
+whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
+apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
+permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
+Library.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.GNUTLS b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.GNUTLS
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c751cef7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.GNUTLS
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+LICENSING
+=========
+
+Since GnuTLS version 3.1.10, the core library is released under
+the GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL) version 2.1 or later
+(see doc/COPYING.LESSER for the license terms).
+
+The GNU LGPL applies to the main GnuTLS library, while the
+included applications as well as gnutls-openssl
+library are under the GNU GPL version 3. The gnutls library is
+located in the lib/ and libdane/ directories, while the applications
+in src/ and, the gnutls-openssl library is at extra/.
+
+The documentation in doc/ is under the GNU FDL license 1.3.
+
+
+Note, however, that the nettle and the gmp libraries which are
+GnuTLS dependencies, they are distributed under a LGPLv3+ or GPLv2+ dual
+license. As such binaries linking to them need to adhere to either LGPLv3+
+or the GPLv2+ license.
+
+For any copyright year range specified as YYYY-ZZZZ in this package
+note that the range specifies every single year in that closed interval.
+
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.HARFBUZZ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.HARFBUZZ
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48d1b30f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.HARFBUZZ
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+HarfBuzz is licensed under the so-called "Old MIT" license. Details follow.
+For parts of HarfBuzz that are licensed under different licenses see individual
+files names COPYING in subdirectories where applicable.
+
+Copyright © 2010,2011,2012,2013,2014,2015,2016,2017,2018,2019,2020 Google, Inc.
+Copyright © 2018,2019,2020 Ebrahim Byagowi
+Copyright © 2019,2020 Facebook, Inc.
+Copyright © 2012 Mozilla Foundation
+Copyright © 2011 Codethink Limited
+Copyright © 2008,2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies)
+Copyright © 2009 Keith Stribley
+Copyright © 2009 Martin Hosken and SIL International
+Copyright © 2007 Chris Wilson
+Copyright © 2005,2006,2020,2021 Behdad Esfahbod
+Copyright © 2005 David Turner
+Copyright © 2004,2007,2008,2009,2010 Red Hat, Inc.
+Copyright © 1998-2004 David Turner and Werner Lemberg
+
+For full copyright notices consult the individual files in the package.
+
+
+Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without
+license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
+software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that the
+above copyright notice and the following two paragraphs appear in
+all copies of this software.
+
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
+DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN
+IF THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING,
+BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
+ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER HAS NO OBLIGATION TO
+PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.JPEG b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.JPEG
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d753e1d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.JPEG
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+libjpeg-turbo Licenses
+======================
+
+libjpeg-turbo is covered by three compatible BSD-style open source licenses:
+
+- The IJG (Independent JPEG Group) License, which is listed in
+ [README.ijg](README.ijg)
+
+ This license applies to the libjpeg API library and associated programs
+ (any code inherited from libjpeg, and any modifications to that code.)
+
+- The Modified (3-clause) BSD License, which is listed below
+
+ This license covers the TurboJPEG API library and associated programs, as
+ well as the build system.
+
+- The [zlib License](https://opensource.org/licenses/Zlib)
+
+ This license is a subset of the other two, and it covers the libjpeg-turbo
+ SIMD extensions.
+
+
+Complying with the libjpeg-turbo Licenses
+=========================================
+
+This section provides a roll-up of the libjpeg-turbo licensing terms, to the
+best of our understanding.
+
+1. If you are distributing a modified version of the libjpeg-turbo source,
+ then:
+
+ 1. You cannot alter or remove any existing copyright or license notices
+ from the source.
+
+ **Origin**
+ - Clause 1 of the IJG License
+ - Clause 1 of the Modified BSD License
+ - Clauses 1 and 3 of the zlib License
+
+ 2. You must add your own copyright notice to the header of each source
+ file you modified, so others can tell that you modified that file (if
+ there is not an existing copyright header in that file, then you can
+ simply add a notice stating that you modified the file.)
+
+ **Origin**
+ - Clause 1 of the IJG License
+ - Clause 2 of the zlib License
+
+ 3. You must include the IJG README file, and you must not alter any of the
+ copyright or license text in that file.
+
+ **Origin**
+ - Clause 1 of the IJG License
+
+2. If you are distributing only libjpeg-turbo binaries without the source, or
+ if you are distributing an application that statically links with
+ libjpeg-turbo, then:
+
+ 1. Your product documentation must include a message stating:
+
+ This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG
+ Group.
+
+ **Origin**
+ - Clause 2 of the IJG license
+
+ 2. If your binary distribution includes or uses the TurboJPEG API, then
+ your product documentation must include the text of the Modified BSD
+ License (see below.)
+
+ **Origin**
+ - Clause 2 of the Modified BSD License
+
+3. You cannot use the name of the IJG or The libjpeg-turbo Project or the
+ contributors thereof in advertising, publicity, etc.
+
+ **Origin**
+ - IJG License
+ - Clause 3 of the Modified BSD License
+
+4. The IJG and The libjpeg-turbo Project do not warrant libjpeg-turbo to be
+ free of defects, nor do we accept any liability for undesirable
+ consequences resulting from your use of the software.
+
+ **Origin**
+ - IJG License
+ - Modified BSD License
+ - zlib License
+
+
+The Modified (3-clause) BSD License
+===================================
+
+Copyright (C)2009-2022 D. R. Commander. All Rights Reserved.
+Copyright (C)2015 Viktor Szathmáry. All Rights Reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+- Neither the name of the libjpeg-turbo Project nor the names of its
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS",
+AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+
+Why Three Licenses?
+===================
+
+The zlib License could have been used instead of the Modified (3-clause) BSD
+License, and since the IJG License effectively subsumes the distribution
+conditions of the zlib License, this would have effectively placed
+libjpeg-turbo binary distributions under the IJG License. However, the IJG
+License specifically refers to the Independent JPEG Group and does not extend
+attribution and endorsement protections to other entities. Thus, it was
+desirable to choose a license that granted us the same protections for new code
+that were granted to the IJG for code derived from their software.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.KVAZAAR b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.KVAZAAR
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..abd82c8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.KVAZAAR
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Copyright (c) 2021, Tampere University, ITU/ISO/IEC, project contributors
+All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+
+* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
+ list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
+ other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+* Neither the name of the Tampere University or ITU/ISO/IEC nor the names of its
+ contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
+ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
+ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LAME b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LAME
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f5030495
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LAME
@@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
+ GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is
+ numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+ This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
+other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for
+your libraries, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
+you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
+with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+ Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
+the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+ Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
+version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
+the original authors' reputations.
+
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
+software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
+transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this,
+we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
+free use or not licensed at all.
+
+ Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
+GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This
+license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
+designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary
+one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
+the same as in the ordinary license.
+
+ The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
+they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
+program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without
+changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
+analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in
+a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
+derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
+treats it as such.
+
+ Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
+Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
+sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We
+concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
+
+ However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
+users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
+libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to
+permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
+preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
+libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve
+this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
+changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this
+will lead to faster development of free libraries.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
+former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
+works together with the library.
+
+ Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
+General Public License rather than by this special one.
+
+ GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
+party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
+General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is
+addressed as "you".
+
+ A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+ The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+ "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+ Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+ You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+ b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+ charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+ table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+ the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+ is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+ in the event an application does not supply such function or
+ table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+ its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+ (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+ a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+ application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+ application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+ be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+ root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+ Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+ This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+ 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+ However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+ When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+ If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+ Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+ 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+ You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+ a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+ machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+ changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+ Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+ with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+ uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+ user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+ executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
+ that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+ Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+ to use the modified definitions.)
+
+ b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+ least three years, to give the same user the materials
+ specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+ than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+ c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+ from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+ specified materials from the same place.
+
+ d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+ materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+ For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
+the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
+distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+ It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+ 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+ based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+ facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
+ Sections above.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+ that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+ where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+ 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+ 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+ 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+ If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+ To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+
+ Copyright (C)
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+ library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+ , 1 April 1990
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBASS b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBASS
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ff0e114
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBASS
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+ISC License
+
+Copyright (C) 2006-2016 libass contributors
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBILBC b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBILBC
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c41b7b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBILBC
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Copyright (c) 2011, The WebRTC project authors. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of Google nor the names of its contributors may
+ be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBOGG b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBOGG
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6111c6c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBOGG
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Copyright (c) 2002, Xiph.org Foundation
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+are met:
+
+- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION
+OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBPNG b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBPNG
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c8ad24ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBPNG
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE
+=========================================
+
+PNG Reference Library License version 2
+---------------------------------------
+
+ * Copyright (c) 1995-2022 The PNG Reference Library Authors.
+ * Copyright (c) 2018-2022 Cosmin Truta.
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2002, 2004, 2006-2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson.
+ * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger.
+ * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.
+
+The software is supplied "as is", without warranty of any kind,
+express or implied, including, without limitation, the warranties
+of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, title, and
+non-infringement. In no event shall the Copyright owners, or
+anyone distributing the software, be liable for any damages or
+other liability, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, arising
+from, out of, or in connection with the software, or the use or
+other dealings in the software, even if advised of the possibility
+of such damage.
+
+Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute
+this software, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee,
+subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
+ must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you
+ use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
+ documentation would be appreciated, but is not required.
+
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must
+ not be misrepresented as being the original software.
+
+ 3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any
+ source or altered source distribution.
+
+
+PNG Reference Library License version 1 (for libpng 0.5 through 1.6.35)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+libpng versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2000, through 1.6.35, July 15, 2018 are
+Copyright (c) 2000-2002, 2004, 2006-2018 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, are
+derived from libpng-1.0.6, and are distributed according to the same
+disclaimer and license as libpng-1.0.6 with the following individuals
+added to the list of Contributing Authors:
+
+ Simon-Pierre Cadieux
+ Eric S. Raymond
+ Mans Rullgard
+ Cosmin Truta
+ Gilles Vollant
+ James Yu
+ Mandar Sahastrabuddhe
+ Google Inc.
+ Vadim Barkov
+
+and with the following additions to the disclaimer:
+
+ There is no warranty against interference with your enjoyment of
+ the library or against infringement. There is no warranty that our
+ efforts or the library will fulfill any of your particular purposes
+ or needs. This library is provided with all faults, and the entire
+ risk of satisfactory quality, performance, accuracy, and effort is
+ with the user.
+
+Some files in the "contrib" directory and some configure-generated
+files that are distributed with libpng have other copyright owners, and
+are released under other open source licenses.
+
+libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.6, March 20, 2000, are
+Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, are derived from
+libpng-0.96, and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and
+license as libpng-0.96, with the following individuals added to the
+list of Contributing Authors:
+
+ Tom Lane
+ Glenn Randers-Pehrson
+ Willem van Schaik
+
+libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997, are
+Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger, are derived from libpng-0.88,
+and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as
+libpng-0.88, with the following individuals added to the list of
+Contributing Authors:
+
+ John Bowler
+ Kevin Bracey
+ Sam Bushell
+ Magnus Holmgren
+ Greg Roelofs
+ Tom Tanner
+
+Some files in the "scripts" directory have other copyright owners,
+but are released under this license.
+
+libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996, are
+Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.
+
+For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Contributing Authors"
+is defined as the following set of individuals:
+
+ Andreas Dilger
+ Dave Martindale
+ Guy Eric Schalnat
+ Paul Schmidt
+ Tim Wegner
+
+The PNG Reference Library is supplied "AS IS". The Contributing
+Authors and Group 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed or
+implied, including, without limitation, the warranties of
+merchantability and of fitness for any purpose. The Contributing
+Authors and Group 42, Inc. assume no liability for direct, indirect,
+incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential damages, which may
+result from the use of the PNG Reference Library, even if advised of
+the possibility of such damage.
+
+Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
+source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, subject
+to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented.
+
+ 2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not
+ be misrepresented as being the original source.
+
+ 3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any
+ source or altered source distribution.
+
+The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. specifically permit,
+without fee, and encourage the use of this source code as a component
+to supporting the PNG file format in commercial products. If you use
+this source code in a product, acknowledgment is not required but would
+be appreciated.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBSNDFILE b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBSNDFILE
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c396169e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBSNDFILE
@@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2.1, February 1999
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
+ the version number 2.1.]
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+ This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
+these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+ To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+
+ Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+
+ Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+
+ When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+
+ We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+
+ For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+
+ In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+
+ Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
+Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+ A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+ The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+ "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+ Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+ You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+ b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+ charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+ table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+ the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+ is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+ in the event an application does not supply such function or
+ table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+ its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+ (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+ a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+ application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+ application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+ be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+ root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+ Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+ This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+ 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+ However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+ When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+ If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+ Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+ 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+ You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+ a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+ machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+ changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+ Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+ with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+ uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+ user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+ executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
+ that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+ Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+ to use the modified definitions.)
+
+ b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
+ copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
+ rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
+ will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
+ the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
+ interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
+
+ c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+ least three years, to give the same user the materials
+ specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+ than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+ d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+ from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+ specified materials from the same place.
+
+ e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+ materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+ For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+ It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+ 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+ based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+ facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
+ Sections above.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+ that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+ where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+ 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+
+ 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+ 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+ If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+ To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+
+ Copyright (C)
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+ library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+ , 1 April 1990
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
+
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBTHEORA b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBTHEORA
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c8ccce4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBTHEORA
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Copyright (C) 2002-2009 Xiph.org Foundation
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+are met:
+
+- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION
+OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVIDSTAB b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVIDSTAB
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a09e1dc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVIDSTAB
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+In this project is open source in the sense of the GPL.
+
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
+ * (at your option) any later version. *
+ * *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the *
+ * Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
+ * 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
+ * *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
+ * GNU General Public License for more details. *
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVORBIS b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVORBIS
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb456a87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVORBIS
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Copyright (c) 2002-2020 Xiph.org Foundation
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+are met:
+
+- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION
+OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVPX b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVPX
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ce44343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBVPX
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+Copyright (c) 2010, The WebM Project authors. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of Google, nor the WebM Project, nor the names
+ of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
+ derived from this software without specific prior written
+ permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBWEBP b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBWEBP
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a6f9954
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBWEBP
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Copyright (c) 2010, Google Inc. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of Google nor the names of its contributors may
+ be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBXML2 b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBXML2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6131850
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.LIBXML2
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Except where otherwise noted in the source code (e.g. the files hash.c,
+list.c and the trio files, which are covered by a similar licence but
+with different Copyright notices) all the files are:
+
+ Copyright (C) 1998-2012 Daniel Veillard. All Rights Reserved.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is fur-
+nished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FIT-
+NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.NETTLE b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.NETTLE
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc8a5de7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.NETTLE
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+ This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
+the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
+License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
+
+ 0. Additional Definitions.
+
+ As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
+General Public License.
+
+ "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
+other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
+
+ An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
+by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
+Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
+of using an interface provided by the Library.
+
+ A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
+Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library
+with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
+Version".
+
+ The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
+Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
+for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
+based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
+
+ The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
+object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
+and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
+Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
+
+ 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+ You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
+without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+ 2. Conveying Modified Versions.
+
+ If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
+facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
+that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
+facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
+version:
+
+ a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
+ ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
+ function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
+ whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
+
+ b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
+ this License applicable to that copy.
+
+ 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
+
+ The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
+a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object
+code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
+material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
+layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
+(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
+
+ a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
+ Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+ covered by this License.
+
+ b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+ document.
+
+ 4. Combined Works.
+
+ You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
+taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
+portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
+the following:
+
+ a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
+ the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+ covered by this License.
+
+ b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+ document.
+
+ c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
+ execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
+ these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
+ copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
+
+ d) Do one of the following:
+
+ 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
+ License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
+ suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
+ recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
+ the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
+ manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
+ Corresponding Source.
+
+ 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
+ a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
+ system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
+ of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
+ Version.
+
+ e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
+ be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
+ GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
+ necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
+ Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
+ Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
+ you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
+ the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
+ Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
+ Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
+ for conveying Corresponding Source.)
+
+ 5. Combined Libraries.
+
+ You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side by side in a single library together with other library
+facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
+License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
+choice, if you do both of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
+ on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
+ conveyed under the terms of this License.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
+ is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
+ accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
+applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that published version or of any later version
+published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
+received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
+whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
+apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
+permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
+Library.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPENCORE-AMR b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPENCORE-AMR
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ec4bf01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPENCORE-AMR
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+Apache License
+Version 2.0, January 2004
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/
+
+TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
+
+1. Definitions.
+
+"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and
+distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
+
+"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the
+copyright owner that is granting the License.
+
+"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other
+entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with
+that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the
+power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such
+entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty
+percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial
+ownership of such entity.
+
+"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising
+permissions granted by this License.
+
+"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
+including but not limited to software source code, documentation source,
+and configuration files.
+
+"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation
+or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled
+object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types.
+
+"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form,
+made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that
+is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the
+Appendix below).
+
+"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form,
+that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial
+revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as
+a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
+Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or
+merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative
+Works thereof.
+
+"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original
+version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or
+Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for
+inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal
+Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the
+purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic,
+verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its
+representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic
+mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that
+are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing
+and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously
+marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
+Contribution."
+
+"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on
+behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
+subsequently incorporated within the Work.
+
+2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
+License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide,
+non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to
+reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
+sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or
+Object form.
+
+3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
+License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide,
+non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in
+this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell,
+import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to
+those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily
+infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their
+Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted.
+If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
+cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a
+Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or
+contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You
+under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such
+litigation is filed.
+
+4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or
+Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and
+in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions:
+
+ 1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a
+copy of this License; and
+
+ 2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating
+that You changed the files; and
+
+ 3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You
+distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from
+the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to
+any part of the Derivative Works; and
+
+ 4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
+distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a
+readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file,
+excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative
+Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file
+distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
+documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a
+display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party
+notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for
+informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your
+own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute,
+alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that
+such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the
+License.
+
+You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may
+provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use,
+reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such
+Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and
+distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in
+this License.
+
+5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any
+Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to
+the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License,
+without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above,
+nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license
+agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
+
+6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
+names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except
+as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of
+the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
+
+7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to
+in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its
+Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any
+warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for
+determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and
+assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this
+License.
+
+8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether
+in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by
+applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to
+in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including
+any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or
+inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
+goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been
+advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the
+Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee
+for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability
+obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in
+accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your
+sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if
+You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
+liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by
+reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
+
+END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work
+
+To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate
+notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own
+identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!) The text should be
+enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also
+recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included
+on the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
+identification within third-party archives.
+
+ Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+
+ Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a
+ copy of the License at
+
+ http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+ Unless required by applicable
+ law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is
+ distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+ KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language
+ governing permissions and limitations under the License.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPUS b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPUS
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9c739c34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.OPUS
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+Copyright 2001-2011 Xiph.Org, Skype Limited, Octasic,
+ Jean-Marc Valin, Timothy B. Terriberry,
+ CSIRO, Gregory Maxwell, Mark Borgerding,
+ Erik de Castro Lopo
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+are met:
+
+- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+- Neither the name of Internet Society, IETF or IETF Trust, nor the
+names of specific contributors, may be used to endorse or promote
+products derived from this software without specific prior written
+permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER
+OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+Opus is subject to the royalty-free patent licenses which are
+specified at:
+
+Xiph.Org Foundation:
+https://datatracker.ietf.org/ipr/1524/
+
+Microsoft Corporation:
+https://datatracker.ietf.org/ipr/1914/
+
+Broadcom Corporation:
+https://datatracker.ietf.org/ipr/1526/
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SHINE b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SHINE
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..111a3beb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SHINE
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+ GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is
+ numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+ This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
+other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for
+your libraries, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
+you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
+with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+ Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
+the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+ Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
+version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
+the original authors' reputations.
+
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
+software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
+transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this,
+we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
+free use or not licensed at all.
+
+ Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
+GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This
+license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
+designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary
+one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
+the same as in the ordinary license.
+
+ The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
+they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
+program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without
+changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
+analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in
+a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
+derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
+treats it as such.
+
+ Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
+Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
+sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We
+concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
+
+ However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
+users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
+libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to
+permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
+preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
+libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve
+this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
+changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this
+will lead to faster development of free libraries.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
+former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
+works together with the library.
+
+ Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
+General Public License rather than by this special one.
+
+ GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
+party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
+General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is
+addressed as "you".
+
+ A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+ The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+ "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+ Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+ You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+ b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+ charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+ table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+ the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+ is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+ in the event an application does not supply such function or
+ table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+ its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+ (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+ a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+ application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+ application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+ be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+ root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+ Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+ This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+ 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+ However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+ When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+ If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+ Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+ 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+ You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+ a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+ machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+ changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+ Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+ with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+ uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+ user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+ executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
+ that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+ Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+ to use the modified definitions.)
+
+ b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+ least three years, to give the same user the materials
+ specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+ than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+ c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+ from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+ specified materials from the same place.
+
+ d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+ materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+ For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
+the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
+distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+ It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+ 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+ based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+ facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
+ Sections above.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+ that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+ where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+ 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+ 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+ 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+ If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+ To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+
+ Copyright (C)
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor,
+ Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+ library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+ , 1 April 1990
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SNAPPY b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SNAPPY
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd0e5971
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SNAPPY
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+Copyright 2011, Google Inc.
+All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+distribution.
+ * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+===
+
+Some of the benchmark data in testdata/ is licensed differently:
+
+ - fireworks.jpeg is Copyright 2013 Steinar H. Gunderson, and
+ is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 license
+ (CC-BY-3.0). See https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/
+ for more information.
+
+ - kppkn.gtb is taken from the Gaviota chess tablebase set, and
+ is licensed under the MIT License. See
+ https://sites.google.com/site/gaviotachessengine/Home/endgame-tablebases-1
+ for more information.
+
+ - paper-100k.pdf is an excerpt (bytes 92160 to 194560) from the paper
+ “Combinatorial Modeling of Chromatin Features Quantitatively Predicts DNA
+ Replication Timing in _Drosophila_” by Federico Comoglio and Renato Paro,
+ which is licensed under the CC-BY license. See
+ http://www.ploscompbiol.org/static/license for more ifnormation.
+
+ - alice29.txt, asyoulik.txt, plrabn12.txt and lcet10.txt are from Project
+ Gutenberg. The first three have expired copyrights and are in the public
+ domain; the latter does not have expired copyright, but is still in the
+ public domain according to the license information
+ (http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/53).
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SOXR b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SOXR
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..551cb4ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SOXR
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2.1, February 1999
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
+ the version number 2.1.]
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+ This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
+these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+ To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+
+ Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+
+ Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+
+ When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+
+ We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+
+ For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+
+ In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+
+ Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
+Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+ A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+ The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+ "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+ Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+ You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+ b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+ charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+ table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+ the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+ is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+ in the event an application does not supply such function or
+ table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+ its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+ (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+ a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+ application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+ application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+ be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+ root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+ Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+ This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+ 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+ However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+ When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+ If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+ Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+ 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+ You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+ a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+ machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+ changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+ Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+ with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+ uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+ user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+ executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
+ that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+ Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+ to use the modified definitions.)
+
+ b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
+ copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
+ rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
+ will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
+ the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
+ interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
+
+ c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+ least three years, to give the same user the materials
+ specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+ than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+ d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+ from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+ specified materials from the same place.
+
+ e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+ materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+ For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+ It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+ 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+ based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+ facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
+ Sections above.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+ that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+ where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+ 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+
+ 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+ 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+ If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+ To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+
+ Copyright (C)
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+ library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+ , 1 April 1990
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SPEEX b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SPEEX
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7d6dc4aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.SPEEX
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+Copyright 2002-2008 Xiph.org Foundation
+Copyright 2002-2008 Jean-Marc Valin
+Copyright 2005-2007 Analog Devices Inc.
+Copyright 2005-2008 Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research
+ Organisation (CSIRO)
+Copyright 1993, 2002, 2006 David Rowe
+Copyright 2003 EpicGames
+Copyright 1992-1994 Jutta Degener, Carsten Bormann
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+are met:
+
+- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
+CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.TIFF b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.TIFF
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..82821861
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.TIFF
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
+Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and
+its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided
+that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
+all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of
+Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or
+publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
+permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY
+WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR
+ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND,
+OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.TWOLAME b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.TWOLAME
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..15a6fe93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.TWOLAME
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2.1, February 1999
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
+ the version number 2.1.]
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+ This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
+these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+ To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+
+ Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+
+ Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+
+ When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+
+ We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+
+ For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+
+ In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+
+ Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
+Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+ A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+ The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+ "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+ Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+ You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+ b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+ charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+ table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+ the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+ is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+ in the event an application does not supply such function or
+ table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+ its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+ (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+ a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+ application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+ application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+ be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+ root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+ Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+ This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+ 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+ However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+ When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+ If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+ Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+ 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+ You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+ a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+ machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+ changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+ Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+ with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+ uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+ user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+ executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
+ that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+ Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+ to use the modified definitions.)
+
+ b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
+ copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
+ rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
+ will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
+ the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
+ interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
+
+ c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+ least three years, to give the same user the materials
+ specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+ than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+ d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+ from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+ specified materials from the same place.
+
+ e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+ materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+ For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+ It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+ 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+ based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+ facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
+ Sections above.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+ that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+ where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+ 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+
+ 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+ 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+ If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+ To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+
+ Copyright (C)
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+ library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+ , 1 April 1990
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
+
+
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.VO-AMRWBENC b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.VO-AMRWBENC
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ec4bf01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.VO-AMRWBENC
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+Apache License
+Version 2.0, January 2004
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/
+
+TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
+
+1. Definitions.
+
+"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and
+distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
+
+"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the
+copyright owner that is granting the License.
+
+"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other
+entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with
+that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the
+power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such
+entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty
+percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial
+ownership of such entity.
+
+"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising
+permissions granted by this License.
+
+"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
+including but not limited to software source code, documentation source,
+and configuration files.
+
+"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation
+or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled
+object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types.
+
+"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form,
+made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that
+is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the
+Appendix below).
+
+"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form,
+that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial
+revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as
+a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
+Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or
+merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative
+Works thereof.
+
+"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original
+version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or
+Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for
+inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal
+Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the
+purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic,
+verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its
+representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic
+mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that
+are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing
+and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously
+marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
+Contribution."
+
+"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on
+behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
+subsequently incorporated within the Work.
+
+2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
+License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide,
+non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to
+reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
+sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or
+Object form.
+
+3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
+License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide,
+non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in
+this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell,
+import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to
+those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily
+infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their
+Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted.
+If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
+cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a
+Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or
+contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You
+under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such
+litigation is filed.
+
+4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or
+Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and
+in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions:
+
+ 1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a
+copy of this License; and
+
+ 2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating
+that You changed the files; and
+
+ 3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You
+distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from
+the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to
+any part of the Derivative Works; and
+
+ 4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
+distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a
+readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file,
+excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative
+Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file
+distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
+documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a
+display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party
+notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for
+informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your
+own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute,
+alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that
+such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the
+License.
+
+You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may
+provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use,
+reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such
+Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and
+distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in
+this License.
+
+5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any
+Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to
+the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License,
+without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above,
+nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license
+agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
+
+6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
+names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except
+as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of
+the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
+
+7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to
+in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its
+Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any
+warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for
+determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and
+assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this
+License.
+
+8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether
+in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by
+applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to
+in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including
+any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or
+inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
+goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been
+advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the
+Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee
+for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability
+obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in
+accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your
+sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if
+You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
+liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by
+reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
+
+END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work
+
+To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate
+notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own
+identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!) The text should be
+enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also
+recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included
+on the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
+identification within third-party archives.
+
+ Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+
+ Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a
+ copy of the License at
+
+ http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+ Unless required by applicable
+ law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is
+ distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+ KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language
+ governing permissions and limitations under the License.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.X264 b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.X264
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d60c31a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.X264
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+ Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+ whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+ part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+ parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+ when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+ interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+ announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+ notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+ a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+ these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+ License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+ does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+ the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+ source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+ 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+ years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+ cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+ machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+ distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+ customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+ to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
+ allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+ received the program in object code or executable form with such
+ an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+ 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+ 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+ 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+ 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+
+ Copyright (C)
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+ Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+ `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+ , 1 April 1989
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.X265 b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.X265
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d5457c93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.X265
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+ Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+ whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+ part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+ parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+ when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+ interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+ announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+ notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+ a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+ these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+ License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+ does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+ the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+ source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+ 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+ years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+ cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+ machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+ distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+ customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+ to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
+ allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+ received the program in object code or executable form with such
+ an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+ 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+ 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+ 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+ 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+
+ Copyright (C)
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+ Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+ `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+ , 1 April 1989
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
+
+This program is also available under a commercial proprietary license.
+For more information, contact us at license @ x265.com.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.XVIDCORE b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.XVIDCORE
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..14db8fc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.XVIDCORE
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+ Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+ whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+ part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+ parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+ when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+ interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+ announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+ notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+ a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+ these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+ License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+ does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+ the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+ source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+ 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+ years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+ cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+ machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+ distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+ customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+ to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
+ allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+ received the program in object code or executable form with such
+ an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+ 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+ 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+ 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+ 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+
+ Copyright (C)
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+ Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+ `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+ , 1 April 1989
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.ZIMG b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.ZIMG
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a8e3325
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/LICENSE.ZIMG
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+ DO WHAT THE FUCK YOU WANT TO PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, December 2004
+
+ Copyright (C) 2004 Sam Hocevar
+
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim or modified
+ copies of this license document, and changing it is allowed as long
+ as the name is changed.
+
+ DO WHAT THE FUCK YOU WANT TO PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. You just DO WHAT THE FUCK YOU WANT TO.
+
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/libavcodec b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/libavcodec
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..f49389e6
Binary files /dev/null and b/ios/Frameworks/libavcodec.framework/libavcodec differ
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/Headers/avdevice.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/Headers/avdevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0b32e59f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/Headers/avdevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
+#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
+
+#include "version_major.h"
+#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version
+ * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including
+ * the full version information. */
+#include "version.h"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavd
+ * Main libavdevice API header
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavd libavdevice
+ * Special devices muxing/demuxing library.
+ *
+ * Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It
+ * provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for
+ * grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the
+ * (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own
+ * I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not
+ * refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific
+ * meaning - e.g. for xcbgrab it is the display name.
+ *
+ * To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all
+ * compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/opt.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavformat/avformat.h"
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avdevice_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavdevice build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avdevice_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavdevice license.
+ */
+const char *avdevice_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices.
+ */
+void avdevice_register_all(void);
+
+/**
+ * Audio input devices iterator.
+ *
+ * If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
+ * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
+ * or NULL if d is the last one.
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_input_audio_device_next(const AVInputFormat *d);
+
+/**
+ * Video input devices iterator.
+ *
+ * If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
+ * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
+ * or NULL if d is the last one.
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_input_video_device_next(const AVInputFormat *d);
+
+/**
+ * Audio output devices iterator.
+ *
+ * If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
+ * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
+ * or NULL if d is the last one.
+ */
+const AVOutputFormat *av_output_audio_device_next(const AVOutputFormat *d);
+
+/**
+ * Video output devices iterator.
+ *
+ * If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
+ * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
+ * or NULL if d is the last one.
+ */
+const AVOutputFormat *av_output_video_device_next(const AVOutputFormat *d);
+
+typedef struct AVDeviceRect {
+ int x; /**< x coordinate of top left corner */
+ int y; /**< y coordinate of top left corner */
+ int width; /**< width */
+ int height; /**< height */
+} AVDeviceRect;
+
+/**
+ * Message types used by avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message().
+ */
+enum AVAppToDevMessageType {
+ /**
+ * Dummy message.
+ */
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
+
+ /**
+ * Window size change message.
+ *
+ * Message is sent to the device every time the application changes the size
+ * of the window device renders to.
+ * Message should also be sent right after window is created.
+ *
+ * data: AVDeviceRect: new window size.
+ */
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE = MKBETAG('G','E','O','M'),
+
+ /**
+ * Repaint request message.
+ *
+ * Message is sent to the device when window has to be repainted.
+ *
+ * data: AVDeviceRect: area required to be repainted.
+ * NULL: whole area is required to be repainted.
+ */
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_REPAINT = MKBETAG('R','E','P','A'),
+
+ /**
+ * Request pause/play.
+ *
+ * Application requests pause/unpause playback.
+ * Mostly usable with devices that have internal buffer.
+ * By default devices are not paused.
+ *
+ * data: NULL
+ */
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', ' '),
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_PLAY = MKBETAG('P', 'L', 'A', 'Y'),
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', 'T'),
+
+ /**
+ * Volume control message.
+ *
+ * Set volume level. It may be device-dependent if volume
+ * is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream volume
+ * change is expected when possible.
+ *
+ * data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
+ */
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_SET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('S', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
+
+ /**
+ * Mute control messages.
+ *
+ * Change mute state. It may be device-dependent if mute status
+ * is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream mute status
+ * change is expected when possible.
+ *
+ * data: NULL.
+ */
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_MUTE = MKBETAG(' ', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_UNMUTE = MKBETAG('U', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_MUTE = MKBETAG('T', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
+
+ /**
+ * Get volume/mute messages.
+ *
+ * Force the device to send AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED or
+ * AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED command respectively.
+ *
+ * data: NULL.
+ */
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('G', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
+ AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_MUTE = MKBETAG('G', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
+};
+
+/**
+ * Message types used by avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message().
+ */
+enum AVDevToAppMessageType {
+ /**
+ * Dummy message.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
+
+ /**
+ * Create window buffer message.
+ *
+ * Device requests to create a window buffer. Exact meaning is device-
+ * and application-dependent. Message is sent before rendering first
+ * frame and all one-shot initializations should be done here.
+ * Application is allowed to ignore preferred window buffer size.
+ *
+ * @note: Application is obligated to inform about window buffer size
+ * with AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE message.
+ *
+ * data: AVDeviceRect: preferred size of the window buffer.
+ * NULL: no preferred size of the window buffer.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_CREATE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','C','R','E'),
+
+ /**
+ * Prepare window buffer message.
+ *
+ * Device requests to prepare a window buffer for rendering.
+ * Exact meaning is device- and application-dependent.
+ * Message is sent before rendering of each frame.
+ *
+ * data: NULL.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_PREPARE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','P','R','E'),
+
+ /**
+ * Display window buffer message.
+ *
+ * Device requests to display a window buffer.
+ * Message is sent when new frame is ready to be displayed.
+ * Usually buffers need to be swapped in handler of this message.
+ *
+ * data: NULL.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_DISPLAY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','I','S'),
+
+ /**
+ * Destroy window buffer message.
+ *
+ * Device requests to destroy a window buffer.
+ * Message is sent when device is about to be destroyed and window
+ * buffer is not required anymore.
+ *
+ * data: NULL.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_DESTROY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','E','S'),
+
+ /**
+ * Buffer fullness status messages.
+ *
+ * Device signals buffer overflow/underflow.
+ *
+ * data: NULL.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','O','F','L'),
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_UNDERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','U','F','L'),
+
+ /**
+ * Buffer readable/writable.
+ *
+ * Device informs that buffer is readable/writable.
+ * When possible, device informs how many bytes can be read/write.
+ *
+ * @warning Device may not inform when number of bytes than can be read/write changes.
+ *
+ * data: int64_t: amount of bytes available to read/write.
+ * NULL: amount of bytes available to read/write is not known.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_READABLE = MKBETAG('B','R','D',' '),
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_WRITABLE = MKBETAG('B','W','R',' '),
+
+ /**
+ * Mute state change message.
+ *
+ * Device informs that mute state has changed.
+ *
+ * data: int: 0 for not muted state, non-zero for muted state.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','M','U','T'),
+
+ /**
+ * Volume level change message.
+ *
+ * Device informs that volume level has changed.
+ *
+ * data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
+ */
+ AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','V','O','L'),
+};
+
+/**
+ * Send control message from application to device.
+ *
+ * @param s device context.
+ * @param type message type.
+ * @param data message data. Exact type depends on message type.
+ * @param data_size size of message data.
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
+ * AVERROR(ENOSYS) when device doesn't implement handler of the message.
+ */
+int avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
+ enum AVAppToDevMessageType type,
+ void *data, size_t data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Send control message from device to application.
+ *
+ * @param s device context.
+ * @param type message type.
+ * @param data message data. Can be NULL.
+ * @param data_size size of message data.
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
+ * AVERROR(ENOSYS) when application doesn't implement handler of the message.
+ */
+int avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
+ enum AVDevToAppMessageType type,
+ void *data, size_t data_size);
+
+#if FF_API_DEVICE_CAPABILITIES
+/**
+ * Following API allows user to probe device capabilities (supported codecs,
+ * pixel formats, sample formats, resolutions, channel counts, etc).
+ * It is build on top op AVOption API.
+ * Queried capabilities make it possible to set up converters of video or audio
+ * parameters that fit to the device.
+ *
+ * List of capabilities that can be queried:
+ * - Capabilities valid for both audio and video devices:
+ * - codec: supported audio/video codecs.
+ * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVCodecID value)
+ * - Capabilities valid for audio devices:
+ * - sample_format: supported sample formats.
+ * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVSampleFormat value)
+ * - sample_rate: supported sample rates.
+ * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
+ * - channels: supported number of channels.
+ * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
+ * - channel_layout: supported channel layouts.
+ * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64
+ * - Capabilities valid for video devices:
+ * - pixel_format: supported pixel formats.
+ * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVPixelFormat value)
+ * - window_size: supported window sizes (describes size of the window size presented to the user).
+ * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
+ * - frame_size: supported frame sizes (describes size of provided video frames).
+ * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
+ * - fps: supported fps values
+ * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL
+ *
+ * Value of the capability may be set by user using av_opt_set() function
+ * and AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery object. Following queries will
+ * limit results to the values matching already set capabilities.
+ * For example, setting a codec may impact number of formats or fps values
+ * returned during next query. Setting invalid value may limit results to zero.
+ *
+ * Example of the usage basing on opengl output device:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * AVFormatContext *oc = NULL;
+ * AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps = NULL;
+ * AVOptionRanges *ranges;
+ * int ret;
+ *
+ * if ((ret = avformat_alloc_output_context2(&oc, NULL, "opengl", NULL)) < 0)
+ * goto fail;
+ * if (avdevice_capabilities_create(&caps, oc, NULL) < 0)
+ * goto fail;
+ *
+ * //query codecs
+ * if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "codec", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
+ * goto fail;
+ * //pick codec here and set it
+ * av_opt_set(caps, "codec", AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, 0);
+ *
+ * //query format
+ * if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "pixel_format", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
+ * goto fail;
+ * //pick format here and set it
+ * av_opt_set(caps, "pixel_format", AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, 0);
+ *
+ * //query and set more capabilities
+ *
+ * fail:
+ * //clean up code
+ * avdevice_capabilities_free(&query, oc);
+ * avformat_free_context(oc);
+ * @endcode
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Structure describes device capabilities.
+ *
+ * It is used by devices in conjunction with av_device_capabilities AVOption table
+ * to implement capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. Should not be used directly.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery {
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+ AVFormatContext *device_context;
+ enum AVCodecID codec;
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_format;
+ enum AVPixelFormat pixel_format;
+ int sample_rate;
+ int channels;
+ int64_t channel_layout;
+ int window_width;
+ int window_height;
+ int frame_width;
+ int frame_height;
+ AVRational fps;
+} AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery;
+
+/**
+ * AVOption table used by devices to implement device capabilities API. Should not be used by a user.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+extern const AVOption av_device_capabilities[];
+
+/**
+ * Initialize capabilities probing API based on AVOption API.
+ *
+ * avdevice_capabilities_free() must be called when query capabilities API is
+ * not used anymore.
+ *
+ * @param[out] caps Device capabilities data. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
+ * @param s Context of the device.
+ * @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options.
+ * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict
+ * containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ * The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
+ * devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
+ * that affects device-private options.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative otherwise.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avdevice_capabilities_create(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s,
+ AVDictionary **device_options);
+
+/**
+ * Free resources created by avdevice_capabilities_create()
+ *
+ * @param caps Device capabilities data to be freed.
+ * @param s Context of the device.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void avdevice_capabilities_free(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Structure describes basic parameters of the device.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDeviceInfo {
+ char *device_name; /**< device name, format depends on device */
+ char *device_description; /**< human friendly name */
+ enum AVMediaType *media_types; /**< array indicating what media types(s), if any, a device can provide. If null, cannot provide any */
+ int nb_media_types; /**< length of media_types array, 0 if device cannot provide any media types */
+} AVDeviceInfo;
+
+/**
+ * List of devices.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDeviceInfoList {
+ AVDeviceInfo **devices; /**< list of autodetected devices */
+ int nb_devices; /**< number of autodetected devices */
+ int default_device; /**< index of default device or -1 if no default */
+} AVDeviceInfoList;
+
+/**
+ * List devices.
+ *
+ * Returns available device names and their parameters.
+ *
+ * @note: Some devices may accept system-dependent device names that cannot be
+ * autodetected. The list returned by this function cannot be assumed to
+ * be always completed.
+ *
+ * @param s device context.
+ * @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices.
+ * @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
+ */
+int avdevice_list_devices(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
+
+/**
+ * Convenient function to free result of avdevice_list_devices().
+ *
+ * @param devices device list to be freed.
+ */
+void avdevice_free_list_devices(AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
+
+/**
+ * List devices.
+ *
+ * Returns available device names and their parameters.
+ * These are convinient wrappers for avdevice_list_devices().
+ * Device context is allocated and deallocated internally.
+ *
+ * @param device device format. May be NULL if device name is set.
+ * @param device_name device name. May be NULL if device format is set.
+ * @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. May be NULL.
+ * The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
+ * devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
+ * that affects device-private options.
+ * @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices
+ * @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
+ * @note device argument takes precedence over device_name when both are set.
+ */
+int avdevice_list_input_sources(const AVInputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
+ AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
+int avdevice_list_output_sinks(const AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
+ AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/Headers/version.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/Headers/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a458e0f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/Headers/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
+#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavd
+ * Libavdevice version macros
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#include "version_major.h"
+
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 7
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_IDENT "Lavd" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION)
+
+#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/Headers/version_major.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/Headers/version_major.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d255ff69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/Headers/version_major.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavd
+ * Libavdevice version macros
+ */
+
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 59
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ */
+#define FF_API_DEVICE_CAPABILITIES (LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+
+#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/Info.plist b/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/Info.plist
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de861c98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/Info.plist
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+
+
+
+
+ CFBundleDevelopmentRegion
+ en
+ CFBundleExecutable
+ libavdevice
+ CFBundleIdentifier
+ com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libavdevice
+ CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion
+ 6.0
+ CFBundleName
+ libavdevice
+ CFBundlePackageType
+ FMWK
+ CFBundleShortVersionString
+ 59.7.100
+ CFBundleVersion
+ 59.7.100
+ CFBundleSignature
+ ????
+ MinimumOSVersion
+ 10
+ CFBundleSupportedPlatforms
+
+ iPhoneOS
+
+ NSPrincipalClass
+
+
+
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/LICENSE b/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94a9ed02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+ The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+ Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+ For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+ Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+ Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ 0. Definitions.
+
+ "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+ "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+ "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+ To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+ A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+ To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+ To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+ An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+ 1. Source Code.
+
+ The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+ A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+ The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+ The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+ The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+ The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+ 2. Basic Permissions.
+
+ All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+ You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+ Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+ 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+ No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+ When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+ 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+ You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+ You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+ 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+ You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+ it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+ b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+ released under this License and any conditions added under section
+ 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+ "keep intact all notices".
+
+ c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+ License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
+ License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+ additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+ regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
+ permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+ invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+ d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+ Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+ interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+ work need not make them do so.
+
+ A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+ 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+ You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+ a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+ Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+ customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+ written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+ long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+ model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+ copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+ product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+ medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+ more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+ conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+ Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+ c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+ written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
+ alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+ only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+ with subsection 6b.
+
+ d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+ place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+ Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+ further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
+ Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
+ copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+ may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+ that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+ clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+ Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
+ Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+ available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+ e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+ you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+ Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+ charge under subsection 6d.
+
+ A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+ A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+ "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+ If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+ The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+ Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+ 7. Additional Terms.
+
+ "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+ When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+ a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+ terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+ b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+ author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+ Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+ c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+ requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+ reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+ d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+ authors of the material; or
+
+ e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+ trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+ f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+ material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+ it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+ any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+ those licensors and authors.
+
+ All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+ If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+ Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+ 8. Termination.
+
+ You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+ 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+ You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+ 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+ Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+ An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+ You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+ 11. Patents.
+
+ A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+ A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+ Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+ In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+ If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+ If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+ A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+ Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+ 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+ If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+ 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+ 14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+ Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+ 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+ THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+ IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+ If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+
+ Copyright (C)
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see .
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+ If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Copyright (C)
+ This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+ You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+.
+
+ The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
+.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/libavdevice b/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/libavdevice
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..c61f64fa
Binary files /dev/null and b/ios/Frameworks/libavdevice.framework/libavdevice differ
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/avfilter.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/avfilter.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e8197c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/avfilter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1196 @@
+/*
+ * filter layer
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H
+#define AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavfi
+ * Main libavfilter public API header
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavfi libavfilter
+ * Graph-based frame editing library.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include
+
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/frame.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "libavutil/rational.h"
+
+#include "libavfilter/version_major.h"
+#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version
+ * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including
+ * the full version information. */
+#include "libavfilter/version.h"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avfilter_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavfilter build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avfilter_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavfilter license.
+ */
+const char *avfilter_license(void);
+
+typedef struct AVFilterContext AVFilterContext;
+typedef struct AVFilterLink AVFilterLink;
+typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad;
+typedef struct AVFilterFormats AVFilterFormats;
+typedef struct AVFilterChannelLayouts AVFilterChannelLayouts;
+
+#if FF_API_PAD_COUNT
+/**
+ * Get the number of elements in an AVFilter's inputs or outputs array.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use avfilter_filter_pad_count() instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int avfilter_pad_count(const AVFilterPad *pads);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of an AVFilterPad.
+ *
+ * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads
+ * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's
+ * responsibility to ensure the index is valid
+ *
+ * @return name of the pad_idx'th pad in pads
+ */
+const char *avfilter_pad_get_name(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the type of an AVFilterPad.
+ *
+ * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads
+ * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's
+ * responsibility to ensure the index is valid
+ *
+ * @return type of the pad_idx'th pad in pads
+ */
+enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx);
+
+/**
+ * The number of the filter inputs is not determined just by AVFilter.inputs.
+ * The filter might add additional inputs during initialization depending on the
+ * options supplied to it.
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * The number of the filter outputs is not determined just by AVFilter.outputs.
+ * The filter might add additional outputs during initialization depending on
+ * the options supplied to it.
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * The filter supports multithreading by splitting frames into multiple parts
+ * and processing them concurrently.
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * The filter is a "metadata" filter - it does not modify the frame data in any
+ * way. It may only affect the metadata (i.e. those fields copied by
+ * av_frame_copy_props()).
+ *
+ * More precisely, this means:
+ * - video: the data of any frame output by the filter must be exactly equal to
+ * some frame that is received on one of its inputs. Furthermore, all frames
+ * produced on a given output must correspond to frames received on the same
+ * input and their order must be unchanged. Note that the filter may still
+ * drop or duplicate the frames.
+ * - audio: the data produced by the filter on any of its outputs (viewed e.g.
+ * as an array of interleaved samples) must be exactly equal to the data
+ * received by the filter on one of its inputs.
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_FLAG_METADATA_ONLY (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * Some filters support a generic "enable" expression option that can be used
+ * to enable or disable a filter in the timeline. Filters supporting this
+ * option have this flag set. When the enable expression is false, the default
+ * no-op filter_frame() function is called in place of the filter_frame()
+ * callback defined on each input pad, thus the frame is passed unchanged to
+ * the next filters.
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC (1 << 16)
+/**
+ * Same as AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC, except that the filter will
+ * have its filter_frame() callback(s) called as usual even when the enable
+ * expression is false. The filter will disable filtering within the
+ * filter_frame() callback(s) itself, for example executing code depending on
+ * the AVFilterContext->is_disabled value.
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL (1 << 17)
+/**
+ * Handy mask to test whether the filter supports or no the timeline feature
+ * (internally or generically).
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE (AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC | AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL)
+
+/**
+ * Filter definition. This defines the pads a filter contains, and all the
+ * callback functions used to interact with the filter.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilter {
+ /**
+ * Filter name. Must be non-NULL and unique among filters.
+ */
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * A description of the filter. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
+ */
+ const char *description;
+
+ /**
+ * List of static inputs.
+ *
+ * NULL if there are no (static) inputs. Instances of filters with
+ * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS set may have more inputs than present in
+ * this list.
+ */
+ const AVFilterPad *inputs;
+
+ /**
+ * List of static outputs.
+ *
+ * NULL if there are no (static) outputs. Instances of filters with
+ * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS set may have more outputs than present in
+ * this list.
+ */
+ const AVFilterPad *outputs;
+
+ /**
+ * A class for the private data, used to declare filter private AVOptions.
+ * This field is NULL for filters that do not declare any options.
+ *
+ * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data
+ * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavfilter generic
+ * code to this class.
+ */
+ const AVClass *priv_class;
+
+ /**
+ * A combination of AVFILTER_FLAG_*
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * The number of entries in the list of inputs.
+ */
+ uint8_t nb_inputs;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of entries in the list of outputs.
+ */
+ uint8_t nb_outputs;
+
+ /**
+ * This field determines the state of the formats union.
+ * It is an enum FilterFormatsState value.
+ */
+ uint8_t formats_state;
+
+ /**
+ * Filter pre-initialization function
+ *
+ * This callback will be called immediately after the filter context is
+ * allocated, to allow allocating and initing sub-objects.
+ *
+ * If this callback is not NULL, the uninit callback will be called on
+ * allocation failure.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success,
+ * AVERROR code on failure (but the code will be
+ * dropped and treated as ENOMEM by the calling code)
+ */
+ int (*preinit)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Filter initialization function.
+ *
+ * This callback will be called only once during the filter lifetime, after
+ * all the options have been set, but before links between filters are
+ * established and format negotiation is done.
+ *
+ * Basic filter initialization should be done here. Filters with dynamic
+ * inputs and/or outputs should create those inputs/outputs here based on
+ * provided options. No more changes to this filter's inputs/outputs can be
+ * done after this callback.
+ *
+ * This callback must not assume that the filter links exist or frame
+ * parameters are known.
+ *
+ * @ref AVFilter.uninit "uninit" is guaranteed to be called even if
+ * initialization fails, so this callback does not have to clean up on
+ * failure.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
+ */
+ int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Should be set instead of @ref AVFilter.init "init" by the filters that
+ * want to pass a dictionary of AVOptions to nested contexts that are
+ * allocated during init.
+ *
+ * On return, the options dict should be freed and replaced with one that
+ * contains all the options which could not be processed by this filter (or
+ * with NULL if all the options were processed).
+ *
+ * Otherwise the semantics is the same as for @ref AVFilter.init "init".
+ */
+ int (*init_dict)(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options);
+
+ /**
+ * Filter uninitialization function.
+ *
+ * Called only once right before the filter is freed. Should deallocate any
+ * memory held by the filter, release any buffer references, etc. It does
+ * not need to deallocate the AVFilterContext.priv memory itself.
+ *
+ * This callback may be called even if @ref AVFilter.init "init" was not
+ * called or failed, so it must be prepared to handle such a situation.
+ */
+ void (*uninit)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * The state of the following union is determined by formats_state.
+ * See the documentation of enum FilterFormatsState in internal.h.
+ */
+ union {
+ /**
+ * Query formats supported by the filter on its inputs and outputs.
+ *
+ * This callback is called after the filter is initialized (so the inputs
+ * and outputs are fixed), shortly before the format negotiation. This
+ * callback may be called more than once.
+ *
+ * This callback must set AVFilterLink.outcfg.formats on every input link
+ * and AVFilterLink.incfg.formats on every output link to a list of
+ * pixel/sample formats that the filter supports on that link. For audio
+ * links, this filter must also set @ref AVFilterLink.incfg.samplerates
+ * "in_samplerates" / @ref AVFilterLink.outcfg.samplerates "out_samplerates"
+ * and @ref AVFilterLink.incfg.channel_layouts "in_channel_layouts" /
+ * @ref AVFilterLink.outcfg.channel_layouts "out_channel_layouts" analogously.
+ *
+ * This callback must never be NULL if the union is in this state.
+ *
+ * @return zero on success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+ int (*query_func)(AVFilterContext *);
+ /**
+ * A pointer to an array of admissible pixel formats delimited
+ * by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. The generic code will use this list
+ * to indicate that this filter supports each of these pixel formats,
+ * provided that all inputs and outputs use the same pixel format.
+ *
+ * This list must never be NULL if the union is in this state.
+ * The type of all inputs and outputs of filters using this must
+ * be AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO.
+ */
+ const enum AVPixelFormat *pixels_list;
+ /**
+ * Analogous to pixels, but delimited by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
+ * and restricted to filters that only have AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO
+ * inputs and outputs.
+ *
+ * In addition to that the generic code will mark all inputs
+ * and all outputs as supporting all sample rates and every
+ * channel count and channel layout, as long as all inputs
+ * and outputs use the same sample rate and channel count/layout.
+ */
+ const enum AVSampleFormat *samples_list;
+ /**
+ * Equivalent to { pix_fmt, AV_PIX_FMT_NONE } as pixels_list.
+ */
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
+ /**
+ * Equivalent to { sample_fmt, AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE } as samples_list.
+ */
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt;
+ } formats;
+
+ int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter
+
+ int flags_internal; ///< Additional flags for avfilter internal use only.
+
+ /**
+ * Make the filter instance process a command.
+ *
+ * @param cmd the command to process, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
+ * @param arg the argument for the command
+ * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. This must not change when the command is not supported.
+ * @param flags if AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST is set and the command would be
+ * time consuming then a filter should treat it like an unsupported command
+ *
+ * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code.
+ * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands
+ */
+ int (*process_command)(AVFilterContext *, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
+
+ /**
+ * Filter activation function.
+ *
+ * Called when any processing is needed from the filter, instead of any
+ * filter_frame and request_frame on pads.
+ *
+ * The function must examine inlinks and outlinks and perform a single
+ * step of processing. If there is nothing to do, the function must do
+ * nothing and not return an error. If more steps are or may be
+ * possible, it must use ff_filter_set_ready() to schedule another
+ * activation.
+ */
+ int (*activate)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
+} AVFilter;
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of elements in an AVFilter's inputs or outputs array.
+ */
+unsigned avfilter_filter_pad_count(const AVFilter *filter, int is_output);
+
+/**
+ * Process multiple parts of the frame concurrently.
+ */
+#define AVFILTER_THREAD_SLICE (1 << 0)
+
+typedef struct AVFilterInternal AVFilterInternal;
+
+/** An instance of a filter */
+struct AVFilterContext {
+ const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log() and filters common options
+
+ const AVFilter *filter; ///< the AVFilter of which this is an instance
+
+ char *name; ///< name of this filter instance
+
+ AVFilterPad *input_pads; ///< array of input pads
+ AVFilterLink **inputs; ///< array of pointers to input links
+ unsigned nb_inputs; ///< number of input pads
+
+ AVFilterPad *output_pads; ///< array of output pads
+ AVFilterLink **outputs; ///< array of pointers to output links
+ unsigned nb_outputs; ///< number of output pads
+
+ void *priv; ///< private data for use by the filter
+
+ struct AVFilterGraph *graph; ///< filtergraph this filter belongs to
+
+ /**
+ * Type of multithreading being allowed/used. A combination of
+ * AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags.
+ *
+ * May be set by the caller before initializing the filter to forbid some
+ * or all kinds of multithreading for this filter. The default is allowing
+ * everything.
+ *
+ * When the filter is initialized, this field is combined using bit AND with
+ * AVFilterGraph.thread_type to get the final mask used for determining
+ * allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be set in both
+ * to be allowed.
+ *
+ * After the filter is initialized, libavfilter sets this field to the
+ * threading type that is actually used (0 for no multithreading).
+ */
+ int thread_type;
+
+ /**
+ * An opaque struct for libavfilter internal use.
+ */
+ AVFilterInternal *internal;
+
+ struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue;
+
+ char *enable_str; ///< enable expression string
+ void *enable; ///< parsed expression (AVExpr*)
+ double *var_values; ///< variable values for the enable expression
+ int is_disabled; ///< the enabled state from the last expression evaluation
+
+ /**
+ * For filters which will create hardware frames, sets the device the
+ * filter should create them in. All other filters will ignore this field:
+ * in particular, a filter which consumes or processes hardware frames will
+ * instead use the hw_frames_ctx field in AVFilterLink to carry the
+ * hardware context information.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx;
+
+ /**
+ * Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance.
+ * If <= 0, its value is ignored.
+ * Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph.
+ */
+ int nb_threads;
+
+ /**
+ * Ready status of the filter.
+ * A non-0 value means that the filter needs activating;
+ * a higher value suggests a more urgent activation.
+ */
+ unsigned ready;
+
+ /**
+ * Sets the number of extra hardware frames which the filter will
+ * allocate on its output links for use in following filters or by
+ * the caller.
+ *
+ * Some hardware filters require all frames that they will use for
+ * output to be defined in advance before filtering starts. For such
+ * filters, any hardware frame pools used for output must therefore be
+ * of fixed size. The extra frames set here are on top of any number
+ * that the filter needs internally in order to operate normally.
+ *
+ * This field must be set before the graph containing this filter is
+ * configured.
+ */
+ int extra_hw_frames;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Lists of formats / etc. supported by an end of a link.
+ *
+ * This structure is directly part of AVFilterLink, in two copies:
+ * one for the source filter, one for the destination filter.
+
+ * These lists are used for negotiating the format to actually be used,
+ * which will be loaded into the format and channel_layout members of
+ * AVFilterLink, when chosen.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilterFormatsConfig {
+
+ /**
+ * List of supported formats (pixel or sample).
+ */
+ AVFilterFormats *formats;
+
+ /**
+ * Lists of supported sample rates, only for audio.
+ */
+ AVFilterFormats *samplerates;
+
+ /**
+ * Lists of supported channel layouts, only for audio.
+ */
+ AVFilterChannelLayouts *channel_layouts;
+
+} AVFilterFormatsConfig;
+
+/**
+ * A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and
+ * destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of
+ * the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters
+ * which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as
+ * image dimensions, format, etc.
+ *
+ * Applications must not normally access the link structure directly.
+ * Use the buffersrc and buffersink API instead.
+ * In the future, access to the header may be reserved for filters
+ * implementation.
+ */
+struct AVFilterLink {
+ AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter
+ AVFilterPad *srcpad; ///< output pad on the source filter
+
+ AVFilterContext *dst; ///< dest filter
+ AVFilterPad *dstpad; ///< input pad on the dest filter
+
+ enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type
+
+ /* These parameters apply only to video */
+ int w; ///< agreed upon image width
+ int h; ///< agreed upon image height
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio
+ /* These parameters apply only to audio */
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h)
+ * @deprecated use ch_layout
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint64_t channel_layout;
+#endif
+ int sample_rate; ///< samples per second
+
+ int format; ///< agreed upon media format
+
+ /**
+ * Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples
+ * which will pass through this link.
+ * During the configuration stage, each filter is supposed to
+ * change only the output timebase, while the timebase of the
+ * input link is assumed to be an unchangeable property.
+ */
+ AVRational time_base;
+
+ AVChannelLayout ch_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h)
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Lists of supported formats / etc. supported by the input filter.
+ */
+ AVFilterFormatsConfig incfg;
+
+ /**
+ * Lists of supported formats / etc. supported by the output filter.
+ */
+ AVFilterFormatsConfig outcfg;
+
+ /** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */
+ enum {
+ AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started
+ AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete
+ AVLINK_INIT ///< complete
+ } init_state;
+
+ /**
+ * Graph the filter belongs to.
+ */
+ struct AVFilterGraph *graph;
+
+ /**
+ * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
+ * frame(s), in link time_base units.
+ */
+ int64_t current_pts;
+
+ /**
+ * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
+ * frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ */
+ int64_t current_pts_us;
+
+ /**
+ * Index in the age array.
+ */
+ int age_index;
+
+ /**
+ * Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown or variable;
+ * if left to 0/0, will be automatically copied from the first input
+ * of the source filter if it exists.
+ *
+ * Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate.
+ * If the source frame rate is unknown or variable, set this to 1/0.
+ * Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function.
+ * Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate.
+ * It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream.
+ */
+ AVRational frame_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * Minimum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is
+ * called with fewer samples, it will accumulate them in fifo.
+ * This field and the related ones must not be changed after filtering
+ * has started.
+ * If 0, all related fields are ignored.
+ */
+ int min_samples;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is
+ * called with more samples, it will split them.
+ */
+ int max_samples;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of past frames sent through the link.
+ */
+ int64_t frame_count_in, frame_count_out;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of past samples sent through the link.
+ */
+ int64_t sample_count_in, sample_count_out;
+
+ /**
+ * A pointer to a FFFramePool struct.
+ */
+ void *frame_pool;
+
+ /**
+ * True if a frame is currently wanted on the output of this filter.
+ * Set when ff_request_frame() is called by the output,
+ * cleared when a frame is filtered.
+ */
+ int frame_wanted_out;
+
+ /**
+ * For hwaccel pixel formats, this should be a reference to the
+ * AVHWFramesContext describing the frames.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+
+#ifndef FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS
+
+ /**
+ * Internal structure members.
+ * The fields below this limit are internal for libavfilter's use
+ * and must in no way be accessed by applications.
+ */
+ char reserved[0xF000];
+
+#else /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
+
+ /**
+ * Queue of frames waiting to be filtered.
+ */
+ FFFrameQueue fifo;
+
+ /**
+ * If set, the source filter can not generate a frame as is.
+ * The goal is to avoid repeatedly calling the request_frame() method on
+ * the same link.
+ */
+ int frame_blocked_in;
+
+ /**
+ * Link input status.
+ * If not zero, all attempts of filter_frame will fail with the
+ * corresponding code.
+ */
+ int status_in;
+
+ /**
+ * Timestamp of the input status change.
+ */
+ int64_t status_in_pts;
+
+ /**
+ * Link output status.
+ * If not zero, all attempts of request_frame will fail with the
+ * corresponding code.
+ */
+ int status_out;
+
+#endif /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * Link two filters together.
+ *
+ * @param src the source filter
+ * @param srcpad index of the output pad on the source filter
+ * @param dst the destination filter
+ * @param dstpad index of the input pad on the destination filter
+ * @return zero on success
+ */
+int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad,
+ AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad);
+
+/**
+ * Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL.
+ */
+void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link);
+
+/**
+ * Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter.
+ *
+ * @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs
+ * @return zero on successful negotiation
+ */
+int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter);
+
+#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically
+#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw)
+
+/**
+ * Make the filter instance process a command.
+ * It is recommended to use avfilter_graph_send_command().
+ */
+int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered filters.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavfilter will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered filter or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVFilter *av_filter_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Get a filter definition matching the given name.
+ *
+ * @param name the filter name to find
+ * @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered.
+ * NULL if none found.
+ */
+const AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name);
+
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a filter with the supplied parameters.
+ *
+ * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize
+ * @param args Options to initialize the filter with. This must be a
+ * ':'-separated list of options in the 'key=value' form.
+ * May be NULL if the options have been set directly using the
+ * AVOptions API or there are no options that need to be set.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
+ */
+int avfilter_init_str(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a filter with the supplied dictionary of options.
+ *
+ * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize
+ * @param options An AVDictionary filled with options for this filter. On
+ * return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with
+ * a dict containing options that were not found. This dictionary
+ * must be freed by the caller.
+ * May be NULL, then this function is equivalent to
+ * avfilter_init_str() with the second parameter set to NULL.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
+ *
+ * @note This function and avfilter_init_str() do essentially the same thing,
+ * the difference is in manner in which the options are passed. It is up to the
+ * calling code to choose whichever is more preferable. The two functions also
+ * behave differently when some of the provided options are not declared as
+ * supported by the filter. In such a case, avfilter_init_str() will fail, but
+ * this function will leave those extra options in the options AVDictionary and
+ * continue as usual.
+ */
+int avfilter_init_dict(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Free a filter context. This will also remove the filter from its
+ * filtergraph's list of filters.
+ *
+ * @param filter the filter to free
+ */
+void avfilter_free(AVFilterContext *filter);
+
+/**
+ * Insert a filter in the middle of an existing link.
+ *
+ * @param link the link into which the filter should be inserted
+ * @param filt the filter to be inserted
+ * @param filt_srcpad_idx the input pad on the filter to connect
+ * @param filt_dstpad_idx the output pad on the filter to connect
+ * @return zero on success
+ */
+int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt,
+ unsigned filt_srcpad_idx, unsigned filt_dstpad_idx);
+
+/**
+ * @return AVClass for AVFilterContext.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avfilter_get_class(void);
+
+typedef struct AVFilterGraphInternal AVFilterGraphInternal;
+
+/**
+ * A function pointer passed to the @ref AVFilterGraph.execute callback to be
+ * executed multiple times, possibly in parallel.
+ *
+ * @param ctx the filter context the job belongs to
+ * @param arg an opaque parameter passed through from @ref
+ * AVFilterGraph.execute
+ * @param jobnr the index of the job being executed
+ * @param nb_jobs the total number of jobs
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ */
+typedef int (avfilter_action_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *arg, int jobnr, int nb_jobs);
+
+/**
+ * A function executing multiple jobs, possibly in parallel.
+ *
+ * @param ctx the filter context to which the jobs belong
+ * @param func the function to be called multiple times
+ * @param arg the argument to be passed to func
+ * @param ret a nb_jobs-sized array to be filled with return values from each
+ * invocation of func
+ * @param nb_jobs the number of jobs to execute
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ */
+typedef int (avfilter_execute_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, avfilter_action_func *func,
+ void *arg, int *ret, int nb_jobs);
+
+typedef struct AVFilterGraph {
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+ AVFilterContext **filters;
+ unsigned nb_filters;
+
+ char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters
+
+ /**
+ * Type of multithreading allowed for filters in this graph. A combination
+ * of AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags.
+ *
+ * May be set by the caller at any point, the setting will apply to all
+ * filters initialized after that. The default is allowing everything.
+ *
+ * When a filter in this graph is initialized, this field is combined using
+ * bit AND with AVFilterContext.thread_type to get the final mask used for
+ * determining allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be
+ * set in both to be allowed.
+ */
+ int thread_type;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum number of threads used by filters in this graph. May be set by
+ * the caller before adding any filters to the filtergraph. Zero (the
+ * default) means that the number of threads is determined automatically.
+ */
+ int nb_threads;
+
+ /**
+ * Opaque object for libavfilter internal use.
+ */
+ AVFilterGraphInternal *internal;
+
+ /**
+ * Opaque user data. May be set by the caller to an arbitrary value, e.g. to
+ * be used from callbacks like @ref AVFilterGraph.execute.
+ * Libavfilter will not touch this field in any way.
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * This callback may be set by the caller immediately after allocating the
+ * graph and before adding any filters to it, to provide a custom
+ * multithreading implementation.
+ *
+ * If set, filters with slice threading capability will call this callback
+ * to execute multiple jobs in parallel.
+ *
+ * If this field is left unset, libavfilter will use its internal
+ * implementation, which may or may not be multithreaded depending on the
+ * platform and build options.
+ */
+ avfilter_execute_func *execute;
+
+ char *aresample_swr_opts; ///< swr options to use for the auto-inserted aresample filters, Access ONLY through AVOptions
+
+ /**
+ * Private fields
+ *
+ * The following fields are for internal use only.
+ * Their type, offset, number and semantic can change without notice.
+ */
+
+ AVFilterLink **sink_links;
+ int sink_links_count;
+
+ unsigned disable_auto_convert;
+} AVFilterGraph;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a filter graph.
+ *
+ * @return the allocated filter graph on success or NULL.
+ */
+AVFilterGraph *avfilter_graph_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new filter instance in a filter graph.
+ *
+ * @param graph graph in which the new filter will be used
+ * @param filter the filter to create an instance of
+ * @param name Name to give to the new instance (will be copied to
+ * AVFilterContext.name). This may be used by the caller to identify
+ * different filters, libavfilter itself assigns no semantics to
+ * this parameter. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return the context of the newly created filter instance (note that it is
+ * also retrievable directly through AVFilterGraph.filters or with
+ * avfilter_graph_get_filter()) on success or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph,
+ const AVFilter *filter,
+ const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Get a filter instance identified by instance name from graph.
+ *
+ * @param graph filter graph to search through.
+ * @param name filter instance name (should be unique in the graph).
+ * @return the pointer to the found filter instance or NULL if it
+ * cannot be found.
+ */
+AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph.
+ * The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited
+ * with the parameter args. opaque is currently ignored.
+ *
+ * In case of success put in *filt_ctx the pointer to the created
+ * filter instance, otherwise set *filt_ctx to NULL.
+ *
+ * @param name the instance name to give to the created filter instance
+ * @param graph_ctx the filter graph
+ * @return a negative AVERROR error code in case of failure, a non
+ * negative value otherwise
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_create_filter(AVFilterContext **filt_ctx, const AVFilter *filt,
+ const char *name, const char *args, void *opaque,
+ AVFilterGraph *graph_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Enable or disable automatic format conversion inside the graph.
+ *
+ * Note that format conversion can still happen inside explicitly inserted
+ * scale and aresample filters.
+ *
+ * @param flags any of the AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_* constants
+ */
+void avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert(AVFilterGraph *graph, unsigned flags);
+
+enum {
+ AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_ALL = 0, /**< all automatic conversions enabled */
+ AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_NONE = -1, /**< all automatic conversions disabled */
+};
+
+/**
+ * Check validity and configure all the links and formats in the graph.
+ *
+ * @param graphctx the filter graph
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_config(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Free a graph, destroy its links, and set *graph to NULL.
+ * If *graph is NULL, do nothing.
+ */
+void avfilter_graph_free(AVFilterGraph **graph);
+
+/**
+ * A linked-list of the inputs/outputs of the filter chain.
+ *
+ * This is mainly useful for avfilter_graph_parse() / avfilter_graph_parse2(),
+ * where it is used to communicate open (unlinked) inputs and outputs from and
+ * to the caller.
+ * This struct specifies, per each not connected pad contained in the graph, the
+ * filter context and the pad index required for establishing a link.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilterInOut {
+ /** unique name for this input/output in the list */
+ char *name;
+
+ /** filter context associated to this input/output */
+ AVFilterContext *filter_ctx;
+
+ /** index of the filt_ctx pad to use for linking */
+ int pad_idx;
+
+ /** next input/input in the list, NULL if this is the last */
+ struct AVFilterInOut *next;
+} AVFilterInOut;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a single AVFilterInOut entry.
+ * Must be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
+ * @return allocated AVFilterInOut on success, NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVFilterInOut *avfilter_inout_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free the supplied list of AVFilterInOut and set *inout to NULL.
+ * If *inout is NULL, do nothing.
+ */
+void avfilter_inout_free(AVFilterInOut **inout);
+
+/**
+ * Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
+ *
+ * @note The caller must provide the lists of inputs and outputs,
+ * which therefore must be known before calling the function.
+ *
+ * @note The inputs parameter describes inputs of the already existing
+ * part of the graph; i.e. from the point of view of the newly created
+ * part, they are outputs. Similarly the outputs parameter describes
+ * outputs of the already existing filters, which are provided as
+ * inputs to the parsed filters.
+ *
+ * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
+ * @param filters string to be parsed
+ * @param inputs linked list to the inputs of the graph
+ * @param outputs linked list to the outputs of the graph
+ * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
+ AVFilterInOut *inputs, AVFilterInOut *outputs,
+ void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
+ *
+ * In the graph filters description, if the input label of the first
+ * filter is not specified, "in" is assumed; if the output label of
+ * the last filter is not specified, "out" is assumed.
+ *
+ * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
+ * @param filters string to be parsed
+ * @param inputs pointer to a linked list to the inputs of the graph, may be NULL.
+ * If non-NULL, *inputs is updated to contain the list of open inputs
+ * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
+ * @param outputs pointer to a linked list to the outputs of the graph, may be NULL.
+ * If non-NULL, *outputs is updated to contain the list of open outputs
+ * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
+ * @return non negative on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_parse_ptr(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
+ AVFilterInOut **inputs, AVFilterInOut **outputs,
+ void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
+ *
+ * @param[in] graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
+ * @param[in] filters string to be parsed
+ * @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the
+ * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed
+ * by the caller using avfilter_inout_free().
+ * @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the
+ * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed by the
+ * caller using avfilter_inout_free().
+ * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
+ *
+ * @note This function returns the inputs and outputs that are left
+ * unlinked after parsing the graph and the caller then deals with
+ * them.
+ * @note This function makes no reference whatsoever to already
+ * existing parts of the graph and the inputs parameter will on return
+ * contain inputs of the newly parsed part of the graph. Analogously
+ * the outputs parameter will contain outputs of the newly created
+ * filters.
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_parse2(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
+ AVFilterInOut **inputs,
+ AVFilterInOut **outputs);
+
+/**
+ * Send a command to one or more filter instances.
+ *
+ * @param graph the filter graph
+ * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent
+ * "all" sends to all filters
+ * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name
+ * which will send the command to all matching filters.
+ * @param cmd the command to send, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
+ * @param arg the argument for the command
+ * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response.
+ *
+ * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code.
+ * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_send_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Queue a command for one or more filter instances.
+ *
+ * @param graph the filter graph
+ * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent
+ * "all" sends to all filters
+ * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name
+ * which will send the command to all matching filters.
+ * @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
+ * @param arg the argument for the command
+ * @param ts time at which the command should be sent to the filter
+ *
+ * @note As this executes commands after this function returns, no return code
+ * from the filter is provided, also AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE is not supported.
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_queue_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, int flags, double ts);
+
+
+/**
+ * Dump a graph into a human-readable string representation.
+ *
+ * @param graph the graph to dump
+ * @param options formatting options; currently ignored
+ * @return a string, or NULL in case of memory allocation failure;
+ * the string must be freed using av_free
+ */
+char *avfilter_graph_dump(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *options);
+
+/**
+ * Request a frame on the oldest sink link.
+ *
+ * If the request returns AVERROR_EOF, try the next.
+ *
+ * Note that this function is not meant to be the sole scheduling mechanism
+ * of a filtergraph, only a convenience function to help drain a filtergraph
+ * in a balanced way under normal circumstances.
+ *
+ * Also note that AVERROR_EOF does not mean that frames did not arrive on
+ * some of the sinks during the process.
+ * When there are multiple sink links, in case the requested link
+ * returns an EOF, this may cause a filter to flush pending frames
+ * which are sent to another sink link, although unrequested.
+ *
+ * @return the return value of ff_request_frame(),
+ * or AVERROR_EOF if all links returned AVERROR_EOF
+ */
+int avfilter_graph_request_oldest(AVFilterGraph *graph);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersink.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersink.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01e7c747
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersink.h
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
+#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavfi_buffersink
+ * memory buffer sink API for audio and video
+ */
+
+#include "avfilter.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink Buffer sink API
+ * @ingroup lavfi
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The buffersink and abuffersink filters are there to connect filter graphs
+ * to applications. They have a single input, connected to the graph, and no
+ * output. Frames must be extracted using av_buffersink_get_frame() or
+ * av_buffersink_get_samples().
+ *
+ * The format negotiated by the graph during configuration can be obtained
+ * using the accessor functions:
+ * - av_buffersink_get_time_base(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_format(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_frame_rate(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_w(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_h(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_channels(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_ch_layout(),
+ * - av_buffersink_get_sample_rate().
+ *
+ * The layout returned by av_buffersink_get_ch_layout() must de uninitialized
+ * by the caller.
+ *
+ * The format can be constrained by setting options, using av_opt_set() and
+ * related functions with the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag.
+ * - pix_fmts (int list),
+ * - sample_fmts (int list),
+ * - sample_rates (int list),
+ * - ch_layouts (string),
+ * - channel_counts (int list),
+ * - all_channel_counts (bool).
+ * Most of these options are of type binary, and should be set using
+ * av_opt_set_int_list() or av_opt_set_bin(). If they are not set, all
+ * corresponding formats are accepted.
+ *
+ * As a special case, if ch_layouts is not set, all valid channel layouts are
+ * accepted except for UNSPEC layouts, unless all_channel_counts is set.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
+ *
+ * @param ctx pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink filter context.
+ * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
+ * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
+ * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 in for success, a negative AVERROR code for failure.
+ */
+int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer
+ * reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you
+ * need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it.
+ */
+#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1
+
+/**
+ * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input.
+ * If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer),
+ * but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN).
+ */
+#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2
+
+#if FF_API_BUFFERSINK_ALLOC
+/**
+ * Deprecated and unused struct to use for initializing a buffersink context.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferSinkParams {
+ const enum AVPixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
+} AVBufferSinkParams;
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVBufferSinkParams structure.
+ *
+ * Must be freed with av_free().
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Deprecated and unused struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context.
+ */
+typedef struct AVABufferSinkParams {
+ const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
+ const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1
+ const int *channel_counts; ///< list of allowed channel counts, terminated by -1
+ int all_channel_counts; ///< if not 0, accept any channel count or layout
+ int *sample_rates; ///< list of allowed sample rates, terminated by -1
+} AVABufferSinkParams;
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVABufferSinkParams structure.
+ *
+ * Must be freed with av_free().
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink.
+ *
+ * All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with
+ * exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is
+ * not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0.
+ */
+void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors
+ * Get the properties of the stream
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+attribute_deprecated
+uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+#endif
+int av_buffersink_get_ch_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx,
+ AVChannelLayout *ch_layout);
+int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
+ *
+ * @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter.
+ * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
+ * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
+ *
+ * @return
+ * - >= 0 if a frame was successfully returned.
+ * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if no frames are available at this point; more
+ * input frames must be added to the filtergraph to get more output.
+ * - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no more output frames on this sink.
+ * - A different negative AVERROR code in other failure cases.
+ */
+int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Same as av_buffersink_get_frame(), but with the ability to specify the number
+ * of samples read. This function is less efficient than
+ * av_buffersink_get_frame(), because it copies the data around.
+ *
+ * @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter.
+ * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
+ * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
+ * frame will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at
+ * the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples.
+ *
+ * @return The return codes have the same meaning as for
+ * av_buffersink_get_frame().
+ *
+ * @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or
+ * the other with a single sink, not both.
+ */
+int av_buffersink_get_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersrc.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersrc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b248b37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/buffersrc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
+#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavfi_buffersrc
+ * Memory buffer source API.
+ */
+
+#include "avfilter.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavfi_buffersrc Buffer source API
+ * @ingroup lavfi
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum {
+
+ /**
+ * Do not check for format changes.
+ */
+ AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1,
+
+ /**
+ * Immediately push the frame to the output.
+ */
+ AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4,
+
+ /**
+ * Keep a reference to the frame.
+ * If the frame if reference-counted, create a new reference; otherwise
+ * copy the frame data.
+ */
+ AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF = 8,
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of failed requests.
+ *
+ * A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no
+ * frame is present in the buffer.
+ * The number is reset when a frame is added.
+ */
+unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src);
+
+/**
+ * This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be
+ * passed to this filter.
+ *
+ * It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with
+ * av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters {
+ /**
+ * video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat
+ * audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat
+ */
+ int format;
+ /**
+ * The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames.
+ */
+ AVRational time_base;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames.
+ */
+ int width, height;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio.
+ */
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ /**
+ * Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be
+ * set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate
+ * and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or
+ * unknown.
+ */
+ AVRational frame_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an
+ * AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per second.
+ */
+ int sample_rate;
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+ /**
+ * Audio only, the audio channel layout
+ * @deprecated use ch_layout
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint64_t channel_layout;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Audio only, the audio channel layout
+ */
+ AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
+} AVBufferSrcParameters;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the
+ * caller with av_free().
+ */
+AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters.
+ * This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the
+ * previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then
+ * whatever method is used last takes precedence.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter
+ * @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter
+ * must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in
+ * param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal
+ * copies or references when necessary.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param);
+
+/**
+ * Add a frame to the buffer source.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter
+ * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
+ * function will make a new reference to it. Otherwise the frame data will be
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() with the
+ * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, const AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Add a frame to the buffer source.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter
+ * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
+ * function will take ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame.
+ * Otherwise the frame data will be copied. If this function returns an error,
+ * the input frame is not touched.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *
+ * @note the difference between this function and av_buffersrc_write_frame() is
+ * that av_buffersrc_write_frame() creates a new reference to the input frame,
+ * while this function takes ownership of the reference passed to it.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() without the
+ * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Add a frame to the buffer source.
+ *
+ * By default, if the frame is reference-counted, this function will take
+ * ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. This can be controlled
+ * using the flags.
+ *
+ * If this function returns an error, the input frame is not touched.
+ *
+ * @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context
+ * @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF
+ * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_*
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code
+ * in case of failure
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src,
+ AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Close the buffer source after EOF.
+ *
+ * This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags()
+ * except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end
+ * of the last frame.
+ */
+int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ceead918
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H
+#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavfi
+ * Libavfilter version macros
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#include "version_major.h"
+
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 44
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION)
+
+#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version_major.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version_major.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de0cf6e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Headers/version_major.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+#define AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavfi
+ * Libavfilter version macros
+ */
+
+#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 8
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ */
+
+#define FF_API_SWS_PARAM_OPTION (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 9)
+#define FF_API_BUFFERSINK_ALLOC (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 9)
+#define FF_API_PAD_COUNT (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 9)
+
+#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Info.plist b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Info.plist
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..560ce1f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/Info.plist
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+
+
+
+
+ CFBundleDevelopmentRegion
+ en
+ CFBundleExecutable
+ libavfilter
+ CFBundleIdentifier
+ com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libavfilter
+ CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion
+ 6.0
+ CFBundleName
+ libavfilter
+ CFBundlePackageType
+ FMWK
+ CFBundleShortVersionString
+ 8.44.100
+ CFBundleVersion
+ 8.44.100
+ CFBundleSignature
+ ????
+ MinimumOSVersion
+ 10
+ CFBundleSupportedPlatforms
+
+ iPhoneOS
+
+ NSPrincipalClass
+
+
+
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/LICENSE b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94a9ed02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+ The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+ Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+ For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+ Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+ Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ 0. Definitions.
+
+ "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+ "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+ "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+ To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+ A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+ To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+ To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+ An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+ 1. Source Code.
+
+ The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+ A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+ The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+ The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+ The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+ The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+ 2. Basic Permissions.
+
+ All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+ You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+ Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+ 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+ No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+ When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+ 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+ You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+ You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+ 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+ You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+ it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+ b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+ released under this License and any conditions added under section
+ 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+ "keep intact all notices".
+
+ c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+ License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
+ License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+ additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+ regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
+ permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+ invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+ d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+ Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+ interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+ work need not make them do so.
+
+ A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+ 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+ You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+ a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+ Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+ customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+ written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+ long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+ model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+ copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+ product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+ medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+ more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+ conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+ Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+ c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+ written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
+ alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+ only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+ with subsection 6b.
+
+ d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+ place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+ Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+ further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
+ Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
+ copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+ may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+ that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+ clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+ Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
+ Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+ available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+ e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+ you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+ Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+ charge under subsection 6d.
+
+ A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+ A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+ "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+ If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+ The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+ Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+ 7. Additional Terms.
+
+ "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+ When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+ a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+ terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+ b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+ author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+ Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+ c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+ requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+ reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+ d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+ authors of the material; or
+
+ e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+ trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+ f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+ material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+ it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+ any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+ those licensors and authors.
+
+ All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+ If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+ Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+ 8. Termination.
+
+ You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+ 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+ You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+ 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+ Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+ An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+ You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+ 11. Patents.
+
+ A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+ A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+ Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+ In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+ If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+ If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+ A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+ Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+ 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+ If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+ 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+ 14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+ Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+ 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+ THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+ IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+ If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+
+ Copyright (C)
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see .
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+ If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Copyright (C)
+ This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+ You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+.
+
+ The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
+.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/libavfilter b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/libavfilter
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..2f2ec2d6
Binary files /dev/null and b/ios/Frameworks/libavfilter.framework/libavfilter differ
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/avformat.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/avformat.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f12fa7d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/avformat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2907 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H
+#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * Main libavformat public API header
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup libavf libavformat
+ * I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library
+ *
+ * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container
+ * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file
+ * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied
+ * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io
+ * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g.
+ * file, tcp, http and others).
+ * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network
+ * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init().
+ *
+ * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely
+ * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all
+ * input/output formats using the av_demuxer_iterate / av_muxer_iterate() functions.
+ * The protocols layer is not part of the public API, so you can only get the names
+ * of supported protocols with the avio_enum_protocols() function.
+ *
+ * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext,
+ * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with
+ * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be
+ * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an
+ * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like
+ * avformat_open_input() might do that for you).
+ *
+ * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains:
+ * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat
+ * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input;
+ * always set by user for output.
+ * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all
+ * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to
+ * using their index in this array.
+ * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or
+ * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing
+ * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format).
+ *
+ * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers
+ * It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions
+ * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by
+ * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling
+ * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass
+ * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by
+ * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class /
+ * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL.
+ * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context",
+ * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on
+ * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those.
+ *
+ * @section urls
+ * URL strings in libavformat are made of a scheme/protocol, a ':', and a
+ * scheme specific string. URLs without a scheme and ':' used for local files
+ * are supported but deprecated. "file:" should be used for local files.
+ *
+ * It is important that the scheme string is not taken from untrusted
+ * sources without checks.
+ *
+ * Note that some schemes/protocols are quite powerful, allowing access to
+ * both local and remote files, parts of them, concatenations of them, local
+ * audio and video devices and so on.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing
+ * @{
+ * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A
+ * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a
+ * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the
+ * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for
+ * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the
+ * cleanup.
+ *
+ * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file
+ * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL, which
+ * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code:
+ * @code
+ * const char *url = "file:in.mp3";
+ * AVFormatContext *s = NULL;
+ * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL);
+ * if (ret < 0)
+ * abort();
+ * @endcode
+ * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the
+ * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the
+ * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not
+ * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the
+ * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few
+ * frames to find missing information.
+ *
+ * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with
+ * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to
+ * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions
+ * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer.
+ * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing
+ * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your
+ * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext.
+ *
+ * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after
+ * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private
+ * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to
+ * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary:
+ * @code
+ * AVDictionary *options = NULL;
+ * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0);
+ * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0);
+ *
+ * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0)
+ * abort();
+ * av_dict_free(&options);
+ * @endcode
+ * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the
+ * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it
+ * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns
+ * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be
+ * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized
+ * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are
+ * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it
+ * wishes, e.g.
+ * @code
+ * AVDictionaryEntry *e;
+ * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
+ * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key);
+ * abort();
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with
+ * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file.
+ *
+ * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file
+ * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling
+ * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket
+ * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by
+ * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec
+ * decoding functions avcodec_send_packet() or avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the
+ * caller wishes to decode the data.
+ *
+ * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be
+ * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for
+ * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing
+ * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be
+ * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds.
+ *
+ * A packet returned by av_read_frame() is always reference-counted,
+ * i.e. AVPacket.buf is set and the user may keep it indefinitely.
+ * The packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no
+ * longer needed.
+ *
+ * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing
+ * @{
+ * Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write
+ * it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format.
+ *
+ * The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the
+ * file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the
+ * packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file.
+ *
+ * At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call
+ * avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up
+ * the muxer by filling the various fields in this context:
+ *
+ * - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the
+ * muxer that will be used.
+ * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb
+ * "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from
+ * avio_open2() or a custom one.
+ * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must
+ * be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill
+ * the @ref AVStream.codecpar "stream codec parameters" information, such as the
+ * codec @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_id
+ * "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format,
+ * etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should
+ * be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note
+ * that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be
+ * described later).
+ * - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in
+ * AVCodecParameters, rather than using @ref avcodec_parameters_copy() during
+ * remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid
+ * for both input and output format contexts.
+ * - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream"
+ * metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the
+ * AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be
+ * stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer
+ * support.
+ *
+ * When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call
+ * avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file
+ * header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step
+ * depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer
+ * private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function.
+ *
+ * The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or
+ * av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for
+ * discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with
+ * a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing
+ * information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding
+ * AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the
+ * avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase
+ * requested by the caller.
+ *
+ * Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer()
+ * to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO
+ * context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with
+ * avformat_free_context().
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write
+ * @{
+ * @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing
+ * The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers.
+ *
+ * Some of possible use cases:
+ * - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location,
+ * - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all
+ * files from a given directory.
+ *
+ * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory
+ * At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir()
+ * supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing
+ * protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive
+ * integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL;
+ * if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) {
+ * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n");
+ * abort();
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without
+ * any additional parameters.
+ *
+ * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries
+ * Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else
+ * within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry.
+ * Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by
+ * repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or
+ * positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the
+ * NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be
+ * read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated
+ * with ctx and prints their names to standard output.
+ * @code
+ * AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL;
+ * for (;;) {
+ * if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) {
+ * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n");
+ * abort();
+ * }
+ * if (!entry)
+ * break;
+ * printf("%s\n", entry->name);
+ * avio_free_directory_entry(&entry);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers
+ * @{
+ * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#include
+#include /* FILE */
+
+#include "libavcodec/codec.h"
+#include "libavcodec/codec_par.h"
+#include "libavcodec/defs.h"
+#include "libavcodec/packet.h"
+
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+
+#include "avio.h"
+#include "libavformat/version_major.h"
+#ifndef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+/* When included as part of the ffmpeg build, only include the major version
+ * to avoid unnecessary rebuilds. When included externally, keep including
+ * the full version information. */
+#include "libavformat/version.h"
+#endif
+
+struct AVFormatContext;
+struct AVStream;
+
+struct AVDeviceInfoList;
+struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery;
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client
+ * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to
+ * set metadata when muxing.
+ *
+ * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata'
+ * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs
+ * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg,
+ * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata
+ * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases.
+ *
+ * Important concepts to keep in mind:
+ * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is
+ * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce
+ * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical.
+ * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be
+ * placed in the same tag.
+ * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you
+ * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice
+ * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address.
+ * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by
+ * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order
+ * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng.
+ * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language
+ * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code.
+ * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike
+ * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag.
+ * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag.
+ * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for
+ * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles",
+ * artist-sort="Beatles, The".
+ * - Some protocols and demuxers support metadata updates. After a successful
+ * call to av_read_frame(), AVFormatContext.event_flags or AVStream.event_flags
+ * will be updated to indicate if metadata changed. In order to detect metadata
+ * changes on a stream, you need to loop through all streams in the AVFormatContext
+ * and check their individual event_flags.
+ *
+ * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags
+ * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container.
+ * Follows a list of generic tag names:
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ album -- name of the set this work belongs to
+ album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist.
+ e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums.
+ artist -- main creator of the work
+ comment -- any additional description of the file.
+ composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist.
+ copyright -- name of copyright holder.
+ creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601.
+ date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601.
+ disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection.
+ encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file.
+ encoded_by -- person/group who created the file.
+ filename -- original name of the file.
+ genre -- .
+ language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably
+ in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by
+ separating them with commas.
+ performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist.
+ E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard
+ Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra".
+ publisher -- name of the label/publisher.
+ service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name).
+ service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting.
+ title -- name of the work.
+ track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total.
+ variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of
+ @endverbatim
+ *
+ * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API.
+ *
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* packet functions */
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its
+ * fields with default values.
+ *
+ * @param s associated IO context
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size desired payload size
+ * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
+ */
+int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size);
+
+
+/**
+ * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket.
+ * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet.
+ * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc
+ * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used
+ * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of)
+ * the final size.
+ *
+ * @param s associated IO context
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size amount of data to read
+ * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data
+ * will not be lost even if an error occurs.
+ */
+int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size);
+
+/*************************************************/
+/* input/output formats */
+
+struct AVCodecTag;
+
+/**
+ * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file.
+ */
+typedef struct AVProbeData {
+ const char *filename;
+ unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */
+ int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */
+ const char *mime_type; /**< mime_type, when known. */
+} AVProbeData;
+
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4)
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4-1)
+
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION 50 ///< score for file extension
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME 75 ///< score for file mime type
+#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score
+
+#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer
+
+/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller.
+#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001
+#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */
+/**
+ * The muxer/demuxer is experimental and should be used with caution.
+ *
+ * - demuxers: will not be selected automatically by probing, must be specified
+ * explicitly.
+ */
+#define AVFMT_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0004
+#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */
+#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */
+#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */
+#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */
+#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */
+#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */
+#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */
+#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */
+#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on binary search via read_timestamp */
+#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on generic search */
+#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */
+#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */
+#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 /**< Format does not require strictly
+ increasing timestamps, but they must
+ still be monotonic */
+#define AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE 0x40000 /**< Format allows muxing negative
+ timestamps. If not set the timestamp
+ will be shifted in av_write_frame and
+ av_interleaved_write_frame so they
+ start from 0.
+ The user or muxer can override this through
+ AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts
+ */
+
+#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_encoding
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef struct AVOutputFormat {
+ const char *name;
+ /**
+ * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
+ * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
+ * to define it.
+ */
+ const char *long_name;
+ const char *mime_type;
+ const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */
+ /* output support */
+ enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */
+ enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */
+ enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */
+ /**
+ * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER,
+ * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS,
+ * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH,
+ * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /**
+ * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better
+ * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
+ */
+ const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag;
+
+
+ const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+ /**
+ * size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper
+ */
+ int priv_data_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Internal flags. See FF_FMT_FLAG_* in internal.h.
+ */
+ int flags_internal;
+
+ int (*write_header)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+ /**
+ * Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags,
+ * pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer.
+ * When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush,
+ * or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered
+ * data.
+ */
+ int (*write_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt);
+ int (*write_trailer)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+ /**
+ * A format-specific function for interleavement.
+ * If unset, packets will be interleaved by dts.
+ *
+ * @param s An AVFormatContext for output. pkt will be added to
+ * resp. taken from its packet buffer.
+ * @param[in,out] pkt A packet to be interleaved if has_packet is set;
+ * also used to return packets. If no packet is returned
+ * (e.g. on error), pkt is blank on return.
+ * @param flush 1 if no further packets are available as input and
+ * all remaining packets should be output.
+ * @param has_packet If set, pkt contains a packet to be interleaved
+ * on input; otherwise pkt is blank on input.
+ * @return 1 if a packet was output, 0 if no packet could be output,
+ * < 0 if an error occurred
+ */
+ int (*interleave_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt,
+ int flush, int has_packet);
+ /**
+ * Test if the given codec can be stored in this container.
+ *
+ * @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not.
+ * A negative number if unknown.
+ * MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC
+ */
+ int (*query_codec)(enum AVCodecID id, int std_compliance);
+
+ void (*get_output_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream,
+ int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall);
+ /**
+ * Allows sending messages from application to device.
+ */
+ int (*control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type,
+ void *data, size_t data_size);
+
+ /**
+ * Write an uncoded AVFrame.
+ *
+ * See av_write_uncoded_frame() for details.
+ *
+ * The library will free *frame afterwards, but the muxer can prevent it
+ * by setting the pointer to NULL.
+ */
+ int (*write_uncoded_frame)(struct AVFormatContext *, int stream_index,
+ AVFrame **frame, unsigned flags);
+ /**
+ * Returns device list with it properties.
+ * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details.
+ */
+ int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list);
+ enum AVCodecID data_codec; /**< default data codec */
+ /**
+ * Initialize format. May allocate data here, and set any AVFormatContext or
+ * AVStream parameters that need to be set before packets are sent.
+ * This method must not write output.
+ *
+ * Return 0 if streams were fully configured, 1 if not, negative AVERROR on failure
+ *
+ * Any allocations made here must be freed in deinit().
+ */
+ int (*init)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+ /**
+ * Deinitialize format. If present, this is called whenever the muxer is being
+ * destroyed, regardless of whether or not the header has been written.
+ *
+ * If a trailer is being written, this is called after write_trailer().
+ *
+ * This is called if init() fails as well.
+ */
+ void (*deinit)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+ /**
+ * Set up any necessary bitstream filtering and extract any extra data needed
+ * for the global header.
+ *
+ * @note pkt might have been directly forwarded by a meta-muxer; therefore
+ * pkt->stream_index as well as the pkt's timebase might be invalid.
+ * Return 0 if more packets from this stream must be checked; 1 if not.
+ */
+ int (*check_bitstream)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVStream *st,
+ const AVPacket *pkt);
+} AVOutputFormat;
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_decoding
+ * @{
+ */
+typedef struct AVInputFormat {
+ /**
+ * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names
+ * may be appended with a minor bump.
+ */
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
+ * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
+ * to define it.
+ */
+ const char *long_name;
+
+ /**
+ * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS,
+ * AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH,
+ * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS.
+ */
+ int flags;
+
+ /**
+ * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should
+ * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not
+ * reliable enough
+ */
+ const char *extensions;
+
+ const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag;
+
+ const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
+
+ /**
+ * Comma-separated list of mime types.
+ * It is used check for matching mime types while probing.
+ * @see av_probe_input_format2
+ */
+ const char *mime_type;
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+ /**
+ * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here.
+ */
+ int raw_codec_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper.
+ */
+ int priv_data_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Internal flags. See FF_FMT_FLAG_* in internal.h.
+ */
+ int flags_internal;
+
+ /**
+ * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format.
+ * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes
+ * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more.
+ */
+ int (*read_probe)(const AVProbeData *);
+
+ /**
+ * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext
+ * structure. Return 0 if OK. 'avformat_new_stream' should be
+ * called to create new streams.
+ */
+ int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+
+ /**
+ * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also
+ * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag
+ * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a
+ * background thread).
+ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error.
+ * Upon returning an error, pkt must be unreferenced by the caller.
+ */
+ int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+ /**
+ * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not
+ * freed by this function
+ */
+ int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+
+ /**
+ * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in
+ * stream component stream_index.
+ * @param stream_index Must not be -1.
+ * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact
+ * match is available.
+ * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset)
+ */
+ int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *,
+ int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units.
+ * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred
+ */
+ int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
+ int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit);
+
+ /**
+ * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
+ * (RTSP).
+ */
+ int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+
+ /**
+ * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
+ * (RTSP).
+ */
+ int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *);
+
+ /**
+ * Seek to timestamp ts.
+ * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
+ * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
+ * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
+ */
+ int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags);
+
+ /**
+ * Returns device list with it properties.
+ * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details.
+ */
+ int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list);
+
+} AVInputFormat;
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+enum AVStreamParseType {
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE,
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */
+ AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW, /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw
+ this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and
+ just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */
+};
+
+typedef struct AVIndexEntry {
+ int64_t pos;
+ int64_t timestamp; /**<
+ * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available
+ * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats.
+ * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better
+ * is known
+ */
+#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001
+#define AVINDEX_DISCARD_FRAME 0x0002 /**
+ * Flag is used to indicate which frame should be discarded after decoding.
+ */
+ int flags:2;
+ int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment).
+ int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */
+} AVIndexEntry;
+
+/**
+ * The stream should be chosen by default among other streams of the same type,
+ * unless the user has explicitly specified otherwise.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * The stream is not in original language.
+ *
+ * @note AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL is the inverse of this disposition. At most
+ * one of them should be set in properly tagged streams.
+ * @note This disposition may apply to any stream type, not just audio.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * The stream is in original language.
+ *
+ * @see the notes for AV_DISPOSITION_DUB
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * The stream is a commentary track.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * The stream contains song lyrics.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS (1 << 4)
+/**
+ * The stream contains karaoke audio.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE (1 << 5)
+
+/**
+ * Track should be used during playback by default.
+ * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed
+ * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED (1 << 6)
+/**
+ * The stream is intended for hearing impaired audiences.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED (1 << 7)
+/**
+ * The stream is intended for visually impaired audiences.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED (1 << 8)
+/**
+ * The audio stream contains music and sound effects without voice.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS (1 << 9)
+/**
+ * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g.
+ * APIC frame in ID3v2). The first (usually only) packet associated with it
+ * will be returned among the first few packets read from the file unless
+ * seeking takes place. It can also be accessed at any time in
+ * AVStream.attached_pic.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC (1 << 10)
+/**
+ * The stream is sparse, and contains thumbnail images, often corresponding
+ * to chapter markers. Only ever used with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_TIMED_THUMBNAILS (1 << 11)
+
+/**
+ * The stream is intended to be mixed with a spatial audio track. For example,
+ * it could be used for narration or stereo music, and may remain unchanged by
+ * listener head rotation.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_NON_DIEGETIC (1 << 12)
+
+/**
+ * The subtitle stream contains captions, providing a transcription and possibly
+ * a translation of audio. Typically intended for hearing-impaired audiences.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS (1 << 16)
+/**
+ * The subtitle stream contains a textual description of the video content.
+ * Typically intended for visually-impaired audiences or for the cases where the
+ * video cannot be seen.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS (1 << 17)
+/**
+ * The subtitle stream contains time-aligned metadata that is not intended to be
+ * directly presented to the user.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA (1 << 18)
+/**
+ * The audio stream is intended to be mixed with another stream before
+ * presentation.
+ * Corresponds to mix_type=0 in mpegts.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEPENDENT (1 << 19)
+/**
+ * The video stream contains still images.
+ */
+#define AV_DISPOSITION_STILL_IMAGE (1 << 20)
+
+/**
+ * @return The AV_DISPOSITION_* flag corresponding to disp or a negative error
+ * code if disp does not correspond to a known stream disposition.
+ */
+int av_disposition_from_string(const char *disp);
+
+/**
+ * @param disposition a combination of AV_DISPOSITION_* values
+ * @return The string description corresponding to the lowest set bit in
+ * disposition. NULL when the lowest set bit does not correspond
+ * to a known disposition or when disposition is 0.
+ */
+const char *av_disposition_to_string(int disposition);
+
+/**
+ * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection.
+ */
+#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap
+#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection
+#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection
+
+/**
+ * Stream structure.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*.
+ */
+typedef struct AVStream {
+#if FF_API_AVSTREAM_CLASS
+ /**
+ * A class for @ref avoptions. Set on stream creation.
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+#endif
+
+ int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */
+ /**
+ * Format-specific stream ID.
+ * decoding: set by libavformat
+ * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset
+ */
+ int id;
+
+ void *priv_data;
+
+ /**
+ * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
+ * of which frame timestamps are represented.
+ *
+ * decoding: set by libavformat
+ * encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to
+ * provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In
+ * avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field
+ * with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps
+ * written into the file (which may or may not be related to the
+ * user-provided one, depending on the format).
+ */
+ AVRational time_base;
+
+ /**
+ * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base.
+ * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set
+ * it to really is the pts of the first frame.
+ * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
+ * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF
+ * demuxer must NOT set this.
+ */
+ int64_t start_time;
+
+ /**
+ * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base.
+ * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify
+ * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size.
+ *
+ * Encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to
+ * provide a hint to the muxer about the estimated duration.
+ */
+ int64_t duration;
+
+ int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0
+
+ /**
+ * Stream disposition - a combination of AV_DISPOSITION_* flags.
+ * - demuxing: set by libavformat when creating the stream or in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ */
+ int disposition;
+
+ enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed.
+
+ /**
+ * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavformat.
+ */
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+ /**
+ * Average framerate
+ *
+ * - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ */
+ AVRational avg_frame_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet
+ * will contain the attached picture.
+ *
+ * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller.
+ * encoding: unused
+ */
+ AVPacket attached_pic;
+
+ /**
+ * An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the
+ * container does not allow it to change between packets).
+ *
+ * There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data
+ * in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer
+ * (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never
+ * appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through
+ * the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or
+ * changes), then it does not appear in this array.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created.
+ * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ *
+ * @see av_format_inject_global_side_data()
+ */
+ AVPacketSideData *side_data;
+ /**
+ * The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array.
+ */
+ int nb_side_data;
+
+ /**
+ * Flags indicating events happening on the stream, a combination of
+ * AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: may be set by the demuxer in avformat_open_input(),
+ * avformat_find_stream_info() and av_read_frame(). Flags must be cleared
+ * by the user once the event has been handled.
+ * - muxing: may be set by the user after avformat_write_header(). to
+ * indicate a user-triggered event. The muxer will clear the flags for
+ * events it has handled in av_[interleaved]_write_frame().
+ */
+ int event_flags;
+/**
+ * - demuxing: the demuxer read new metadata from the file and updated
+ * AVStream.metadata accordingly
+ * - muxing: the user updated AVStream.metadata and wishes the muxer to write
+ * it into the file
+ */
+#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001
+/**
+ * - demuxing: new packets for this stream were read from the file. This
+ * event is informational only and does not guarantee that new packets
+ * for this stream will necessarily be returned from av_read_frame().
+ */
+#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_NEW_PACKETS (1 << 1)
+
+ /**
+ * Real base framerate of the stream.
+ * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be
+ * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all
+ * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess!
+ * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either
+ * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1.
+ */
+ AVRational r_frame_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * Codec parameters associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by
+ * libavformat in avformat_new_stream() and avformat_free_context()
+ * respectively.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: filled by libavformat on stream creation or in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info()
+ * - muxing: filled by the caller before avformat_write_header()
+ */
+ AVCodecParameters *codecpar;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of bits in timestamps. Used for wrapping control.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: set by libavformat
+ * - muxing: set by libavformat
+ *
+ */
+ int pts_wrap_bits;
+} AVStream;
+
+struct AVCodecParserContext *av_stream_get_parser(const AVStream *s);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration
+ *
+ * the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer.
+ */
+int64_t av_stream_get_end_pts(const AVStream *st);
+
+#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1
+
+/**
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*.
+ */
+typedef struct AVProgram {
+ int id;
+ int flags;
+ enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller
+ unsigned int *stream_index;
+ unsigned int nb_stream_indexes;
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+ int program_num;
+ int pmt_pid;
+ int pcr_pid;
+ int pmt_version;
+
+ /*****************************************************************
+ * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
+ * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
+ * removed at will.
+ * New public fields should be added right above.
+ *****************************************************************
+ */
+ int64_t start_time;
+ int64_t end_time;
+
+ int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection
+ int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection
+} AVProgram;
+
+#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present
+ (streams are added dynamically) */
+#define AVFMTCTX_UNSEEKABLE 0x0002 /**< signal that the stream is definitely
+ not seekable, and attempts to call the
+ seek function will fail. For some
+ network protocols (e.g. HLS), this can
+ change dynamically at runtime. */
+
+typedef struct AVChapter {
+ int64_t id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter
+ AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified
+ int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+} AVChapter;
+
+
+/**
+ * Callback used by devices to communicate with application.
+ */
+typedef int (*av_format_control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type,
+ void *data, size_t data_size);
+
+typedef int (*AVOpenCallback)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, int flags,
+ const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used
+ * to know how the duration was estimated.
+ */
+enum AVDurationEstimationMethod {
+ AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes
+ AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration
+ AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate)
+};
+
+/**
+ * Format I/O context.
+ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+ * version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use
+ * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext.
+ *
+ * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions (av_opt*),
+ * the name string used matches the associated command line parameter name and
+ * can be found in libavformat/options_table.h.
+ * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C
+ * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFormatContext {
+ /**
+ * A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context().
+ * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist.
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ /**
+ * The input container format.
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input().
+ */
+ const struct AVInputFormat *iformat;
+
+ /**
+ * The output container format.
+ *
+ * Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ */
+ const struct AVOutputFormat *oformat;
+
+ /**
+ * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct
+ * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL.
+ *
+ * - muxing: set by avformat_write_header()
+ * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input()
+ */
+ void *priv_data;
+
+ /**
+ * I/O context.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then
+ * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input().
+ * - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must
+ * take care of closing / freeing the IO context.
+ *
+ * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in
+ * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle
+ * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL.
+ */
+ AVIOContext *pb;
+
+ /* stream info */
+ /**
+ * Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*.
+ * Set by libavformat.
+ */
+ int ctx_flags;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams.
+ *
+ * Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code.
+ */
+ unsigned int nb_streams;
+ /**
+ * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with
+ * avformat_new_stream().
+ *
+ * - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input().
+ * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also
+ * appear in av_read_frame().
+ * - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header().
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ */
+ AVStream **streams;
+
+ /**
+ * input or output URL. Unlike the old filename field, this field has no
+ * length restriction.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input(), initialized to an empty
+ * string if url parameter was NULL in avformat_open_input().
+ * - muxing: may be set by the caller before calling avformat_write_header()
+ * (or avformat_init_output() if that is called first) to a string
+ * which is freeable by av_free(). Set to an empty string if it
+ * was NULL in avformat_init_output().
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ */
+ char *url;
+
+ /**
+ * Position of the first frame of the component, in
+ * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly:
+ * It is deduced from the AVStream values.
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by libavformat.
+ */
+ int64_t start_time;
+
+ /**
+ * Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional
+ * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream
+ * durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the
+ * AVStream values if not set.
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by libavformat.
+ */
+ int64_t duration;
+
+ /**
+ * Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not
+ * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the
+ * duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically.
+ */
+ int64_t bit_rate;
+
+ unsigned int packet_size;
+ int max_delay;
+
+ /**
+ * Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*.
+ * Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header().
+ */
+ int flags;
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS 0x0200 ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet.
+/**
+ * When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output.
+ * This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc.
+ *
+ * This flag is mainly intended for testing.
+ */
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x0400
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down)
+#if FF_API_LAVF_PRIV_OPT
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT 0x20000 ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (deprecated, does nothing)
+#endif
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK 0x80000 ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_SHORTEST 0x100000 ///< Stop muxing when the shortest stream stops.
+#define AVFMT_FLAG_AUTO_BSF 0x200000 ///< Add bitstream filters as requested by the muxer
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum number of bytes read from input in order to determine stream
+ * properties. Used when reading the global header and in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info().
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
+ *
+ * @note this is \e not used for determining the \ref AVInputFormat
+ * "input format"
+ * @sa format_probesize
+ */
+ int64_t probesize;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read
+ * from input in avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic.
+ */
+ int64_t max_analyze_duration;
+
+ const uint8_t *key;
+ int keylen;
+
+ unsigned int nb_programs;
+ AVProgram **programs;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced video codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID video_codec_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced audio codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced subtitle codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream.
+ * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as
+ * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less
+ * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer).
+ * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore
+ * this.
+ * - muxing: unused
+ * - demuxing: set by user
+ */
+ unsigned int max_index_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames
+ * obtained from realtime capture devices.
+ */
+ unsigned int max_picture_buffer;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of chapters in AVChapter array.
+ * When muxing, chapters are normally written in the file header,
+ * so nb_chapters should normally be initialized before write_header
+ * is called. Some muxers (e.g. mov and mkv) can also write chapters
+ * in the trailer. To write chapters in the trailer, nb_chapters
+ * must be zero when write_header is called and non-zero when
+ * write_trailer is called.
+ * - muxing: set by user
+ * - demuxing: set by libavformat
+ */
+ unsigned int nb_chapters;
+ AVChapter **chapters;
+
+ /**
+ * Metadata that applies to the whole file.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input()
+ * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header()
+ *
+ * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
+ */
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+ /**
+ * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds
+ * since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the
+ * stream was captured at this real world time.
+ * - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to
+ * either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will
+ * be used.
+ * - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that
+ * the value may become known after some number of frames
+ * have been received.
+ */
+ int64_t start_time_realtime;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of frames used for determining the framerate in
+ * avformat_find_stream_info().
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info().
+ */
+ int fps_probe_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may
+ * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors.
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
+ */
+ int error_recognition;
+
+ /**
+ * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer.
+ *
+ * demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input().
+ * muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header()
+ * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback
+ * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to
+ * open the file.
+ */
+ AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback;
+
+ /**
+ * Flags to enable debugging.
+ */
+ int debug;
+#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum buffering duration for interleaving.
+ *
+ * To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly,
+ * av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet
+ * for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file.
+ * When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between
+ * successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering.
+ *
+ * This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the
+ * first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat
+ * will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all
+ * the streams.
+ *
+ * Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
+ */
+ int64_t max_interleave_delta;
+
+ /**
+ * Allow non-standard and experimental extension
+ * @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance
+ */
+ int strict_std_compliance;
+
+ /**
+ * Flags indicating events happening on the file, a combination of
+ * AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*.
+ *
+ * - demuxing: may be set by the demuxer in avformat_open_input(),
+ * avformat_find_stream_info() and av_read_frame(). Flags must be cleared
+ * by the user once the event has been handled.
+ * - muxing: may be set by the user after avformat_write_header() to
+ * indicate a user-triggered event. The muxer will clear the flags for
+ * events it has handled in av_[interleaved]_write_frame().
+ */
+ int event_flags;
+/**
+ * - demuxing: the demuxer read new metadata from the file and updated
+ * AVFormatContext.metadata accordingly
+ * - muxing: the user updated AVFormatContext.metadata and wishes the muxer to
+ * write it into the file
+ */
+#define AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp.
+ * Decoding only.
+ */
+ int max_ts_probe;
+
+ /**
+ * Avoid negative timestamps during muxing.
+ * Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants.
+ * Note, this works better when using av_interleaved_write_frame().
+ * - muxing: Set by user
+ * - demuxing: unused
+ */
+ int avoid_negative_ts;
+#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO -1 ///< Enabled when required by target format
+#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_DISABLED 0 ///< Do not shift timestamps even when they are negative.
+#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE 1 ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative
+#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO 2 ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0
+
+ /**
+ * Transport stream id.
+ * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility
+ */
+ int ts_id;
+
+ /**
+ * Audio preload in microseconds.
+ * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int audio_preload;
+
+ /**
+ * Max chunk time in microseconds.
+ * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int max_chunk_duration;
+
+ /**
+ * Max chunk size in bytes
+ * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int max_chunk_size;
+
+ /**
+ * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets
+ * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int use_wallclock_as_timestamps;
+
+ /**
+ * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int avio_flags;
+
+ /**
+ * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used
+ * to know how the duration was estimated.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user
+ */
+ enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method;
+
+ /**
+ * Skip initial bytes when opening stream
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int64_t skip_initial_bytes;
+
+ /**
+ * Correct single timestamp overflows
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ unsigned int correct_ts_overflow;
+
+ /**
+ * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Set by user
+ */
+ int seek2any;
+
+ /**
+ * Flush the I/O context after each packet.
+ * - encoding: Set by user
+ * - decoding: unused
+ */
+ int flush_packets;
+
+ /**
+ * format probing score.
+ * The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes
+ * the format.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by avformat, read by user
+ */
+ int probe_score;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum number of bytes read from input in order to identify the
+ * \ref AVInputFormat "input format". Only used when the format is not set
+ * explicitly by the caller.
+ *
+ * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
+ *
+ * @sa probesize
+ */
+ int format_probesize;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed decoders.
+ * If NULL then all are allowed
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *codec_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed demuxers.
+ * If NULL then all are allowed
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *format_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * IO repositioned flag.
+ * This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer
+ * is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking.
+ * Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes.
+ */
+ int io_repositioned;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced video codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user
+ */
+ const AVCodec *video_codec;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced audio codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user
+ */
+ const AVCodec *audio_codec;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced subtitle codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user
+ */
+ const AVCodec *subtitle_codec;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced data codec.
+ * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
+ * the same codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user
+ */
+ const AVCodec *data_codec;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header.
+ * Demuxing: Unused.
+ * Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding.
+ */
+ int metadata_header_padding;
+
+ /**
+ * User data.
+ * This is a place for some private data of the user.
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * Callback used by devices to communicate with application.
+ */
+ av_format_control_message control_message_cb;
+
+ /**
+ * Output timestamp offset, in microseconds.
+ * Muxing: set by user
+ */
+ int64_t output_ts_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * dump format separator.
+ * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else
+ * - muxing: Set by user.
+ * - demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ uint8_t *dump_separator;
+
+ /**
+ * Forced Data codec_id.
+ * Demuxing: Set by user.
+ */
+ enum AVCodecID data_codec_id;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *protocol_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * A callback for opening new IO streams.
+ *
+ * Whenever a muxer or a demuxer needs to open an IO stream (typically from
+ * avformat_open_input() for demuxers, but for certain formats can happen at
+ * other times as well), it will call this callback to obtain an IO context.
+ *
+ * @param s the format context
+ * @param pb on success, the newly opened IO context should be returned here
+ * @param url the url to open
+ * @param flags a combination of AVIO_FLAG_*
+ * @param options a dictionary of additional options, with the same
+ * semantics as in avio_open2()
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ *
+ * @note Certain muxers and demuxers do nesting, i.e. they open one or more
+ * additional internal format contexts. Thus the AVFormatContext pointer
+ * passed to this callback may be different from the one facing the caller.
+ * It will, however, have the same 'opaque' field.
+ */
+ int (*io_open)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url,
+ int flags, AVDictionary **options);
+
+ /**
+ * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open().
+ */
+ void (*io_close)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb);
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ char *protocol_blacklist;
+
+ /**
+ * The maximum number of streams.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ int max_streams;
+
+ /**
+ * Skip duration calcuation in estimate_timings_from_pts.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ int skip_estimate_duration_from_pts;
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum number of packets that can be probed
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by user
+ */
+ int max_probe_packets;
+
+ /**
+ * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open().
+ *
+ * Using this is preferred over io_close, because this can return an error.
+ * Therefore this callback is used instead of io_close by the generic
+ * libavformat code if io_close is NULL or the default.
+ *
+ * @param s the format context
+ * @param pb IO context to be closed and freed
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+ int (*io_close2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb);
+} AVFormatContext;
+
+/**
+ * This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet
+ * of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek.
+ */
+void av_format_inject_global_side_data(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration.
+ *
+ * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE.
+ */
+enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ *
+ * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures,
+ * etc.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avformat_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavformat build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avformat_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavformat license.
+ */
+const char *avformat_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * Do global initialization of network libraries. This is optional,
+ * and not recommended anymore.
+ *
+ * This functions only exists to work around thread-safety issues
+ * with older GnuTLS or OpenSSL libraries. If libavformat is linked
+ * to newer versions of those libraries, or if you do not use them,
+ * calling this function is unnecessary. Otherwise, you need to call
+ * this function before any other threads using them are started.
+ *
+ * This function will be deprecated once support for older GnuTLS and
+ * OpenSSL libraries is removed, and this function has no purpose
+ * anymore.
+ */
+int avformat_network_init(void);
+
+/**
+ * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. Call it only
+ * once for each time you called avformat_network_init.
+ */
+int avformat_network_deinit(void);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered muxers.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered muxer or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVOutputFormat *av_muxer_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all registered demuxers.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the next registered demuxer or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_demuxer_iterate(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVFormatContext.
+ * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything
+ * allocated by the framework within it.
+ */
+AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams.
+ * @param s context to free
+ */
+void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for AVStream. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *av_stream_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Add a new stream to a media file.
+ *
+ * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the
+ * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also
+ * be called in read_packet().
+ *
+ * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header().
+ *
+ * User is required to call avformat_free_context() to clean up the allocation
+ * by avformat_new_stream().
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param c unused, does nothing
+ *
+ * @return newly created stream or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c);
+
+/**
+ * Wrap an existing array as stream side data.
+ *
+ * @param st stream
+ * @param type side information type
+ * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc()
+ * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to
+ * st.
+ * @param size side information size
+ * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. On failure,
+ * the stream is unchanged and the data remains owned by the caller.
+ */
+int av_stream_add_side_data(AVStream *st, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
+ uint8_t *data, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate new information from stream.
+ *
+ * @param stream stream
+ * @param type desired side information type
+ * @param size side information size
+ * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t *av_stream_new_side_data(AVStream *stream,
+ enum AVPacketSideDataType type, size_t size);
+/**
+ * Get side information from stream.
+ *
+ * @param stream stream
+ * @param type desired side information type
+ * @param size If supplied, *size will be set to the size of the side data
+ * or to zero if the desired side data is not present.
+ * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(const AVStream *stream,
+ enum AVPacketSideDataType type, size_t *size);
+
+AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format.
+ * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and
+ * everything allocated by the framework within it.
+ *
+ * @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in
+ * case of failure
+ * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL
+ * format_name and filename are used instead
+ * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the
+ * context, if NULL filename is used instead
+ * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the
+ * context, may be NULL
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of
+ * failure
+ */
+int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, const AVOutputFormat *oformat,
+ const char *format_name, const char *filename);
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_decoding
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format.
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the file format.
+ *
+ * @param pd data to be probed
+ * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
+ * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(const AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the file format.
+ *
+ * @param pd data to be probed
+ * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
+ * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
+ * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a
+ * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection
+ * score afterwards.
+ * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended
+ * to retry with a larger probe buffer.
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(const AVProbeData *pd,
+ int is_opened, int *score_max);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the file format.
+ *
+ * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
+ * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
+ * @param score_ret The score of the best detection.
+ */
+const AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(const AVProbeData *pd,
+ int is_opened, int *score_ret);
+
+/**
+ * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns
+ * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another
+ * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format
+ * with the highest score is returned.
+ *
+ * @param pb the bytestream to probe
+ * @param fmt the input format is put here
+ * @param url the url of the stream
+ * @param logctx the log context
+ * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from
+ * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default)
+ * @return the score in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * the maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_probe_input_buffer2(AVIOContext *pb, const AVInputFormat **fmt,
+ const char *url, void *logctx,
+ unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size);
+
+/**
+ * Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success
+ */
+int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, const AVInputFormat **fmt,
+ const char *url, void *logctx,
+ unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size);
+
+/**
+ * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened.
+ * The stream must be closed with avformat_close_input().
+ *
+ * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context).
+ * May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this
+ * function and written into ps.
+ * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure.
+ * @param url URL of the stream to open.
+ * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format.
+ * Otherwise the format is autodetected.
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options.
+ * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
+ * options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field.
+ */
+int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *url,
+ const AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This
+ * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This
+ * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat
+ * frame mode.
+ * The logical file position is not changed by this function;
+ * examined packets may be buffered for later processing.
+ *
+ * @param ic media file handle
+ * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to
+ * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for
+ * codec corresponding to i-th stream.
+ * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found.
+ * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ *
+ * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so
+ * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior.
+ *
+ * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that
+ * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need.
+ */
+int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Find the programs which belong to a given stream.
+ *
+ * @param ic media file handle
+ * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this
+ * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL
+ * @param s stream index
+ * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or
+ * the last program is not among the programs of ic.
+ */
+AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s);
+
+void av_program_add_stream_index(AVFormatContext *ac, int progid, unsigned int idx);
+
+/**
+ * Find the "best" stream in the file.
+ * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most
+ * likely to be what the user expects.
+ * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the
+ * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can
+ * be found are ignored.
+ *
+ * @param ic media file handle
+ * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc.
+ * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number,
+ * or -1 for automatic selection
+ * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same
+ * program) to this one, or -1 if none
+ * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the
+ * selected stream
+ * @param flags flags; none are currently defined
+ * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success,
+ * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type
+ * could be found,
+ * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder
+ * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not
+ * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec.
+ */
+int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic,
+ enum AVMediaType type,
+ int wanted_stream_nb,
+ int related_stream,
+ const AVCodec **decoder_ret,
+ int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Return the next frame of a stream.
+ * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate
+ * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is
+ * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not
+ * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum
+ * information possible for decoding.
+ *
+ * On success, the returned packet is reference-counted (pkt->buf is set) and
+ * valid indefinitely. The packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when
+ * it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains exactly one frame.
+ * For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each frame has
+ * a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames have
+ * a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame.
+ *
+ * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct
+ * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot
+ * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format
+ * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not
+ * decompress the payload.
+ *
+ * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file. On error, pkt will be blank
+ * (as if it came from av_packet_alloc()).
+ *
+ * @note pkt will be initialized, so it may be uninitialized, but it must not
+ * contain data that needs to be freed.
+ */
+int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp.
+ * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default
+ * stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted
+ * from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base.
+ * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
+ * or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode
+ * @return >= 0 on success
+ */
+int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp,
+ int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Seek to timestamp ts.
+ * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
+ * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
+ * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
+ *
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and
+ * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames
+ * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index
+ * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as
+ * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference
+ * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp
+ * @param ts target timestamp
+ * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp
+ * @param flags flags
+ * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise
+ *
+ * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction.
+ */
+int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with
+ * discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that
+ * can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also
+ * work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example.
+ *
+ * The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do
+ * not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's
+ * better to open a new AVFormatContext.
+ *
+ * This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call
+ * avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise
+ */
+int avformat_flush(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the
+ * current position.
+ */
+int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream).
+ *
+ * Use av_read_play() to resume it.
+ */
+int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents
+ * and set *s to NULL.
+ */
+void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward
+#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes
+#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes
+#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavf_encoding
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER 0 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_write_header
+#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT 1 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_init_output
+
+/**
+ * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to
+ * an output media file.
+ *
+ * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context().
+ * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format;
+ * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext.
+ * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options.
+ * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
+ * options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec had not already been fully initialized in avformat_init,
+ * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec had already been fully initialized in avformat_init,
+ * negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_init_output.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate the stream private data and initialize the codec, but do not write the header.
+ * May optionally be used before avformat_write_header to initialize stream parameters
+ * before actually writing the header.
+ * If using this function, do not pass the same options to avformat_write_header.
+ *
+ * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context().
+ * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format;
+ * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext.
+ * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options.
+ * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
+ * options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec requires avformat_write_header to fully initialize,
+ * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec has been fully initialized,
+ * negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_write_header.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int avformat_init_output(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Write a packet to an output media file.
+ *
+ * This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering
+ * or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the
+ * packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle
+ * the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this
+ * function.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike
+ * av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take
+ * ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make
+ * an internal reference to the input packet).
+ *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in
+ * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for
+ * muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the
+ * output.
+ *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be
+ * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams".
+ *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts")
+ * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the
+ * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then
+ * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
+ * The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly
+ * increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the
+ * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they
+ * merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration
+ * "duration") should also be set if known.
+ * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush
+ *
+ * @see av_interleaved_write_frame()
+ */
+int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving.
+ *
+ * This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the
+ * packets in the output file are properly interleaved, usually ordered by
+ * increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call
+ * av_write_frame() instead of this function.
+ *
+ * Using this function instead of av_write_frame() can give muxers advance
+ * knowledge of future packets, improving e.g. the behaviour of the mp4
+ * muxer for VFR content in fragmenting mode.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written.
+ *
+ * If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take
+ * ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees
+ * fit. If the packet is not reference-counted, libavformat will
+ * make a copy.
+ * The returned packet will be blank (as if returned from
+ * av_packet_alloc()), even on error.
+ *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to
+ * flush the interleaving queues.
+ *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be
+ * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref
+ * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams".
+ *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts")
+ * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the
+ * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then
+ * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
+ * The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly
+ * increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the
+ * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing).
+ * @ref AVPacket.duration "duration" should also be set if known.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *
+ * @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta
+ */
+int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
+
+/**
+ * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file.
+ *
+ * The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container
+ * specification; if not, av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame() must be used.
+ *
+ * See av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame() for details.
+ */
+int av_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
+ AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file.
+ *
+ * If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame
+ * structure directly, without encoding it into a packet.
+ * It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw
+ * video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream.
+ *
+ * To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream,
+ * use av_write_uncoded_frame_query().
+ *
+ * The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it
+ * afterwards.
+ *
+ * @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error
+ */
+int av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
+ AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame.
+ *
+ * @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream,
+ * <0 if not
+ */
+int av_write_uncoded_frame_query(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index);
+
+/**
+ * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the
+ * file private data.
+ *
+ * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ */
+int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats
+ * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if
+ * there is no match.
+ *
+ * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the
+ * names of the registered formats
+ * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the
+ * extensions of the registered formats
+ * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the
+ * MIME type of the registered formats
+ */
+const AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name,
+ const char *filename,
+ const char *mime_type);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename.
+ */
+enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(const AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name,
+ const char *filename, const char *mime_type,
+ enum AVMediaType type);
+
+/**
+ * Get timing information for the data currently output.
+ * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format.
+ * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or
+ * work in real time.
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param stream stream in the media file
+ * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream
+ * time_base units
+ * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output,
+ * in microsecond
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it
+ * Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall
+ * atomically.
+ */
+int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream,
+ int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * @{
+ *
+ * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing
+ * (or neither).
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream.
+ *
+ * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
+ * @param buf buffer
+ * @param size buffer size
+ *
+ * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2
+ */
+void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
+ * higher importance.
+ * @param buf buffer
+ * @param size buffer size
+ *
+ * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2
+ */
+void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream.
+ *
+ * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
+ * @param pkt packet to dump
+ * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
+ * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to
+ */
+void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, const AVStream *st);
+
+
+/**
+ * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
+ * higher importance.
+ * @param pkt packet to dump
+ * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
+ * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to
+ */
+void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload,
+ const AVStream *st);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag.
+ * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
+ *
+ * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
+ * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
+ * @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID
+ */
+enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag);
+
+/**
+ * Get the codec tag for the given codec id id.
+ * If no codec tag is found returns 0.
+ *
+ * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
+ * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
+ * @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag
+ */
+unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id);
+
+/**
+ * Get the codec tag for the given codec id.
+ *
+ * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored
+ * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
+ * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list
+ * @param tag A pointer to the found tag
+ * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found
+ */
+int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id,
+ unsigned int *tag);
+
+int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index for a specific timestamp.
+ *
+ * @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to
+ * @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for
+ * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond
+ * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward
+ * is 0, then it will be >=
+ * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise
+ * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found
+ */
+int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index entry count for the given AVStream.
+ *
+ * @param st stream
+ * @return the number of index entries in the stream
+ */
+int avformat_index_get_entries_count(const AVStream *st);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVIndexEntry corresponding to the given index.
+ *
+ * @param st Stream containing the requested AVIndexEntry.
+ * @param idx The desired index.
+ * @return A pointer to the requested AVIndexEntry if it exists, NULL otherwise.
+ *
+ * @note The pointer returned by this function is only guaranteed to be valid
+ * until any function that takes the stream or the parent AVFormatContext
+ * as input argument is called.
+ */
+const AVIndexEntry *avformat_index_get_entry(AVStream *st, int idx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVIndexEntry corresponding to the given timestamp.
+ *
+ * @param st Stream containing the requested AVIndexEntry.
+ * @param timestamp Timestamp to retrieve the index entry for.
+ * @param flags If AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned entry will correspond
+ * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward
+ * is 0, then it will be >=
+ * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise.
+ * @return A pointer to the requested AVIndexEntry if it exists, NULL otherwise.
+ *
+ * @note The pointer returned by this function is only guaranteed to be valid
+ * until any function that takes the stream or the parent AVFormatContext
+ * as input argument is called.
+ */
+const AVIndexEntry *avformat_index_get_entry_from_timestamp(AVStream *st,
+ int64_t wanted_timestamp,
+ int flags);
+/**
+ * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list
+ * already contains it.
+ *
+ * @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream
+ */
+int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp,
+ int size, int distance, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * Split a URL string into components.
+ *
+ * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null,
+ * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are
+ * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative
+ * value.
+ *
+ * @param proto the buffer for the protocol
+ * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer
+ * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization
+ * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer
+ * @param hostname the buffer for the host name
+ * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer
+ * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in
+ * @param path the buffer for the path
+ * @param path_size the size of the path buffer
+ * @param url the URL to split
+ */
+void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size,
+ char *authorization, int authorization_size,
+ char *hostname, int hostname_size,
+ int *port_ptr,
+ char *path, int path_size,
+ const char *url);
+
+
+/**
+ * Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as
+ * duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data,
+ * codec and time base.
+ *
+ * @param ic the context to analyze
+ * @param index index of the stream to dump information about
+ * @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file
+ * @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1)
+ */
+void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic,
+ int index,
+ const char *url,
+ int is_output);
+
+
+#define AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_MULTIPLE 1 ///< Allow multiple %d
+
+/**
+ * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number.
+ *
+ * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number
+ * of digits and '%%'.
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer
+ * @param buf_size destination buffer size
+ * @param path numbered sequence string
+ * @param number frame number
+ * @param flags AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_*
+ * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error
+ */
+int av_get_frame_filename2(char *buf, int buf_size,
+ const char *path, int number, int flags);
+
+int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size,
+ const char *path, int number);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator.
+ *
+ * @param filename possible numbered sequence string
+ * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename);
+
+/**
+ * Generate an SDP for an RTP session.
+ *
+ * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts
+ * for getting unique dynamic payload types.
+ *
+ * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the
+ * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain
+ * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise,
+ * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream)
+ * must contain only one AVStream.
+ * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac
+ * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by
+ * the caller)
+ * @param size the size of the buffer
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ */
+int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given
+ * extensions, 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * @param filename file name to check against the given extensions
+ * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions
+ */
+int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions);
+
+/**
+ * Test if the given container can store a codec.
+ *
+ * @param ofmt container to check for compatibility
+ * @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container
+ * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_*
+ *
+ * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot.
+ * A negative number if this information is not available.
+ */
+int avformat_query_codec(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id,
+ int std_compliance);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs
+ * @{
+ * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are
+ * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the
+ * following code:
+ * @code
+ * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4');
+ * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 };
+ * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag);
+ * @endcode
+ */
+/**
+ * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID.
+ */
+const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void);
+/**
+ * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID.
+ */
+const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void);
+/**
+ * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID.
+ */
+const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_video_tags(void);
+/**
+ * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID.
+ */
+const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the
+ * frame aspect ratio.
+ *
+ * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio
+ * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to
+ * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame.
+ *
+ * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane
+ * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is
+ * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames.
+ *
+ * @param format the format context which the stream is part of
+ * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of
+ * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined
+ * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea
+ */
+AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information.
+ *
+ * @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of
+ * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of
+ * @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL
+ * @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea
+ */
+AVRational av_guess_frame_rate(AVFormatContext *ctx, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier
+ * spec.
+ *
+ * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax
+ * of spec.
+ *
+ * @return >0 if st is matched by spec;
+ * 0 if st is not matched by spec;
+ * AVERROR code if spec is invalid
+ *
+ * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format.
+ */
+int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st,
+ const char *spec);
+
+int avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s);
+
+enum AVTimebaseSource {
+ AVFMT_TBCF_AUTO = -1,
+ AVFMT_TBCF_DECODER,
+ AVFMT_TBCF_DEMUXER,
+#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
+ AVFMT_TBCF_R_FRAMERATE,
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * Transfer internal timing information from one stream to another.
+ *
+ * This function is useful when doing stream copy.
+ *
+ * @param ofmt target output format for ost
+ * @param ost output stream which needs timings copy and adjustments
+ * @param ist reference input stream to copy timings from
+ * @param copy_tb define from where the stream codec timebase needs to be imported
+ */
+int avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt,
+ AVStream *ost, const AVStream *ist,
+ enum AVTimebaseSource copy_tb);
+
+/**
+ * Get the internal codec timebase from a stream.
+ *
+ * @param st input stream to extract the timebase from
+ */
+AVRational av_stream_get_codec_timebase(const AVStream *st);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/avio.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/avio.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..36c3d7b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/avio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,842 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
+#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavf_io
+ * Buffered I/O operations
+ */
+
+#include
+#include
+
+#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+
+#include "libavformat/version_major.h"
+
+/**
+ * Seeking works like for a local file.
+ */
+#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible.
+ */
+#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
+ * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted
+ * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with
+ * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the
+ * blocking operation will be aborted.
+ *
+ * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if
+ * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext
+ * or AVIOContext.
+ */
+typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB {
+ int (*callback)(void*);
+ void *opaque;
+} AVIOInterruptCB;
+
+/**
+ * Directory entry types.
+ */
+enum AVIODirEntryType {
+ AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_FILE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE,
+ AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Describes single entry of the directory.
+ *
+ * Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set.
+ * Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown.
+ */
+typedef struct AVIODirEntry {
+ char *name; /**< Filename */
+ int type; /**< Type of the entry */
+ int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise.
+ Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */
+ int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix
+ epoch, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch,
+ -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix
+ epoch, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
+ int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */
+} AVIODirEntry;
+
+typedef struct AVIODirContext {
+ struct URLContext *url_context;
+} AVIODirContext;
+
+/**
+ * Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO
+ * write_data_type callback.
+ */
+enum AVIODataMarkerType {
+ /**
+ * Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER,
+ /**
+ * A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding
+ * (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with
+ * AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
+ * should give decodeable results.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
+ /**
+ * A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing
+ * (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any
+ * non-keyframe packet start point.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
+ /**
+ * This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking
+ * any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point
+ * that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment
+ * that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN,
+ /**
+ * Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for
+ * finalizing the output file.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER,
+ /**
+ * A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might
+ * flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically
+ * means the end of a packet.
+ */
+ AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Bytestream IO Context.
+ * New public fields can be added with minor version bumps.
+ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing public fields require
+ * a major version bump.
+ * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*.
+ *
+ * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called
+ * directly, they should only be set by the client application
+ * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the
+ * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context()
+ */
+typedef struct AVIOContext {
+ /**
+ * A class for private options.
+ *
+ * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and
+ * passes the options down to protocols.
+ *
+ * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by
+ * the caller.
+ *
+ * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext
+ * to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
+ */
+ const AVClass *av_class;
+
+ /*
+ * The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr,
+ * buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing
+ * (since AVIOContext is used for both):
+ *
+ **********************************************************************************
+ * READING
+ **********************************************************************************
+ *
+ * | buffer_size |
+ * |---------------------------------------|
+ * | |
+ *
+ * buffer buf_ptr buf_end
+ * +---------------+-----------------------+
+ * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
+ * read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| |
+ * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
+ * +---------------+-----------------------+
+ *
+ * pos
+ * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
+ * input file: | | |
+ * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
+ *
+ *
+ **********************************************************************************
+ * WRITING
+ **********************************************************************************
+ *
+ * | buffer_size |
+ * |--------------------------------------|
+ * | |
+ *
+ * buf_ptr_max
+ * buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end
+ * +-----------------------+--------------+
+ * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
+ * write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | |
+ * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
+ * +-----------------------+--------------+
+ * buf_ptr can be in this
+ * due to a backward seek
+ *
+ * pos
+ * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
+ * output file: | | |
+ * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
+ *
+ */
+ unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */
+ int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */
+ unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */
+ unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than
+ buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned
+ less data than requested, e.g. for streams where
+ no more data has been received yet. */
+ void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/...
+ functions. */
+ int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+ int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
+ int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
+ int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
+ int eof_reached; /**< true if was unable to read due to error or eof */
+ int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */
+ int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */
+ int max_packet_size;
+ int min_packet_size; /**< Try to buffer at least this amount of data
+ before flushing it. */
+ unsigned long checksum;
+ unsigned char *checksum_ptr;
+ unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size);
+ /**
+ * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS.
+ */
+ int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause);
+ /**
+ * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index.
+ * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking
+ * to byte position.
+ */
+ int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index,
+ int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+ /**
+ * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable.
+ */
+ int seekable;
+
+ /**
+ * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
+ * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
+ * call the underlying seek function directly.
+ */
+ int direct;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
+ */
+ const char *protocol_whitelist;
+
+ /**
+ * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
+ */
+ const char *protocol_blacklist;
+
+ /**
+ * A callback that is used instead of write_packet.
+ */
+ int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
+ enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time);
+ /**
+ * If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
+ * but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly
+ * small chunks of data returned from the callback).
+ */
+ int ignore_boundary_point;
+
+#if FF_API_AVIOCONTEXT_WRITTEN
+ /**
+ * @deprecated field utilized privately by libavformat. For a public
+ * statistic of how many bytes were written out, see
+ * AVIOContext::bytes_written.
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int64_t written;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer,
+ * used keeping track of already written data for a later flush.
+ */
+ unsigned char *buf_ptr_max;
+
+ /**
+ * Read-only statistic of bytes read for this AVIOContext.
+ */
+ int64_t bytes_read;
+
+ /**
+ * Read-only statistic of bytes written for this AVIOContext.
+ */
+ int64_t bytes_written;
+} AVIOContext;
+
+/**
+ * Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL.
+ *
+ * NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL.
+ *
+ * @return Name of the protocol or NULL.
+ */
+const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url);
+
+/**
+ * Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions
+ * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are
+ * masked by the value in flags.
+ *
+ * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the
+ * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from
+ * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value,
+ * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the
+ * checked resource.
+ */
+int avio_check(const char *url, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Open directory for reading.
+ *
+ * @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
+ * @param url directory to be listed.
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
+ * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary
+ * containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
+ */
+int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Get next directory entry.
+ *
+ * Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular
+ * it may outlive AVIODirContext.
+ *
+ * @param s directory read context.
+ * @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an
+ * error.
+ */
+int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next);
+
+/**
+ * Close directory.
+ *
+ * @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be
+ * freeded with avio_free_directory_entry().
+ *
+ * @param s directory read context.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
+ */
+int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s);
+
+/**
+ * Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir().
+ *
+ * @param entry entry to be freed.
+ */
+void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
+ * freed with avio_context_free().
+ *
+ * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
+ * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
+ * It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat.
+ * AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use,
+ * which must be later freed with av_free().
+ * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance.
+ * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize.
+ * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb.
+ * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
+ * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
+ * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
+ * For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather
+ * a proper AVERROR code.
+ * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
+ * The function may not change the input buffers content.
+ * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
+ unsigned char *buffer,
+ int buffer_size,
+ int write_flag,
+ void *opaque,
+ int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
+ int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
+ int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
+
+/**
+ * Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it.
+ *
+ * @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL
+ * into s.
+ */
+void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s);
+
+void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b);
+void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
+void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
+void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
+void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
+
+/**
+ * Write a NULL-terminated string.
+ * @return number of bytes written.
+ */
+int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it.
+ * @param s the AVIOContext
+ * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
+ *
+ * @return number of bytes written.
+ */
+int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it.
+ * @param s the AVIOContext
+ * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
+ *
+ * @return number of bytes written.
+ */
+int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Mark the written bytestream as a specific type.
+ *
+ * Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output.
+ *
+ * @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to
+ * (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not
+ * applicable
+ * @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos
+ */
+void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type);
+
+/**
+ * ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
+ * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
+ * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
+ */
+#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000
+
+/**
+ * Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
+ * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable
+ * means that can be extremely slow.
+ * This may be ignored by the seek code.
+ */
+#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000
+
+/**
+ * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext.
+ * @return new position or AVERROR.
+ */
+int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence);
+
+/**
+ * Skip given number of bytes forward
+ * @return new position or AVERROR.
+ */
+int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset);
+
+/**
+ * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext.
+ * @return position or AVERROR.
+ */
+static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s)
+{
+ return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the filesize.
+ * @return filesize or AVERROR
+ */
+int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Similar to feof() but also returns nonzero on read errors.
+ * @return non zero if and only if at end of file or a read error happened when reading.
+ */
+int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Writes a formatted string to the context taking a va_list.
+ * @return number of bytes written, < 0 on error.
+ */
+int avio_vprintf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
+
+/**
+ * Writes a formatted string to the context.
+ * @return number of bytes written, < 0 on error.
+ */
+int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
+
+/**
+ * Write a NULL terminated array of strings to the context.
+ * Usually you don't need to use this function directly but its macro wrapper,
+ * avio_print.
+ */
+void avio_print_string_array(AVIOContext *s, const char *strings[]);
+
+/**
+ * Write strings (const char *) to the context.
+ * This is a convenience macro around avio_print_string_array and it
+ * automatically creates the string array from the variable argument list.
+ * For simple string concatenations this function is more performant than using
+ * avio_printf since it does not need a temporary buffer.
+ */
+#define avio_print(s, ...) \
+ avio_print_string_array(s, (const char*[]){__VA_ARGS__, NULL})
+
+/**
+ * Force flushing of buffered data.
+ *
+ * For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output,
+ * without to wait to fill the internal buffer.
+ *
+ * For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the
+ * reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not
+ * read new data, and does not perform any seeks.
+ */
+void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf.
+ * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
+ */
+int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed
+ * to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next
+ * call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte.
+ * Useful to reduce latency in certain cases.
+ * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
+ */
+int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is
+ * necessary
+ */
+int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s);
+uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s);
+unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s);
+uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either
+ * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing
+ * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it
+ * will be truncated if buf is too small.
+ * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it
+ * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings.
+ *
+ * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen).
+ * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than
+ * bytes actually read.
+ */
+int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
+
+/**
+ * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8.
+ * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was
+ * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read.
+ * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen)
+ */
+int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
+int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
+
+
+/**
+ * @name URL open modes
+ * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following
+ * constants, optionally ORed with other flags.
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Use non-blocking mode.
+ * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately.
+ * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN).
+ * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the
+ * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on
+ * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices).
+ * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be
+ * silently ignored.
+ */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8
+
+/**
+ * Use direct mode.
+ * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
+ * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
+ * call the underlying seek function directly.
+ */
+#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
+ * resource indicated by url.
+ * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
+ * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
+ *
+ * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
+ * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
+ * @param url resource to access
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ */
+int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
+ * resource indicated by url.
+ * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
+ * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
+ *
+ * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
+ * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
+ * @param url resource to access
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
+ * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
+ * that were not found. May be NULL.
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ */
+int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags,
+ const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it.
+ * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
+ *
+ * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
+ * resource.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
+ * @see avio_closep
+ */
+int avio_close(AVIOContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it
+ * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
+ * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
+ *
+ * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
+ * resource.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
+ * @see avio_close
+ */
+int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s);
+
+
+/**
+ * Open a write only memory stream.
+ *
+ * @param s new IO context
+ * @return zero if no error.
+ */
+int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
+
+/**
+ * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer.
+ * The AVIOContext stream is left intact.
+ * The buffer must NOT be freed.
+ * No padding is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param s IO context
+ * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
+ * @return the length of the byte buffer
+ */
+int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
+
+/**
+ * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
+ * must be freed with av_free().
+ * Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param s IO context
+ * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
+ * @return the length of the byte buffer
+ */
+int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate through names of available protocols.
+ *
+ * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol.
+ * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will
+ * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols.
+ * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols,
+ * otherwise over input protocols.
+ *
+ * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL
+ */
+const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output);
+
+/**
+ * Get AVClass by names of available protocols.
+ *
+ * @return A AVClass of input protocol name or NULL
+ */
+const AVClass *avio_protocol_get_class(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming
+ * protocol (e.g. MMS).
+ *
+ * @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer
+ * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume
+ */
+int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause);
+
+/**
+ * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream.
+ * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.).
+ *
+ * @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers
+ * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to.
+ * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE
+ * units from the beginning of the presentation.
+ * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support
+ * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail.
+ * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
+ * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE
+ * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore
+ * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will
+ * fail if used and not supported.
+ * @return >= 0 on success
+ * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek
+ */
+int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index,
+ int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+
+/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */
+struct AVBPrint;
+
+/**
+ * Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF.
+ *
+ * @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error
+ * code otherwise
+ */
+int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size);
+
+/**
+ * Accept and allocate a client context on a server context.
+ * @param s the server context
+ * @param c the client context, must be unallocated
+ * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding
+ * to an AVERROR on failure
+ */
+int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c);
+
+/**
+ * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client.
+ * This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before
+ * using it as a read/write context.
+ * It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block.
+ * A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may
+ * decide to change the proceedings.
+ * For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each
+ * one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters
+ * from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual
+ * chunk of the request can constitute a step.
+ * If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and
+ * returns 0 immediately.
+ *
+ * @param c the client context to perform the handshake on
+ * @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake
+ * > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete
+ * < 0 for an AVERROR code
+ */
+int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c);
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/network.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/network.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..71c49a73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/network.h
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 The FFmpeg Project
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_NETWORK_H
+#define AVFORMAT_NETWORK_H
+
+#include
+#include
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "libavutil/error.h"
+#include "os_support.h"
+#include "avio.h"
+#include "url.h"
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
+#include
+#include
+
+#ifndef EPROTONOSUPPORT
+#define EPROTONOSUPPORT WSAEPROTONOSUPPORT
+#endif
+#ifndef ETIMEDOUT
+#define ETIMEDOUT WSAETIMEDOUT
+#endif
+#ifndef ECONNREFUSED
+#define ECONNREFUSED WSAECONNREFUSED
+#endif
+#ifndef EINPROGRESS
+#define EINPROGRESS WSAEINPROGRESS
+#endif
+#ifndef ENOTCONN
+#define ENOTCONN WSAENOTCONN
+#endif
+
+#define getsockopt(a, b, c, d, e) getsockopt(a, b, c, (char*) d, e)
+#define setsockopt(a, b, c, d, e) setsockopt(a, b, c, (const char*) d, e)
+
+int ff_neterrno(void);
+#else
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+
+#define ff_neterrno() AVERROR(errno)
+#endif /* HAVE_WINSOCK2_H */
+
+#if HAVE_ARPA_INET_H
+#include
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_POLL_H
+#include
+#endif
+
+int ff_socket_nonblock(int socket, int enable);
+
+int ff_network_init(void);
+void ff_network_close(void);
+
+int ff_tls_init(void);
+void ff_tls_deinit(void);
+
+int ff_network_wait_fd(int fd, int write);
+
+/**
+ * This works similarly to ff_network_wait_fd, but waits up to 'timeout' microseconds
+ * Uses ff_network_wait_fd in a loop
+ *
+ * @param fd Socket descriptor
+ * @param write Set 1 to wait for socket able to be read, 0 to be written
+ * @param timeout Timeout interval, in microseconds. Actual precision is 100000 mcs, due to ff_network_wait_fd usage
+ * @param int_cb Interrupt callback, is checked before each ff_network_wait_fd call
+ * @return 0 if data can be read/written, AVERROR(ETIMEDOUT) if timeout expired, or negative error code
+ */
+int ff_network_wait_fd_timeout(int fd, int write, int64_t timeout, AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb);
+
+/**
+ * Waits for up to 'timeout' microseconds. If the usert's int_cb is set and
+ * triggered, return before that.
+ * @param timeout Timeout in microseconds. Maybe have lower actual precision.
+ * @param int_cb Interrupt callback, is checked regularly.
+ * @return AVERROR(ETIMEDOUT) if timeout expirted, AVERROR_EXIT if interrupted by int_cb
+ */
+int ff_network_sleep_interruptible(int64_t timeout, AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb);
+
+#if !HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
+struct sockaddr_storage {
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN
+ uint8_t ss_len;
+ uint8_t ss_family;
+#else
+ uint16_t ss_family;
+#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN */
+ char ss_pad1[6];
+ int64_t ss_align;
+ char ss_pad2[112];
+};
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE */
+
+typedef union sockaddr_union {
+ struct sockaddr_storage storage;
+ struct sockaddr_in in;
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6
+ struct sockaddr_in6 in6;
+#endif
+} sockaddr_union;
+
+#ifndef MSG_NOSIGNAL
+#define MSG_NOSIGNAL 0
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO
+struct addrinfo {
+ int ai_flags;
+ int ai_family;
+ int ai_socktype;
+ int ai_protocol;
+ int ai_addrlen;
+ struct sockaddr *ai_addr;
+ char *ai_canonname;
+ struct addrinfo *ai_next;
+};
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO */
+
+/* getaddrinfo constants */
+#ifndef EAI_AGAIN
+#define EAI_AGAIN 2
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_BADFLAGS
+#define EAI_BADFLAGS 3
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_FAIL
+#define EAI_FAIL 4
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_FAMILY
+#define EAI_FAMILY 5
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_MEMORY
+#define EAI_MEMORY 6
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_NODATA
+#define EAI_NODATA 7
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_NONAME
+#define EAI_NONAME 8
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_SERVICE
+#define EAI_SERVICE 9
+#endif
+#ifndef EAI_SOCKTYPE
+#define EAI_SOCKTYPE 10
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AI_PASSIVE
+#define AI_PASSIVE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AI_CANONNAME
+#define AI_CANONNAME 2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AI_NUMERICHOST
+#define AI_NUMERICHOST 4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_NOFQDN
+#define NI_NOFQDN 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_NUMERICHOST
+#define NI_NUMERICHOST 2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_NAMERQD
+#define NI_NAMERQD 4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_NUMERICSERV
+#define NI_NUMERICSERV 8
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NI_DGRAM
+#define NI_DGRAM 16
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_GETADDRINFO
+int ff_getaddrinfo(const char *node, const char *service,
+ const struct addrinfo *hints, struct addrinfo **res);
+void ff_freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *res);
+int ff_getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, int salen,
+ char *host, int hostlen,
+ char *serv, int servlen, int flags);
+#define getaddrinfo ff_getaddrinfo
+#define freeaddrinfo ff_freeaddrinfo
+#define getnameinfo ff_getnameinfo
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETADDRINFO */
+
+#if !HAVE_GETADDRINFO || HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
+const char *ff_gai_strerror(int ecode);
+#undef gai_strerror
+#define gai_strerror ff_gai_strerror
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETADDRINFO || HAVE_WINSOCK2_H */
+
+#ifndef INADDR_LOOPBACK
+#define INADDR_LOOPBACK 0x7f000001
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INET_ADDRSTRLEN
+#define INET_ADDRSTRLEN 16
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INET6_ADDRSTRLEN
+#define INET6_ADDRSTRLEN INET_ADDRSTRLEN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef IN_MULTICAST
+#define IN_MULTICAST(a) ((((uint32_t)(a)) & 0xf0000000) == 0xe0000000)
+#endif
+#ifndef IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST
+#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a) (((uint8_t *) (a))[0] == 0xff)
+#endif
+
+int ff_is_multicast_address(struct sockaddr *addr);
+
+#define POLLING_TIME 100 /// Time in milliseconds between interrupt check
+
+/**
+ * Bind to a file descriptor and poll for a connection.
+ *
+ * @param fd First argument of bind().
+ * @param addr Second argument of bind().
+ * @param addrlen Third argument of bind().
+ * @param timeout Polling timeout in milliseconds.
+ * @param h URLContext providing interrupt check
+ * callback and logging context.
+ * @return A non-blocking file descriptor on success
+ * or an AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int ff_listen_bind(int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr,
+ socklen_t addrlen, int timeout,
+ URLContext *h);
+
+/**
+ * Bind to a file descriptor to an address without accepting connections.
+ * @param fd First argument of bind().
+ * @param addr Second argument of bind().
+ * @param addrlen Third argument of bind().
+ * @return 0 on success or an AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int ff_listen(int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t addrlen,
+ void *logctx);
+
+/**
+ * Poll for a single connection on the passed file descriptor.
+ * @param fd The listening socket file descriptor.
+ * @param timeout Polling timeout in milliseconds.
+ * @param h URLContext providing interrupt check
+ * callback and logging context.
+ * @return A non-blocking file descriptor on success
+ * or an AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int ff_accept(int fd, int timeout, URLContext *h);
+
+/**
+ * Connect to a file descriptor and poll for result.
+ *
+ * @param fd First argument of connect(),
+ * will be set as non-blocking.
+ * @param addr Second argument of connect().
+ * @param addrlen Third argument of connect().
+ * @param timeout Polling timeout in milliseconds.
+ * @param h URLContext providing interrupt check
+ * callback and logging context.
+ * @param will_try_next Whether the caller will try to connect to another
+ * address for the same host name, affecting the form of
+ * logged errors.
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int ff_listen_connect(int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr,
+ socklen_t addrlen, int timeout,
+ URLContext *h, int will_try_next);
+
+int ff_http_match_no_proxy(const char *no_proxy, const char *hostname);
+
+int ff_socket(int domain, int type, int protocol, void *logctx);
+
+void ff_log_net_error(void *ctx, int level, const char* prefix);
+
+/**
+ * Connect to any of the given addrinfo addresses, with multiple attempts
+ * running in parallel.
+ *
+ * @param addrs The list of addresses to try to connect to.
+ * This list will be mutated internally, but the list head
+ * will remain as such, so this doesn't affect the caller
+ * freeing the list afterwards.
+ * @param timeout_ms_per_address The number of milliseconds to wait for each
+ * connection attempt. Since multiple addresses are tried,
+ * some of them in parallel, the total run time will at most
+ * be timeout_ms_per_address*ceil(nb_addrs/parallel) +
+ * (parallel - 1) * NEXT_ATTEMPT_DELAY_MS.
+ * @param parallel The maximum number of connections to attempt in parallel.
+ * This is limited to an internal maximum capacity.
+ * @param h URLContext providing interrupt check
+ * callback and logging context.
+ * @param fd If successful, the connected socket is returned here.
+ * @param customize_fd Function that will be called for each socket created,
+ * to allow the caller to set socket options before calling
+ * connect() on it, may be NULL.
+ * @param customize_ctx Context parameter passed to customize_fd.
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int ff_connect_parallel(struct addrinfo *addrs, int timeout_ms_per_address,
+ int parallel, URLContext *h, int *fd,
+ void (*customize_fd)(void *, int), void *customize_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_NETWORK_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/os_support.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/os_support.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b419efa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/os_support.h
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+/*
+ * various OS-feature replacement utilities
+ * copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_OS_SUPPORT_H
+#define AVFORMAT_OS_SUPPORT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * miscellaneous OS support macros and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#if HAVE_DIRECT_H
+#include
+#endif
+#if HAVE_IO_H
+#include
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+# include
+# ifdef lseek
+# undef lseek
+# endif
+# define lseek(f,p,w) _lseeki64((f), (p), (w))
+# ifdef stat
+# undef stat
+# endif
+
+# define stat win32_stat
+
+ /*
+ * The POSIX definition for the stat() function uses a struct of the
+ * same name (struct stat), that why it takes this extra effort for
+ * redirecting/replacing the stat() function with our own one which
+ * is capable to handle long path names on Windows.
+ * The struct below roughly follows the POSIX definition. Time values
+ * are 64bit, but in cases when _USE_32BIT_TIME_T is defined, they
+ * will be set to values no larger than INT32_MAX which corresponds
+ * to file times up to the year 2038.
+ */
+ struct win32_stat
+ {
+ _dev_t st_dev; /* ID of device containing file */
+ _ino_t st_ino; /* inode number */
+ unsigned short st_mode; /* protection */
+ short st_nlink; /* number of hard links */
+ short st_uid; /* user ID of owner */
+ short st_gid; /* group ID of owner */
+ _dev_t st_rdev; /* device ID (if special file) */
+ int64_t st_size; /* total size, in bytes */
+ int64_t st_atime; /* time of last access */
+ int64_t st_mtime; /* time of last modification */
+ int64_t st_ctime; /* time of last status change */
+ };
+
+# ifdef fstat
+# undef fstat
+# endif
+# define fstat win32_fstat
+#endif /* defined(_WIN32) */
+
+
+#ifdef __ANDROID__
+# if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include
+# endif
+# ifdef lseek
+# undef lseek
+# endif
+# define lseek(f,p,w) lseek64((f), (p), (w))
+#endif
+
+static inline int is_dos_path(const char *path)
+{
+#if HAVE_DOS_PATHS
+ if (path[0] && path[1] == ':')
+ return 1;
+#endif
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+#ifndef S_IRUSR
+#define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IWUSR
+#define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if CONFIG_NETWORK
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+#define SHUT_RD SD_RECEIVE
+#define SHUT_WR SD_SEND
+#define SHUT_RDWR SD_BOTH
+#else
+#include
+#if !defined(SHUT_RD) /* OS/2, DJGPP */
+#define SHUT_RD 0
+#define SHUT_WR 1
+#define SHUT_RDWR 2
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_SOCKLEN_T
+typedef int socklen_t;
+#endif
+
+/* most of the time closing a socket is just closing an fd */
+#if !HAVE_CLOSESOCKET
+#define closesocket close
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_POLL_H
+typedef unsigned long nfds_t;
+
+#if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
+#include
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_STRUCT_POLLFD
+struct pollfd {
+ int fd;
+ short events; /* events to look for */
+ short revents; /* events that occurred */
+};
+
+/* events & revents */
+#define POLLIN 0x0001 /* any readable data available */
+#define POLLOUT 0x0002 /* file descriptor is writeable */
+#define POLLRDNORM POLLIN
+#define POLLWRNORM POLLOUT
+#define POLLRDBAND 0x0008 /* priority readable data */
+#define POLLWRBAND 0x0010 /* priority data can be written */
+#define POLLPRI 0x0020 /* high priority readable data */
+
+/* revents only */
+#define POLLERR 0x0004 /* errors pending */
+#define POLLHUP 0x0080 /* disconnected */
+#define POLLNVAL 0x1000 /* invalid file descriptor */
+#endif
+
+
+int ff_poll(struct pollfd *fds, nfds_t numfds, int timeout);
+#define poll ff_poll
+#endif /* HAVE_POLL_H */
+#endif /* CONFIG_NETWORK */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include
+#include
+#include "libavutil/wchar_filename.h"
+
+#define DEF_FS_FUNCTION(name, wfunc, afunc) \
+static inline int win32_##name(const char *filename_utf8) \
+{ \
+ wchar_t *filename_w; \
+ int ret; \
+ \
+ if (get_extended_win32_path(filename_utf8, &filename_w)) \
+ return -1; \
+ if (!filename_w) \
+ goto fallback; \
+ \
+ ret = wfunc(filename_w); \
+ av_free(filename_w); \
+ return ret; \
+ \
+fallback: \
+ /* filename may be be in CP_ACP */ \
+ return afunc(filename_utf8); \
+}
+
+DEF_FS_FUNCTION(unlink, _wunlink, _unlink)
+DEF_FS_FUNCTION(mkdir, _wmkdir, _mkdir)
+DEF_FS_FUNCTION(rmdir, _wrmdir , _rmdir)
+
+static inline int win32_access(const char *filename_utf8, int mode)
+{
+ wchar_t *filename_w;
+ int ret;
+ if (get_extended_win32_path(filename_utf8, &filename_w))
+ return -1;
+ if (!filename_w)
+ goto fallback;
+ ret = _waccess(filename_w, mode);
+ av_free(filename_w);
+ return ret;
+fallback:
+ return _access(filename_utf8, mode);
+}
+
+static inline void copy_stat(struct _stat64 *crtstat, struct win32_stat *buf)
+{
+ buf->st_dev = crtstat->st_dev;
+ buf->st_ino = crtstat->st_ino;
+ buf->st_mode = crtstat->st_mode;
+ buf->st_nlink = crtstat->st_nlink;
+ buf->st_uid = crtstat->st_uid;
+ buf->st_gid = crtstat->st_gid;
+ buf->st_rdev = crtstat->st_rdev;
+ buf->st_size = crtstat->st_size;
+ buf->st_atime = crtstat->st_atime;
+ buf->st_mtime = crtstat->st_mtime;
+ buf->st_ctime = crtstat->st_ctime;
+}
+
+static inline int win32_stat(const char *filename_utf8, struct win32_stat *buf)
+{
+ struct _stat64 crtstat = { 0 };
+ wchar_t *filename_w;
+ int ret;
+
+ if (get_extended_win32_path(filename_utf8, &filename_w))
+ return -1;
+
+ if (filename_w) {
+ ret = _wstat64(filename_w, &crtstat);
+ av_free(filename_w);
+ } else
+ ret = _stat64(filename_utf8, &crtstat);
+
+ copy_stat(&crtstat, buf);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static inline int win32_fstat(int fd, struct win32_stat *buf)
+{
+ struct _stat64 crtstat = { 0 };
+ int ret;
+
+ ret = _fstat64(fd, &crtstat);
+
+ copy_stat(&crtstat, buf);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static inline int win32_rename(const char *src_utf8, const char *dest_utf8)
+{
+ wchar_t *src_w, *dest_w;
+ int ret;
+
+ if (get_extended_win32_path(src_utf8, &src_w))
+ return -1;
+ if (get_extended_win32_path(dest_utf8, &dest_w)) {
+ av_free(src_w);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ if (!src_w || !dest_w) {
+ av_free(src_w);
+ av_free(dest_w);
+ goto fallback;
+ }
+
+ ret = MoveFileExW(src_w, dest_w, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING);
+ av_free(src_w);
+ av_free(dest_w);
+ // Lacking proper mapping from GetLastError() error codes to errno codes
+ if (ret)
+ errno = EPERM;
+ return ret;
+
+fallback:
+ /* filename may be be in CP_ACP */
+#if !HAVE_UWP
+ ret = MoveFileExA(src_utf8, dest_utf8, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING);
+ if (ret)
+ errno = EPERM;
+#else
+ /* Windows Phone doesn't have MoveFileExA, and for Windows Store apps,
+ * it is available but not allowed by the app certification kit. However,
+ * it's unlikely that anybody would input filenames in CP_ACP there, so this
+ * fallback is kept mostly for completeness. Alternatively we could
+ * do MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP) and use MoveFileExW, but doing
+ * explicit conversions with CP_ACP is allegedly forbidden in windows
+ * store apps (or windows phone), and the notion of a native code page
+ * doesn't make much sense there. */
+ ret = rename(src_utf8, dest_utf8);
+#endif
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#define mkdir(a, b) win32_mkdir(a)
+#define rename win32_rename
+#define rmdir win32_rmdir
+#define unlink win32_unlink
+#define access win32_access
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_OS_SUPPORT_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/url.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/url.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3cfe3ecc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/url.h
@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * unbuffered private I/O API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_URL_H
+#define AVFORMAT_URL_H
+
+#include "avio.h"
+
+#include "libavutil/dict.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+
+#define URL_PROTOCOL_FLAG_NESTED_SCHEME 1 /*< The protocol name can be the first part of a nested protocol scheme */
+#define URL_PROTOCOL_FLAG_NETWORK 2 /*< The protocol uses network */
+
+extern const AVClass ffurl_context_class;
+
+typedef struct URLContext {
+ const AVClass *av_class; /**< information for av_log(). Set by url_open(). */
+ const struct URLProtocol *prot;
+ void *priv_data;
+ char *filename; /**< specified URL */
+ int flags;
+ int max_packet_size; /**< if non zero, the stream is packetized with this max packet size */
+ int is_streamed; /**< true if streamed (no seek possible), default = false */
+ int is_connected;
+ AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback;
+ int64_t rw_timeout; /**< maximum time to wait for (network) read/write operation completion, in mcs */
+ const char *protocol_whitelist;
+ const char *protocol_blacklist;
+ int min_packet_size; /**< if non zero, the stream is packetized with this min packet size */
+} URLContext;
+
+typedef struct URLProtocol {
+ const char *name;
+ int (*url_open)( URLContext *h, const char *url, int flags);
+ /**
+ * This callback is to be used by protocols which open further nested
+ * protocols. options are then to be passed to ffurl_open_whitelist()
+ * or ffurl_connect() for those nested protocols.
+ */
+ int (*url_open2)(URLContext *h, const char *url, int flags, AVDictionary **options);
+ int (*url_accept)(URLContext *s, URLContext **c);
+ int (*url_handshake)(URLContext *c);
+
+ /**
+ * Read data from the protocol.
+ * If data is immediately available (even less than size), EOF is
+ * reached or an error occurs (including EINTR), return immediately.
+ * Otherwise:
+ * In non-blocking mode, return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately.
+ * In blocking mode, wait for data/EOF/error with a short timeout (0.1s),
+ * and return AVERROR(EAGAIN) on timeout.
+ * Checking interrupt_callback, looping on EINTR and EAGAIN and until
+ * enough data has been read is left to the calling function; see
+ * retry_transfer_wrapper in avio.c.
+ */
+ int (*url_read)( URLContext *h, unsigned char *buf, int size);
+ int (*url_write)(URLContext *h, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
+ int64_t (*url_seek)( URLContext *h, int64_t pos, int whence);
+ int (*url_close)(URLContext *h);
+ int (*url_read_pause)(URLContext *h, int pause);
+ int64_t (*url_read_seek)(URLContext *h, int stream_index,
+ int64_t timestamp, int flags);
+ int (*url_get_file_handle)(URLContext *h);
+ int (*url_get_multi_file_handle)(URLContext *h, int **handles,
+ int *numhandles);
+ int (*url_get_short_seek)(URLContext *h);
+ int (*url_shutdown)(URLContext *h, int flags);
+ const AVClass *priv_data_class;
+ int priv_data_size;
+ int flags;
+ int (*url_check)(URLContext *h, int mask);
+ int (*url_open_dir)(URLContext *h);
+ int (*url_read_dir)(URLContext *h, AVIODirEntry **next);
+ int (*url_close_dir)(URLContext *h);
+ int (*url_delete)(URLContext *h);
+ int (*url_move)(URLContext *h_src, URLContext *h_dst);
+ const char *default_whitelist;
+} URLProtocol;
+
+/**
+ * Create a URLContext for accessing to the resource indicated by
+ * url, but do not initiate the connection yet.
+ *
+ * @param puc pointer to the location where, in case of success, the
+ * function puts the pointer to the created URLContext
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @param int_cb interrupt callback to use for the URLContext, may be
+ * NULL
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ */
+int ffurl_alloc(URLContext **puc, const char *filename, int flags,
+ const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb);
+
+/**
+ * Connect an URLContext that has been allocated by ffurl_alloc
+ *
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with options for nested protocols,
+ * i.e. it will be passed to url_open2() for protocols implementing it.
+ * This parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
+ * that were not found. May be NULL.
+ */
+int ffurl_connect(URLContext *uc, AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Create an URLContext for accessing to the resource indicated by
+ * url, and open it.
+ *
+ * @param puc pointer to the location where, in case of success, the
+ * function puts the pointer to the created URLContext
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @param int_cb interrupt callback to use for the URLContext, may be
+ * NULL
+ * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
+ * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
+ * that were not found. May be NULL.
+ * @param parent An enclosing URLContext, whose generic options should
+ * be applied to this URLContext as well.
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ */
+int ffurl_open_whitelist(URLContext **puc, const char *filename, int flags,
+ const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options,
+ const char *whitelist, const char* blacklist,
+ URLContext *parent);
+
+/**
+ * Accept an URLContext c on an URLContext s
+ *
+ * @param s server context
+ * @param c client context, must be unallocated.
+ * @return >= 0 on success, ff_neterrno() on failure.
+ */
+int ffurl_accept(URLContext *s, URLContext **c);
+
+/**
+ * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client.
+ * See avio_handshake() for details.
+ * Implementations should try to return decreasing values.
+ * If the protocol uses an underlying protocol, the underlying handshake is
+ * usually the first step, and the return value can be:
+ * (largest value for this protocol) + (return value from other protocol)
+ *
+ * @param c the client context
+ * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding
+ * to an AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int ffurl_handshake(URLContext *c);
+
+/**
+ * Read up to size bytes from the resource accessed by h, and store
+ * the read bytes in buf.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes actually read, or a negative value
+ * corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error. A value of zero
+ * indicates that it is not possible to read more from the accessed
+ * resource (except if the value of the size argument is also zero).
+ */
+int ffurl_read(URLContext *h, unsigned char *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Read as many bytes as possible (up to size), calling the
+ * read function multiple times if necessary.
+ * This makes special short-read handling in applications
+ * unnecessary, if the return value is < size then it is
+ * certain there was either an error or the end of file was reached.
+ */
+int ffurl_read_complete(URLContext *h, unsigned char *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Write size bytes from buf to the resource accessed by h.
+ *
+ * @return the number of bytes actually written, or a negative value
+ * corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of failure
+ */
+int ffurl_write(URLContext *h, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Change the position that will be used by the next read/write
+ * operation on the resource accessed by h.
+ *
+ * @param pos specifies the new position to set
+ * @param whence specifies how pos should be interpreted, it must be
+ * one of SEEK_SET (seek from the beginning), SEEK_CUR (seek from the
+ * current position), SEEK_END (seek from the end), or AVSEEK_SIZE
+ * (return the filesize of the requested resource, pos is ignored).
+ * @return a negative value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case
+ * of failure, or the resulting file position, measured in bytes from
+ * the beginning of the file. You can use this feature together with
+ * SEEK_CUR to read the current file position.
+ */
+int64_t ffurl_seek(URLContext *h, int64_t pos, int whence);
+
+/**
+ * Close the resource accessed by the URLContext h, and free the
+ * memory used by it. Also set the URLContext pointer to NULL.
+ *
+ * @return a negative value if an error condition occurred, 0
+ * otherwise
+ */
+int ffurl_closep(URLContext **h);
+int ffurl_close(URLContext *h);
+
+/**
+ * Return the filesize of the resource accessed by h, AVERROR(ENOSYS)
+ * if the operation is not supported by h, or another negative value
+ * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure.
+ */
+int64_t ffurl_size(URLContext *h);
+
+/**
+ * Return the file descriptor associated with this URL. For RTP, this
+ * will return only the RTP file descriptor, not the RTCP file descriptor.
+ *
+ * @return the file descriptor associated with this URL, or <0 on error.
+ */
+int ffurl_get_file_handle(URLContext *h);
+
+/**
+ * Return the file descriptors associated with this URL.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success or <0 on error.
+ */
+int ffurl_get_multi_file_handle(URLContext *h, int **handles, int *numhandles);
+
+/**
+ * Return the current short seek threshold value for this URL.
+ *
+ * @return threshold (>0) on success or <=0 on error.
+ */
+int ffurl_get_short_seek(URLContext *h);
+
+/**
+ * Signal the URLContext that we are done reading or writing the stream.
+ *
+ * @param h pointer to the resource
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be shutdown
+ *
+ * @return a negative value if an error condition occurred, 0
+ * otherwise
+ */
+int ffurl_shutdown(URLContext *h, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the user has requested to interrupt a blocking function
+ * associated with cb.
+ */
+int ff_check_interrupt(AVIOInterruptCB *cb);
+
+/* udp.c */
+int ff_udp_set_remote_url(URLContext *h, const char *uri);
+int ff_udp_get_local_port(URLContext *h);
+
+/**
+ * Assemble a URL string from components. This is the reverse operation
+ * of av_url_split.
+ *
+ * Note, this requires networking to be initialized, so the caller must
+ * ensure ff_network_init has been called.
+ *
+ * @see av_url_split
+ *
+ * @param str the buffer to fill with the url
+ * @param size the size of the str buffer
+ * @param proto the protocol identifier, if null, the separator
+ * after the identifier is left out, too
+ * @param authorization an optional authorization string, may be null.
+ * An empty string is treated the same as a null string.
+ * @param hostname the host name string
+ * @param port the port number, left out from the string if negative
+ * @param fmt a generic format string for everything to add after the
+ * host/port, may be null
+ * @return the number of characters written to the destination buffer
+ */
+int ff_url_join(char *str, int size, const char *proto,
+ const char *authorization, const char *hostname,
+ int port, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(7, 8);
+
+/**
+ * Convert a relative url into an absolute url, given a base url.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where output absolute url is written
+ * @param size the size of buf
+ * @param base the base url, may be equal to buf.
+ * @param rel the new url, which is interpreted relative to base
+ * @param handle_dos_paths handle DOS paths for file or unspecified protocol
+ */
+int ff_make_absolute_url2(char *buf, int size, const char *base,
+ const char *rel, int handle_dos_paths);
+
+/**
+ * Convert a relative url into an absolute url, given a base url.
+ *
+ * Same as ff_make_absolute_url2 with handle_dos_paths being equal to
+ * HAVE_DOS_PATHS config variable.
+ */
+int ff_make_absolute_url(char *buf, int size, const char *base,
+ const char *rel);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate directory entry with default values.
+ *
+ * @return entry or NULL on error
+ */
+AVIODirEntry *ff_alloc_dir_entry(void);
+
+const AVClass *ff_urlcontext_child_class_iterate(void **iter);
+
+/**
+ * Construct a list of protocols matching a given whitelist and/or blacklist.
+ *
+ * @param whitelist a comma-separated list of allowed protocol names or NULL. If
+ * this is a non-empty string, only protocols in this list will
+ * be included.
+ * @param blacklist a comma-separated list of forbidden protocol names or NULL.
+ * If this is a non-empty string, all protocols in this list
+ * will be excluded.
+ *
+ * @return a NULL-terminated array of matching protocols. The array must be
+ * freed by the caller.
+ */
+const URLProtocol **ffurl_get_protocols(const char *whitelist,
+ const char *blacklist);
+
+typedef struct URLComponents {
+ const char *url; /**< whole URL, for reference */
+ const char *scheme; /**< possibly including lavf-specific options */
+ const char *authority; /**< "//" if it is a real URL */
+ const char *userinfo; /**< including final '@' if present */
+ const char *host;
+ const char *port; /**< including initial ':' if present */
+ const char *path;
+ const char *query; /**< including initial '?' if present */
+ const char *fragment; /**< including initial '#' if present */
+ const char *end;
+} URLComponents;
+
+#define url_component_end_scheme authority
+#define url_component_end_authority userinfo
+#define url_component_end_userinfo host
+#define url_component_end_host port
+#define url_component_end_port path
+#define url_component_end_path query
+#define url_component_end_query fragment
+#define url_component_end_fragment end
+#define url_component_end_authority_full path
+
+#define URL_COMPONENT_HAVE(uc, component) \
+ ((uc).url_component_end_##component > (uc).component)
+
+/**
+ * Parse an URL to find the components.
+ *
+ * Each component runs until the start of the next component,
+ * possibly including a mandatory delimiter.
+ *
+ * @param uc structure to fill with pointers to the components.
+ * @param url URL to parse.
+ * @param end end of the URL, or NULL to parse to the end of string.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 for success or an AVERROR code, especially if the URL is
+ * malformed.
+ */
+int ff_url_decompose(URLComponents *uc, const char *url, const char *end);
+
+/**
+ * Move or rename a resource.
+ *
+ * @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority.
+ *
+ * @param url_src url to resource to be moved
+ * @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
+ */
+int ffurl_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst);
+
+/**
+ * Delete a resource.
+ *
+ * @param url resource to be deleted.
+ * @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
+ */
+int ffurl_delete(const char *url);
+
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_URL_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/version.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b234218b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
+#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * Libavformat version macros
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/version.h"
+
+#include "version_major.h"
+
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 27
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION)
+
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/version_major.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/version_major.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f71298b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Headers/version_major.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * Libavformat version macros
+ */
+
+// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium)
+// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 59
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
+ *
+ */
+#define FF_API_LAVF_PRIV_OPT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_AVIOCONTEXT_WRITTEN (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_HLS_TS_OPTIONS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
+#define FF_API_AVSTREAM_CLASS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR > 59)
+
+
+#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1
+
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Info.plist b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Info.plist
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e76ca672
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/Info.plist
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+
+
+
+
+ CFBundleDevelopmentRegion
+ en
+ CFBundleExecutable
+ libavformat
+ CFBundleIdentifier
+ com.arthenica.ffmpegkit.Libavformat
+ CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion
+ 6.0
+ CFBundleName
+ libavformat
+ CFBundlePackageType
+ FMWK
+ CFBundleShortVersionString
+ 59.27.100
+ CFBundleVersion
+ 59.27.100
+ CFBundleSignature
+ ????
+ MinimumOSVersion
+ 10
+ CFBundleSupportedPlatforms
+
+ iPhoneOS
+
+ NSPrincipalClass
+
+
+
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/LICENSE b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94a9ed02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+ The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+ Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+ For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+ Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+ Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ 0. Definitions.
+
+ "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+ "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+ "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+ To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+ A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+ To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+ To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+ An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+ 1. Source Code.
+
+ The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+ A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+ The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+ The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+ The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+ The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+ 2. Basic Permissions.
+
+ All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+ You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+ Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+ 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+ No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+ When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+ 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+ You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+ You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+ 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+ You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+ it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+ b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+ released under this License and any conditions added under section
+ 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+ "keep intact all notices".
+
+ c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+ License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
+ License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+ additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+ regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
+ permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+ invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+ d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+ Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+ interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+ work need not make them do so.
+
+ A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+ 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+ You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+ a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+ Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+ customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+ written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+ long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+ model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+ copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+ product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+ medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+ more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+ conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+ Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+ c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+ written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
+ alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+ only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+ with subsection 6b.
+
+ d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+ place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+ Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+ further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
+ Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
+ copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+ may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+ that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+ clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+ Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
+ Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+ available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+ e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+ you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+ Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+ charge under subsection 6d.
+
+ A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+ A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+ "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+ If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+ The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+ Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+ 7. Additional Terms.
+
+ "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+ When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+ a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+ terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+ b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+ author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+ Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+ c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+ requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+ reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+ d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+ authors of the material; or
+
+ e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+ trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+ f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+ material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+ it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+ any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+ those licensors and authors.
+
+ All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+ If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+ Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+ 8. Termination.
+
+ You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+ 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+ You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+ 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+ Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+ An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+ You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+ 11. Patents.
+
+ A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+ A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+ Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+ In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+ If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+ If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+ A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+ Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+ 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+ If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+ 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+ 14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+ Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+ 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+ THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+ IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+ If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+
+ Copyright (C)
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see .
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+ If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Copyright (C)
+ This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+ You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+.
+
+ The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
+.
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/libavformat b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/libavformat
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..95d1ec61
Binary files /dev/null and b/ios/Frameworks/libavformat.framework/libavformat differ
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/aarch64/timer.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/aarch64/timer.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b28fd35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/aarch64/timer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Janne Grunau
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AARCH64_TIMER_H
+#define AVUTIL_AARCH64_TIMER_H
+
+#include
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+
+#include
+
+#define AV_READ_TIME mach_absolute_time
+
+#elif HAVE_INLINE_ASM
+
+#define AV_READ_TIME read_time
+
+static inline uint64_t read_time(void)
+{
+ uint64_t cycle_counter;
+ __asm__ volatile(
+ "isb \t\n"
+ "mrs %0, pmccntr_el0 "
+ : "=r"(cycle_counter) :: "memory" );
+
+ return cycle_counter;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_INLINE_ASM */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AARCH64_TIMER_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/adler32.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/adler32.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..232d07f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/adler32.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_adler32
+ * Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
+#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
+
+#include
+#include
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * Adler-32 hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef uint32_t AVAdler;
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call
+ * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though
+ * they were concatenated.
+ *
+ * @param adler initial checksum value
+ * @param buf pointer to input buffer
+ * @param len size of input buffer
+ * @return updated checksum
+ */
+AVAdler av_adler32_update(AVAdler adler, const uint8_t *buf,
+ size_t len) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d243286c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H
+#define AVUTIL_AES_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_aes AES
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_aes_size;
+
+struct AVAES;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAES context.
+ */
+struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVAES context.
+ * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ * @param count number of 16 byte blocks
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes_ctr.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes_ctr.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4e9fda7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/aes_ctr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ * AES-CTR cipher
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
+#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16)
+#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8)
+
+struct AVAESCTR;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAESCTR context.
+ */
+struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVAESCTR context.
+ * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE
+ */
+int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key);
+
+/**
+ * Release an AVAESCTR context.
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param size the size of src and dst
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current iv
+ */
+const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Generate a random iv
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Forcefully change the 8-byte iv
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
+
+/**
+ * Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
+
+/**
+ * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame)
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/arm/timer.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/arm/timer.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..caf23e2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/arm/timer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ARM_TIMER_H
+#define AVUTIL_ARM_TIMER_H
+
+#include
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+
+#include
+
+#define AV_READ_TIME mach_absolute_time
+
+#elif HAVE_INLINE_ASM && defined(__ARM_ARCH_7A__)
+
+#define AV_READ_TIME read_time
+
+static inline uint64_t read_time(void)
+{
+ unsigned cc;
+ __asm__ volatile ("mrc p15, 0, %0, c9, c13, 0" : "=r"(cc));
+ return cc;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_INLINE_ASM && __ARM_ARCH_7A__ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ARM_TIMER_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..04c615c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/attributes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
+#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y))
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y))
+#else
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0
+# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __has_builtin
+# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) __has_builtin(x)
+#else
+# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_always_inline
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+# define av_always_inline __forceinline
+#else
+# define av_always_inline inline
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_extern_inline
+#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
+# define av_extern_inline extern inline
+#else
+# define av_extern_inline inline
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4)
+# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
+#else
+# define av_warn_unused_result
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline)
+#else
+# define av_noinline
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
+#else
+# define av_pure
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_const __attribute__((const))
+#else
+# define av_const
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
+#else
+# define av_cold
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__)
+# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
+#else
+# define av_flatten
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated)
+#else
+# define attribute_deprecated
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Disable warnings about deprecated features
+ * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
+ * scheduled for removal.
+ */
+#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) || defined(__clang__)
+# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
+ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
+ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
+ code \
+ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
+ __pragma(warning(push)) \
+ __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \
+ code; \
+ __pragma(warning(pop))
+#else
+# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
+#else
+# define av_unused
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
+ * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
+ * assembler without the compiler being aware.
+ */
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_used __attribute__((used))
+#else
+# define av_used
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
+#else
+# define av_alias
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+# define av_uninit(x) x=x
+#else
+# define av_uninit(x) x
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
+# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
+#else
+# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
+# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__)
+# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
+#else
+# define av_noreturn
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/audio_fifo.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/audio_fifo.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d1e4c856
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/audio_fifo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/*
+ * Audio FIFO
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Audio FIFO Buffer
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer.
+ *
+ * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level.
+ * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format.
+ * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer.
+ */
+typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo;
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to free
+ */
+void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt sample format
+ * @param channels number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples
+ * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error
+ */
+AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels,
+ int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate
+ * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples
+ * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Write data to an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space
+ * is less than nb_samples.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to
+ * @param data audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to write
+ * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR
+ * code on failure. If successful, the number of samples
+ * actually written will always be nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
+ * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
+ * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
+ * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
+ * @param offset offset from current read position
+ * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
+ * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
+ * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset);
+
+/**
+ * Read data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to read
+ * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code
+ * on failure. The number of samples actually read will not
+ * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * Removes the data without reading it.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain
+ * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer.
+ *
+ * This empties all data in the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset
+ */
+void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading.
+ *
+ * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
+ * @return number of samples available for reading
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing.
+ *
+ * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query
+ * @return number of samples available for writing
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/avassert.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/avassert.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51e462bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/avassert.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert().
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
+
+#include
+#include "log.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled.
+ */
+#define av_assert0(cond) do { \
+ if (!(cond)) { \
+ av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \
+ AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \
+ abort(); \
+ } \
+} while (0)
+
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code.
+ * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss.
+ */
+#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0
+#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond)
+#else
+#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code.
+ */
+#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1
+#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond)
+#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu()
+#else
+#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0)
+#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Assert that floating point operations can be executed.
+ *
+ * This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86
+ */
+void av_assert0_fpu(void);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/avconfig.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/avconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c289fbb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/avconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
+#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
+#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/avstring.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/avstring.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fae446c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/avstring.h
@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
+
+#include
+#include
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_string
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to
+ * the address of the first character in str after the prefix.
+ *
+ * @param str input string
+ * @param pfx prefix to test
+ * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
+ * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If
+ * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str
+ * after the prefix.
+ *
+ * @param str input string
+ * @param pfx prefix to test
+ * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
+ * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack
+ * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to
+ * match at the start of haystack.
+ *
+ * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr().
+ *
+ * @param haystack string to search in
+ * @param needle string to search for
+ * @return pointer to the located match within haystack
+ * or a null pointer if no match
+ */
+char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
+
+/**
+ * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack
+ * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length
+ * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack.
+ *
+ * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr().
+ *
+ * @param haystack string to search in
+ * @param needle string to search for
+ * @param hay_length length of string to search in
+ * @return pointer to the located match within haystack
+ * or a null pointer if no match
+ */
+char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and
+ * null-terminate dst.
+ *
+ * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy().
+ *
+ * @param dst destination buffer
+ * @param src source string
+ * @param size size of destination buffer
+ * @return the length of src
+ *
+ * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely
+ * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond
+ * the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
+ */
+size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of
+ * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when
+ * size <= strlen(dst).
+ *
+ * @param dst destination buffer
+ * @param src source string
+ * @param size size of destination buffer
+ * @return the total length of src and dst
+ *
+ * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these
+ * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this
+ * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
+ */
+size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of
+ * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within
+ * the buffer.
+ * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is
+ * appended)
+ * @param size total size of the destination buffer
+ * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
+ * following parameters are used
+ * @return the length of the string that would have been generated
+ * if enough space had been available
+ */
+size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
+
+/**
+ * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning.
+ *
+ * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that
+ * is the maximum value which is returned by the function
+ */
+static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len)
+{
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++)
+ ;
+ return i;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto
+ * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf().
+ * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
+ * following parameters are used.
+ * @return the allocated string
+ * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free().
+ */
+char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
+
+#if FF_API_D2STR
+/**
+ * Convert a number to an av_malloced string.
+ * @deprecated use av_asprintf() with "%f" or a more specific format
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+char *av_d2str(double d);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char,
+ * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string.
+ *
+ * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing
+ * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are
+ * enclosed between ''.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the
+ * terminating char
+ * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars
+ * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by
+ * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure
+ */
+char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term);
+
+/**
+ * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by
+ * successive calls to av_strtok().
+ *
+ * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the
+ * set specified in delim.
+ *
+ * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to
+ * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s
+ * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous
+ * call.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1.
+ *
+ * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL
+ * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL
+ * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored
+ * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same
+ * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the
+ * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated
+ * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found
+ */
+char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c)
+{
+ return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c)
+{
+ return c > 32 && c < 127;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c)
+{
+ return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' ||
+ c == '\v';
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c)
+{
+ if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
+ c ^= 0x20;
+ return c;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c)
+{
+ if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
+ c ^= 0x20;
+ return c;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c)
+{
+ c = av_tolower(c);
+ return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f');
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
+ */
+int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
+ */
+int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent strings replace.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace
+ */
+char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to);
+
+/**
+ * Thread safe basename.
+ * @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
+ * @return pointer to the basename substring.
+ * If path does not contain a slash, the function returns a copy of path.
+ * If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer
+ * to a string "." is returned.
+ */
+const char *av_basename(const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * Thread safe dirname.
+ * @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
+ * @return A pointer to a string that's the parent directory of path.
+ * If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer
+ * to a string "." is returned.
+ * @note the function may modify the contents of the path, so copies should be passed.
+ */
+const char *av_dirname(char *path);
+
+/**
+ * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names.
+ * List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list,
+ * the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-'
+ * matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to
+ * match all names.
+ *
+ * @param name Name to look for.
+ * @param names List of names.
+ * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names);
+
+/**
+ * Append path component to the existing path.
+ * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed.
+ * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free().
+ * @param path base path
+ * @param component component to be appended
+ * @return new path or NULL on error.
+ */
+char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component);
+
+enum AVEscapeMode {
+ AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode.
+ AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping.
+ AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping.
+ AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, ///< Use XML non-markup character data escaping.
+};
+
+/**
+ * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the
+ * string.
+ *
+ * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special
+ * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list
+ * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Escape only specified special characters.
+ * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered
+ * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape single quotes for single
+ * quoted attributes.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_SINGLE_QUOTES (1 << 2)
+
+/**
+ * Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape double quotes for double
+ * quoted attributes.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_DOUBLE_QUOTES (1 << 3)
+
+
+/**
+ * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated
+ * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free().
+ *
+ * @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put
+ * @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL
+ * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
+ * need to be escaped, can be NULL
+ * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
+ * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
+ * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
+ * notice.
+ * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros
+ * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error
+ * @see av_bprint_escape()
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
+ enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
+
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML
+
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \
+ AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES
+
+/**
+ * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the
+ * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to
+ * decode.
+ *
+ * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to
+ * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will
+ * return an error code.
+ *
+ * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in
+ * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range.
+ *
+ * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of
+ * GET_UTF8() may be preferred.
+ *
+ * @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success.
+ * The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails.
+ * @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence
+ * to decode, updated by the function to point to the
+ * byte next after the decoded sequence
+ * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next
+ * byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to
+ * avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished
+ * UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer).
+ * @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags
+ * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative
+ * value in case of invalid sequence
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end,
+ unsigned int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Check if a name is in a list.
+ * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the
+ * list.
+ */
+int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator);
+
+/**
+ * See libc sscanf manual for more information.
+ * Locale-independent sscanf implementation.
+ */
+int av_sscanf(const char *string, const char *format, ...);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/avutil.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/avutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..64b68bdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/avutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @mainpage
+ *
+ * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction
+ *
+ * This document describes the usage of the different libraries
+ * provided by FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
+ * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library
+ * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
+ * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
+ * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
+ * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing
+ * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library
+ * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library
+ *
+ * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility
+ *
+ * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a
+ * major, minor and micro version number with the
+ * LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO} macros. The major version
+ * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing
+ * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor
+ * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major
+ * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro
+ * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program
+ * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously
+ * unspecified situation.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long
+ * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols
+ * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and
+ * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were
+ * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will
+ * not change.
+ *
+ * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot
+ * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the
+ * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new
+ * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program
+ * links against.
+ *
+ * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to
+ * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in
+ * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented
+ * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied
+ * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro
+ * version number.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu libavutil
+ * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the
+ * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include
+ * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using
+ * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which
+ * brings in most of the "core" components.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
+ *
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_video Video related
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_misc Other
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_ver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avutil_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release
+ * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format
+ * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code.
+ */
+const char *av_version_info(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avutil_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavutil license.
+ */
+const char *avutil_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
+ * @brief Media Type
+ */
+
+enum AVMediaType {
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
+ AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
+ * is unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_const Constants
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
+ *
+ * @note those definition should move to avcodec
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Decode a base64-encoded string.
+ *
+ * @param out buffer for decoded data
+ * @param in null-terminated input string
+ * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at
+ * least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in))
+ * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
+ * invalid input
+ */
+int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string
+ * with length x to a data buffer.
+ */
+#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4)
+
+/**
+ * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate.
+ *
+ * @param out buffer for encoded data
+ * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the
+ * null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size)
+ * @param in input buffer containing the data to encode
+ * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer
+ * @return out or NULL in case of error
+ */
+char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a
+ * null-terminated string.
+ */
+#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1)
+
+ /**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/blowfish.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/blowfish.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9e289a40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/blowfish.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * Blowfish algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
+#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
+
+#include
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16
+
+typedef struct AVBlowfish {
+ uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2];
+ uint32_t s[4][256];
+} AVBlowfish;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVBlowfish context.
+ */
+AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVBlowfish context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param key a key
+ * @param key_len length of the key
+ */
+void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
+ * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr,
+ int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+ int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/bprint.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/bprint.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c09b1ac1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/bprint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
+#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "avstring.h"
+
+/**
+ * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size
+ * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions.
+ */
+
+#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \
+struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \
+typedef struct name { \
+ __VA_ARGS__ \
+ char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \
+} name;
+
+/**
+ * Buffer to print data progressively
+ *
+ * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated.
+ * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is
+ * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data.
+ *
+ * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no
+ * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed
+ * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as
+ * declaring a local "char buf[512]".
+ *
+ * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is
+ * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total
+ * length.
+ *
+ * In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the
+ * total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been
+ * enough memory.
+ *
+ * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory
+ * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length
+ * is still updated. This situation can be tested with
+ * av_bprint_is_complete().
+ *
+ * The size_max field determines several possible behaviours:
+ *
+ * size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be
+ * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
+ *
+ * size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total
+ * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in
+ * a buffer with exactly the necessary size
+ * (using size_init = size_max = len + 1).
+ *
+ * size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the
+ * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The
+ * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text,
+ * such as the current paragraph.
+ */
+
+FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024,
+ char *str; /**< string so far */
+ unsigned len; /**< length so far */
+ unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */
+ unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */
+ char reserved_internal_buffer[1];
+)
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max
+ * parameter.
+ */
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1)
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0
+
+/**
+ * Init a print buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer to init
+ * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0)
+ * @param size_max maximum size;
+ * 0 means do not write anything, just count the length;
+ * 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage;
+ * any large value means that the internal buffer will be
+ * reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to
+ * UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible.
+ * Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros.
+ */
+void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max);
+
+/**
+ * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer.
+ *
+ * The buffer will not be reallocated.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer structure to init
+ * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data
+ * @param size size of buffer
+ */
+void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size);
+
+/**
+ * Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
+
+/**
+ * Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg);
+
+/**
+ * Append char c n times to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n);
+
+/**
+ * Append data to a print buffer.
+ *
+ * param buf bprint buffer to use
+ * param data pointer to data
+ * param size size of data
+ */
+void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size);
+
+struct tm;
+/**
+ * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer.
+ *
+ * param buf bprint buffer to use
+ * param fmt date and time format string, see strftime()
+ * param tm broken-down time structure to translate
+ *
+ * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may
+ * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and
+ * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option.
+ */
+void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use.
+ *
+ * @param[in] buf buffer structure
+ * @param[in] size required size
+ * @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area
+ * @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation;
+ * can be larger or smaller than size
+ */
+void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size,
+ unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data.
+ */
+void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated).
+ *
+ * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure
+ * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary).
+ */
+static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf)
+{
+ return buf->len < buf->size;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a print buffer.
+ *
+ * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards,
+ * but the len and size fields are still valid.
+ *
+ * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the
+ * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails;
+ * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed
+ * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM))
+ */
+int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str);
+
+/**
+ * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf.
+ *
+ * @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer
+ * @param src string containing the text to escape
+ * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
+ * need to be escaped, can be NULL
+ * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
+ * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
+ * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
+ * notice.
+ * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros
+ */
+void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
+ enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/bswap.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/bswap.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91cb7953
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/bswap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * byte swapping routines
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
+#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
+
+#include
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if ARCH_AARCH64
+# include "aarch64/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_ARM
+# include "arm/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_AVR32
+# include "avr32/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_SH4
+# include "sh4/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_X86
+# include "x86/bswap.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff))
+#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16))
+#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32))
+
+#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x)
+
+#ifndef av_bswap16
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x)
+{
+ x= (x>>8) | (x<<8);
+ return x;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_bswap32
+static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x)
+{
+ return AV_BSWAP32C(x);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_bswap64
+static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x)
+{
+ return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32);
+}
+#endif
+
+// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian
+// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#define av_be2ne16(x) (x)
+#define av_be2ne32(x) (x)
+#define av_be2ne64(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
+#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
+#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
+#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x)
+#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
+#else
+#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
+#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
+#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
+#define av_le2ne16(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne32(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne64(x) (x)
+#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
+#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x)
+#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x)
+#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x)
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/buffer.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/buffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e1ef5b7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/buffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_buffer
+ * refcounted data buffer API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
+#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
+
+#include
+#include
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
+ *
+ * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
+ * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
+ * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
+ * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
+ * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
+ * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
+ * caller directly.
+ *
+ * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
+ * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
+ * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
+ * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
+ * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
+ * data once all the references are freed).
+ *
+ * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
+ * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
+ * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
+ * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
+ * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
+ * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
+ * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
+ * control.
+ *
+ * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
+ * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
+ * additional locking.
+ *
+ * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
+ * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
+ */
+
+/**
+ * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
+ * references (AVBufferRef).
+ */
+typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * A reference to a data buffer.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
+ * to be allocated directly.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferRef {
+ AVBuffer *buffer;
+
+ /**
+ * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
+ * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
+ * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
+ */
+ uint8_t *data;
+ /**
+ * Size of data in bytes.
+ */
+ size_t size;
+} AVBufferRef;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
+ *
+ * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
+ * to zero.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
+ * reference.
+ */
+#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
+ *
+ * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
+ * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
+ * it.
+ * If this function fails, data is left untouched.
+ * @param data data array
+ * @param size size of data in bytes
+ * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data
+ * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
+ * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
+ *
+ * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, size_t size,
+ void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data),
+ void *opaque, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
+ * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
+ * directly.
+ */
+void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
+ *
+ * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
+ * failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
+ * references to it.
+ *
+ * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
+ */
+void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
+ * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
+ * Return 0 otherwise.
+ * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
+ */
+int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
+ */
+void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
+ * if possible.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
+ * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
+ * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate a given buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
+ * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
+ * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
+ * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
+ * @param size required new buffer size.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
+ * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
+ * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
+ * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
+ */
+int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Ensure dst refers to the same data as src.
+ *
+ * When *dst is already equivalent to src, do nothing. Otherwise unreference dst
+ * and replace it with a new reference to src.
+ *
+ * @param dst Pointer to either a valid buffer reference or NULL. On success,
+ * this will point to a buffer reference equivalent to src. On
+ * failure, dst will be left untouched.
+ * @param src A buffer reference to replace dst with. May be NULL, then this
+ * function is equivalent to av_buffer_unref(dst).
+ * @return 0 on success
+ * AVERROR(ENOMEM) on memory allocation failure.
+ */
+int av_buffer_replace(AVBufferRef **dst, const AVBufferRef *src);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
+ *
+ * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
+ * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
+ * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
+ * frames).
+ *
+ * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
+ * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
+ * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
+ * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
+ * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
+ * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
+ * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
+ *
+ * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
+ * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
+ * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
+ *
+ * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
+ * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
+ * thread-safe.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
+ * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
+ * av_buffer_pool_uninit().
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
+ *
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
+ * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
+ * (av_buffer_alloc()).
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(size_t size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(size_t size));
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator.
+ *
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
+ * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
+ * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be
+ * used (av_buffer_alloc()).
+ * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool
+ * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called
+ * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool
+ * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque
+ * data. May be NULL.
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(size_t size, void *opaque,
+ AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, size_t size),
+ void (*pool_free)(void *opaque));
+
+/**
+ * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
+ * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
+ * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
+ * in use.
+ *
+ * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
+ */
+void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
+ * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
+ *
+ * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool);
+
+/**
+ * Query the original opaque parameter of an allocated buffer in the pool.
+ *
+ * @param ref a buffer reference to a buffer returned by av_buffer_pool_get.
+ * @return the opaque parameter set by the buffer allocator function of the
+ * buffer pool.
+ *
+ * @note the opaque parameter of ref is used by the buffer pool implementation,
+ * therefore you have to use this function to access the original opaque
+ * parameter of an allocated buffer.
+ */
+void *av_buffer_pool_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *ref);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/camellia.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/camellia.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e674c9b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/camellia.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
+#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
+
+#include
+
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_camellia_size;
+
+struct AVCAMELLIA;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context
+ * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+ */
+struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
+ * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+ * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256
+ */
+int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 16 byte blocks
+ * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/cast5.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/cast5.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ad5b347e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/cast5.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H
+#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H
+
+#include
+
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_cast5_size;
+
+struct AVCAST5;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVCAST5 context
+ * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+ */
+struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void);
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVCAST5 context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+ * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+ * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128
+ * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure
+ */
+int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/channel_layout.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/channel_layout.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4dd6614d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/channel_layout.h
@@ -0,0 +1,749 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
+#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
+
+#include
+#include
+
+#include "version.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * audio channel layout utility functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVChannel {
+ ///< Invalid channel index
+ AV_CHAN_NONE = -1,
+ AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY,
+ AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT,
+ /** Stereo downmix. */
+ AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT = 29,
+ /** See above. */
+ AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT,
+ AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER,
+ AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT,
+ AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT,
+
+ /** Channel is empty can be safely skipped. */
+ AV_CHAN_UNUSED = 0x200,
+
+ /** Channel contains data, but its position is unknown. */
+ AV_CHAN_UNKNOWN = 0x300,
+
+ /**
+ * Range of channels between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
+ * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END represent Ambisonic components using the ACN system.
+ *
+ * Given a channel id between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
+ * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the ACN index of the channel is
+ * = - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE.
+ *
+ * @note these values are only used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM channel
+ * orderings, the AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC ordering orders the channels
+ * implicitly by their position in the stream.
+ */
+ AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE = 0x400,
+ // leave space for 1024 ids, which correspond to maximum order-32 harmonics,
+ // which should be enough for the foreseeable use cases
+ AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END = 0x7ff,
+};
+
+enum AVChannelOrder {
+ /**
+ * Only the channel count is specified, without any further information
+ * about the channel order.
+ */
+ AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC,
+ /**
+ * The native channel order, i.e. the channels are in the same order in
+ * which they are defined in the AVChannel enum. This supports up to 63
+ * different channels.
+ */
+ AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE,
+ /**
+ * The channel order does not correspond to any other predefined order and
+ * is stored as an explicit map. For example, this could be used to support
+ * layouts with 64 or more channels, or with empty/skipped (AV_CHAN_SILENCE)
+ * channels at arbitrary positions.
+ */
+ AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM,
+ /**
+ * The audio is represented as the decomposition of the sound field into
+ * spherical harmonics. Each channel corresponds to a single expansion
+ * component. Channels are ordered according to ACN (Ambisonic Channel
+ * Number).
+ *
+ * The channel with the index n in the stream contains the spherical
+ * harmonic of degree l and order m given by
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * l = floor(sqrt(n)),
+ * m = n - l * (l + 1).
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * Conversely given a spherical harmonic of degree l and order m, the
+ * corresponding channel index n is given by
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * n = l * (l + 1) + m.
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * Normalization is assumed to be SN3D (Schmidt Semi-Normalization)
+ * as defined in AmbiX format $ 2.1.
+ */
+ AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC,
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
+ *
+ * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
+ * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
+ * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
+ * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
+ * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
+ * dual-mono.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY )
+#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT )
+#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT )
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
+ to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
+ to be the native codec channel order.
+ @deprecated channel order is now indicated in a special field in
+ AVChannelLayout
+ */
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts
+ * @{
+ * */
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT)
+
+enum AVMatrixEncoding {
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
+ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
+};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * An AVChannelCustom defines a single channel within a custom order layout
+ *
+ * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelCustom) is a part of the
+ * public ABI.
+ *
+ * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump.
+ */
+typedef struct AVChannelCustom {
+ enum AVChannel id;
+ char name[16];
+ void *opaque;
+} AVChannelCustom;
+
+/**
+ * An AVChannelLayout holds information about the channel layout of audio data.
+ *
+ * A channel layout here is defined as a set of channels ordered in a specific
+ * way (unless the channel order is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, in which case an
+ * AVChannelLayout carries only the channel count).
+ *
+ * Unlike most structures in Libav, sizeof(AVChannelLayout) is a part of the
+ * public ABI and may be used by the caller. E.g. it may be allocated on stack
+ * or embedded in caller-defined structs.
+ *
+ * AVChannelLayout can be initialized as follows:
+ * - default initialization with {0}, followed by setting all used fields
+ * correctly;
+ * - by assigning one of the predefined AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_* initializers;
+ * - with a constructor function, such as av_channel_layout_default(),
+ * av_channel_layout_from_mask() or av_channel_layout_from_string().
+ *
+ * The channel layout must be unitialized with av_channel_layout_uninit()
+ *
+ * Copying an AVChannelLayout via assigning is forbidden,
+ * av_channel_layout_copy() must be used instead (and its return value should
+ * be checked)
+ *
+ * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump, except for
+ * new elements of the union fitting in sizeof(uint64_t).
+ */
+typedef struct AVChannelLayout {
+ /**
+ * Channel order used in this layout.
+ * This is a mandatory field.
+ */
+ enum AVChannelOrder order;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of channels in this layout. Mandatory field.
+ */
+ int nb_channels;
+
+ /**
+ * Details about which channels are present in this layout.
+ * For AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, this field is undefined and must not be
+ * used.
+ */
+ union {
+ /**
+ * This member must be used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, and may be used
+ * for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC to signal non-diegetic channels.
+ * It is a bitmask, where the position of each set bit means that the
+ * AVChannel with the corresponding value is present.
+ *
+ * I.e. when (mask & (1 << AV_CHAN_FOO)) is non-zero, then AV_CHAN_FOO
+ * is present in the layout. Otherwise it is not present.
+ *
+ * @note when a channel layout using a bitmask is constructed or
+ * modified manually (i.e. not using any of the av_channel_layout_*
+ * functions), the code doing it must ensure that the number of set bits
+ * is equal to nb_channels.
+ */
+ uint64_t mask;
+ /**
+ * This member must be used when the channel order is
+ * AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. It is a nb_channels-sized array, with each
+ * element signalling the presence of the AVChannel with the
+ * corresponding value in map[i].id.
+ *
+ * I.e. when map[i].id is equal to AV_CHAN_FOO, then AV_CH_FOO is the
+ * i-th channel in the audio data.
+ *
+ * When map[i].id is in the range between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
+ * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the channel contains an ambisonic
+ * component with ACN index (as defined above)
+ * n = map[i].id - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE.
+ *
+ * map[i].name may be filled with a 0-terminated string, in which case
+ * it will be used for the purpose of identifying the channel with the
+ * convenience functions below. Otherise it must be zeroed.
+ */
+ AVChannelCustom *map;
+ } u;
+
+ /**
+ * For some private data of the user.
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+} AVChannelLayout;
+
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(nb, m) \
+ { .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, .nb_channels = (nb), .u = { .mask = (m) }}
+
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MONO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(1, AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_SURROUND AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_3POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_QUAD AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(16, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_22POINT2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(24, AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_AMBISONIC_FIRST_ORDER \
+ { .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, .nb_channels = 4, .u = { .mask = 0 }}
+
+struct AVBPrint;
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+/**
+ * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
+ *
+ * name can be one or several of the following notations,
+ * separated by '+' or '|':
+ * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
+ * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
+ * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
+ * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
+ * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding
+ * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
+ * av_get_default_channel_layout);
+ * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
+ * AV_CH_* macros).
+ *
+ * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse
+ * unknown channel layout specifications.
+ *
+ * @param[in] name channel layout specification string
+ * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown)
+ * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails.
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Return a description of a channel layout.
+ * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
+ * @deprecated use AVChannelLayout.nb_channels
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_default()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
+ * present in channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
+ * on error.
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_index_from_channel()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout,
+ uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_channel_from_index()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a given channel.
+ *
+ * @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_name()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the description of a given channel.
+ *
+ * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel
+ * @return channel description on success, NULL on error
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_description()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
+ *
+ * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0
+ * @param[out] layout channel layout mask
+ * @param[out] name name of the layout
+ * @return 0 if the layout exists,
+ * <0 if index is beyond the limits
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_standard()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout,
+ const char **name);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get a human readable string in an abbreviated form describing a given channel.
+ * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_from_string().
+ *
+ * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
+ * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
+ * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
+ * string was truncated.
+ */
+int av_channel_name(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel);
+
+/**
+ * bprint variant of av_channel_name().
+ *
+ * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
+ */
+void av_channel_name_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id);
+
+/**
+ * Get a human readable string describing a given channel.
+ *
+ * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
+ * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
+ * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
+ * string was truncated.
+ */
+int av_channel_description(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel);
+
+/**
+ * bprint variant of av_channel_description().
+ *
+ * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
+ */
+void av_channel_description_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id);
+
+/**
+ * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_name().
+ *
+ * @return the channel with the given name
+ * AV_CHAN_NONE when name does not identify a known channel
+ */
+enum AVChannel av_channel_from_string(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a native channel layout from a bitmask indicating which channels
+ * are present.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized
+ * @param mask bitmask describing the channel layout
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) for invalid mask values
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_from_mask(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, uint64_t mask);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a channel layout from a given string description.
+ * The input string can be represented by:
+ * - the formal channel layout name (returned by av_channel_layout_describe())
+ * - single or multiple channel names (returned by av_channel_name(), eg. "FL",
+ * or concatenated with "+", each optionally containing a custom name after
+ * a "@", eg. "FL@Left+FR@Right+LFE")
+ * - a decimal or hexadecimal value of a native channel layout (eg. "4" or "0x4")
+ * - the number of channels with default layout (eg. "4c")
+ * - the number of unordered channels (eg. "4C" or "4 channels")
+ * - the ambisonic order followed by optional non-diegetic channels (eg.
+ * "ambisonic 2+stereo")
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @param str string describing the channel layout
+ * @return 0 channel layout was detected, AVERROR_INVALIDATATA otherwise
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_from_string(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+ const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Get the default channel layout for a given number of channels.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized
+ * @param nb_channels number of channels
+ */
+void av_channel_layout_default(AVChannelLayout *ch_layout, int nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all standard channel layouts.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavutil will store the iteration state. Must
+ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the standard channel layout or NULL when the iteration is
+ * finished
+ */
+const AVChannelLayout *av_channel_layout_standard(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Free any allocated data in the channel layout and reset the channel
+ * count to 0.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be uninitialized
+ */
+void av_channel_layout_uninit(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Make a copy of a channel layout. This differs from just assigning src to dst
+ * in that it allocates and copies the map for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM.
+ *
+ * @note the destination channel_layout will be always uninitialized before copy.
+ *
+ * @param dst destination channel layout
+ * @param src source channel layout
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_copy(AVChannelLayout *dst, const AVChannelLayout *src);
+
+/**
+ * Get a human-readable string describing the channel layout properties.
+ * The string will be in the same format that is accepted by
+ * @ref av_channel_layout_from_string(), allowing to rebuild the same
+ * channel layout, except for opaque pointers.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout channel layout to be described
+ * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
+ * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
+ * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
+ * string was truncated.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_describe(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+ char *buf, size_t buf_size);
+
+/**
+ * bprint variant of av_channel_layout_describe().
+ *
+ * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
+ * @return 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR value on failure.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_describe_bprint(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+ struct AVBPrint *bp);
+
+/**
+ * Get the channel with the given index in a channel layout.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @return channel with the index idx in channel_layout on success or
+ * AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if idx is not valid or the channel order is
+ * unspecified)
+ */
+enum AVChannel
+av_channel_layout_channel_from_index(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, unsigned int idx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index of a given channel in a channel layout. In case multiple
+ * channels are found, only the first match will be returned.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success or a negative number if
+ * channel is not present in channel_layout.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_index_from_channel(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+ enum AVChannel channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index in a channel layout of a channel described by the given string.
+ * In case multiple channels are found, only the first match will be returned.
+ *
+ * This function accepts channel names in the same format as
+ * @ref av_channel_from_string().
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @return a channel index described by the given string, or a negative AVERROR
+ * value.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_index_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+ const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Get a channel described by the given string.
+ *
+ * This function accepts channel names in the same format as
+ * @ref av_channel_from_string().
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @return a channel described by the given string in channel_layout on success
+ * or AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if the string is not valid or the channel
+ * order is unspecified)
+ */
+enum AVChannel
+av_channel_layout_channel_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+ const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Find out what channels from a given set are present in a channel layout,
+ * without regard for their positions.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @param mask a combination of AV_CH_* representing a set of channels
+ * @return a bitfield representing all the channels from mask that are present
+ * in channel_layout
+ */
+uint64_t av_channel_layout_subset(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+ uint64_t mask);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether a channel layout is valid, i.e. can possibly describe audio
+ * data.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @return 1 if channel_layout is valid, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_check(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether two channel layouts are semantically the same, i.e. the same
+ * channels are present on the same positions in both.
+ *
+ * If one of the channel layouts is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, while the other is
+ * not, they are considered to be unequal. If both are AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC,
+ * they are considered equal iff the channel counts are the same in both.
+ *
+ * @param chl input channel layout
+ * @param chl1 input channel layout
+ * @return 0 if chl and chl1 are equal, 1 if they are not equal. A negative
+ * AVERROR code if one or both are invalid.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_compare(const AVChannelLayout *chl, const AVChannelLayout *chl1);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/common.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/common.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fd1404be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * common internal and external API header
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
+#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C)
+#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+#endif
+
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+
+//rounded division & shift
+#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
+/* assume b>0 */
+#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>=0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
+/* Fast a/(1<=0 and b>=0 */
+#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
+ : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
+/* Backwards compat. */
+#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT
+
+#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
+#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
+
+/**
+ * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they
+ * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same
+ * as with *abs()
+ * @see FFNABS()
+ */
+#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
+#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
+
+/**
+ * Negative Absolute value.
+ * this works for all integers of all types.
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have
+ * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior.
+ */
+#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
+
+/**
+ * Unsigned Absolute value.
+ * This takes the absolute value of a signed int and returns it as a unsigned.
+ * This also works with INT_MIN which would otherwise not be representable
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice.
+ */
+#define FFABSU(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(unsigned)(a) : (unsigned)(a))
+#define FFABS64U(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(uint64_t)(a) : (uint64_t)(a))
+
+/* misc math functions */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+# include "intmath.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_ceil_log2
+# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip
+# define av_clip av_clip_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip64
+# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint8
+# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int8
+# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint16
+# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int16
+# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipl_int32
+# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_intp2
+# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
+# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
+# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_add32
+# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
+# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_sub32
+# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_dsub32
+# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_add64
+# define av_sat_add64 av_sat_add64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_sub64
+# define av_sat_sub64 av_sat_sub64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipf
+# define av_clipf av_clipf_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipd
+# define av_clipd av_clipd_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount
+# define av_popcount av_popcount_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount64
+# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_parity
+# define av_parity av_parity_c
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_log2
+av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_log2_16bit
+av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ if (a < amin) return amin;
+ else if (a > amax) return amax;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ if (a < amin) return amin;
+ else if (a > amax) return amax;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
+{
+ if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
+{
+ if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
+{
+ if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
+{
+ if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
+{
+ if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
+ else return (int32_t)a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
+{
+ if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
+ return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
+ else
+ return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
+{
+ if (a & ~((1<> 31 & ((1<= 0)
+ return INT64_MAX ^ (b >> 63);
+ return s;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * Subtract two signed 64-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param a one value
+ * @param b another value
+ * @return difference with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_sub64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) {
+#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_sub_overflow)
+ int64_t tmp;
+ return !__builtin_sub_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN);
+#else
+ if (b <= 0 && a >= INT64_MAX + b)
+ return INT64_MAX;
+ if (b >= 0 && a <= INT64_MIN + b)
+ return INT64_MIN;
+ return a - b;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
+ * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned.
+ * If a is +inf amax will be returned.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
+ * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned.
+ * If a is +inf amax will be returned.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax);
+}
+
+/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
+ * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
+ * @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
+{
+ return av_log2((x - 1U) << 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
+{
+ x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
+ x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
+ x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
+ x += x >> 8;
+ return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
+{
+ return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
+}
+
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v)
+{
+ return av_popcount(v) & 1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
+ * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
+ * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer
+ * input, this could be *ptr++, or if you want to make sure
+ * that *ptr stops at the end of a NULL terminated string then
+ * *ptr ? *ptr++ : 0
+ * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ * typically a goto statement.
+ *
+ * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which
+ * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an
+ * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order
+ * to prevent undefined results.
+ */
+#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
+ val= (GET_BYTE);\
+ {\
+ uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
+ if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
+ {ERROR}\
+ while (val & top) {\
+ unsigned int tmp = (GET_BYTE) - 128;\
+ if(tmp>>6)\
+ {ERROR}\
+ val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
+ top <<= 5;\
+ }\
+ val &= (top << 1) - 1;\
+ }
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
+ * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times.
+ * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ * typically a goto statement.
+ */
+#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
+ val = (GET_16BIT);\
+ {\
+ unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
+ if (hi < 0x800) {\
+ val = (GET_16BIT) - 0xDC00;\
+ if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
+ {ERROR}\
+ val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
+ }\
+ }\
+
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
+ * output by PUT_BYTE.
+ * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
+ * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
+ * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
+ * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
+ * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
+ * Unicode character.
+ */
+#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
+ {\
+ int bytes, shift;\
+ uint32_t in = val;\
+ if (in < 0x80) {\
+ tmp = in;\
+ PUT_BYTE\
+ } else {\
+ bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
+ shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
+ tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
+ PUT_BYTE\
+ while (shift >= 6) {\
+ shift -= 6;\
+ tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
+ PUT_BYTE\
+ }\
+ }\
+ }
+
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
+ * output by PUT_16BIT.
+ * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
+ * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
+ * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
+ * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
+ */
+#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
+ {\
+ uint32_t in = val;\
+ if (in < 0x10000) {\
+ tmp = in;\
+ PUT_16BIT\
+ } else {\
+ tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
+ PUT_16BIT\
+ tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
+ PUT_16BIT\
+ }\
+ }\
+
+
+
+#include "mem.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+# include "internal.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/cpu.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/cpu.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9711e574
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/cpu.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
+#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
+
+#include
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
+
+ /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
+ ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+ ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512ICL 0x200000 ///< F/CD/BW/DQ/VL/VNNI/IFMA/VBMI/VBMI2/VPOPCNTDQ/BITALG/GFNI/VAES/VPCLMULQDQ
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SLOW_GATHER 0x2000000 ///< CPU has slow gathers.
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16)
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMI (1 << 0)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MSA (1 << 1)
+
+//Loongarch SIMD extension.
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LSX (1 << 0)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LASX (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
+ * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
+ * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to
+ * detect the enabled cpu flags.
+ */
+int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
+
+/**
+ * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
+ * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
+ */
+void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that.
+ *
+ * @return negative on error.
+ */
+int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * @return the number of logical CPU cores present.
+ */
+int av_cpu_count(void);
+
+/**
+ * Overrides cpu count detection and forces the specified count.
+ * Count < 1 disables forcing of specific count.
+ */
+void av_cpu_force_count(int count);
+
+/**
+ * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask,
+ * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with
+ * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through
+ * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not
+ * present.
+ */
+size_t av_cpu_max_align(void);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/crc.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/crc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..24a2e3ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/crc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_crc32
+ * Public header for CRC hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
+#define AVUTIL_CRC_H
+
+#include
+#include
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most
+ * widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available
+ * polynomials.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef uint32_t AVCRC;
+
+typedef enum {
+ AV_CRC_8_ATM,
+ AV_CRC_16_ANSI,
+ AV_CRC_16_CCITT,
+ AV_CRC_32_IEEE,
+ AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */
+ AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */
+ AV_CRC_24_IEEE,
+ AV_CRC_8_EBU,
+ AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */
+}AVCRCId;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a CRC table.
+ * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024
+ * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest
+ * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and
+ * actual CRC).
+ * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc
+ * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in
+ * most cases to e.g. bswap16):
+ * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits))
+ * @param bits number of bits for the CRC
+ * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the
+ * representation as specified by le
+ * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes
+ * @return <0 on failure
+ */
+int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size);
+
+/**
+ * Get an initialized standard CRC table.
+ * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC
+ * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure
+ */
+const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the CRC of a block.
+ * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC
+ * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block
+ *
+ * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter
+ */
+uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc,
+ const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/csp.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/csp.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..37544449
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/csp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Ronald S. Bultje
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CSP_H
+#define AVUTIL_CSP_H
+
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file Colorspace value utility functions for libavutil.
+ * @author Ronald S. Bultje
+ * @author Leo Izen
+ * @defgroup lavu_math_csp Colorspace Utility
+ * @ingroup lavu_math
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Struct containing luma coefficients to be used for RGB to YUV/YCoCg, or similar
+ * calculations.
+ */
+typedef struct AVLumaCoefficients {
+ AVRational cr, cg, cb;
+} AVLumaCoefficients;
+
+/**
+ * Struct containing chromaticity x and y values for the standard CIE 1931
+ * chromaticity definition.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCIExy {
+ AVRational x, y;
+} AVCIExy;
+
+/**
+ * Struct defining the red, green, and blue primary locations in terms of CIE
+ * 1931 chromaticity x and y.
+ */
+typedef struct AVPrimaryCoefficients {
+ AVCIExy r, g, b;
+} AVPrimaryCoefficients;
+
+/**
+ * Struct defining white point location in terms of CIE 1931 chromaticity x
+ * and y.
+ */
+typedef AVCIExy AVWhitepointCoefficients;
+
+/**
+ * Struct that contains both white point location and primaries location, providing
+ * the complete description of a color gamut.
+ */
+typedef struct AVColorPrimariesDesc {
+ AVWhitepointCoefficients wp;
+ AVPrimaryCoefficients prim;
+} AVColorPrimariesDesc;
+
+/**
+ * Retrieves the Luma coefficients necessary to construct a conversion matrix
+ * from an enum constant describing the colorspace.
+ * @param csp An enum constant indicating YUV or similar colorspace.
+ * @return The Luma coefficients associated with that colorspace, or NULL
+ * if the constant is unknown to libavutil.
+ */
+const AVLumaCoefficients *av_csp_luma_coeffs_from_avcsp(enum AVColorSpace csp);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieves a complete gamut description from an enum constant describing the
+ * color primaries.
+ * @param prm An enum constant indicating primaries
+ * @return A description of the colorspace gamut associated with that enum
+ * constant, or NULL if the constant is unknown to libavutil.
+ */
+const AVColorPrimariesDesc *av_csp_primaries_desc_from_id(enum AVColorPrimaries prm);
+
+/**
+ * Detects which enum AVColorPrimaries constant corresponds to the given complete
+ * gamut description.
+ * @see enum AVColorPrimaries
+ * @param prm A description of the colorspace gamut
+ * @return The enum constant associated with this gamut, or
+ * AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED if no clear match can be idenitified.
+ */
+enum AVColorPrimaries av_csp_primaries_id_from_desc(const AVColorPrimariesDesc *prm);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CSP_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/des.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/des.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4cf11f5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/des.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * DES encryption/decryption
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H
+#define AVUTIL_DES_H
+
+#include
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_des DES
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVDES {
+ uint64_t round_keys[3][16];
+ int triple_des;
+} AVDES;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVDES context.
+ */
+AVDES *av_des_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes an AVDES context.
+ *
+ * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption
+ * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
+ */
+int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used,
+ * must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
+ */
+void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/detection_bbox.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/detection_bbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c20c204a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/detection_bbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H
+#define AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H
+
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "avassert.h"
+#include "frame.h"
+
+typedef struct AVDetectionBBox {
+ /**
+ * Distance in pixels from the left/top edge of the frame,
+ * together with width and height, defining the bounding box.
+ */
+ int x;
+ int y;
+ int w;
+ int h;
+
+#define AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE 64
+
+ /**
+ * Detect result with confidence
+ */
+ char detect_label[AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE];
+ AVRational detect_confidence;
+
+ /**
+ * At most 4 classifications based on the detected bounding box.
+ * For example, we can get max 4 different attributes with 4 different
+ * DNN models on one bounding box.
+ * classify_count is zero if no classification.
+ */
+#define AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY 4
+ uint32_t classify_count;
+ char classify_labels[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY][AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE];
+ AVRational classify_confidences[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY];
+} AVDetectionBBox;
+
+typedef struct AVDetectionBBoxHeader {
+ /**
+ * Information about how the bounding box is generated.
+ * for example, the DNN model name.
+ */
+ char source[256];
+
+ /**
+ * Number of bounding boxes in the array.
+ */
+ uint32_t nb_bboxes;
+
+ /**
+ * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which
+ * the array of bounding boxes starts.
+ */
+ size_t bboxes_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Size of each bounding box in bytes.
+ */
+ size_t bbox_size;
+} AVDetectionBBoxHeader;
+
+/*
+ * Get the bounding box at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_bboxes.
+ */
+static av_always_inline AVDetectionBBox *
+av_get_detection_bbox(const AVDetectionBBoxHeader *header, unsigned int idx)
+{
+ av_assert0(idx < header->nb_bboxes);
+ return (AVDetectionBBox *)((uint8_t *)header + header->bboxes_offset +
+ idx * header->bbox_size);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes}
+ * AVDetectionBBox, and initializes the variables.
+ * Can be freed with a normal av_free() call.
+ *
+ * @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is
+ * written here.
+ */
+AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_alloc(uint32_t nb_bboxes, size_t *out_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes}
+ * AVDetectionBBox, in the given AVFrame {@code frame} as AVFrameSideData of type
+ * AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES and initializes the variables.
+ */
+AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, uint32_t nb_bboxes);
+#endif
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/dict.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/dict.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0d1afc6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/dict.h
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Public dictionary API.
+ * @deprecated
+ * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
+ * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
+ * extremely slow with large dictionaries.
+ * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
+ * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
+#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
+
+#include
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @brief Simple key:value store
+ *
+ * @{
+ * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create
+ * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to
+ * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever
+ * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
+ * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all
+ * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary
+ * and all its contents.
+ *
+ @code
+ AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary
+ AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
+
+ av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
+
+ char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated,
+ char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this
+ av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
+
+ while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
+ <....> // iterate over all entries in d
+ }
+ av_dict_free(&d);
+ @endcode
+ */
+
+#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
+#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key,
+ ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
+ allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
+ allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
+#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
+ delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
+#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
+
+typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
+ char *key;
+ char *value;
+} AVDictionaryEntry;
+
+typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
+ *
+ * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
+ * cause undefined behavior.
+ *
+ * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key
+ * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag.
+ *
+ * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
+ * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
+ * @param key matching key
+ * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved
+ * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
+ */
+AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key,
+ const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get number of entries in dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param m dictionary
+ * @return number of entries in dictionary
+ */
+int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
+
+/**
+ * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
+ *
+ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
+ * these arguments will be freed on error.
+ *
+ * Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
+ * previously returned with av_dict_get.
+ *
+ * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
+ * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
+ * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
+ * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
+ * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
+ * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
+ */
+int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string
+ * and stores it.
+ *
+ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
+ */
+int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
+ *
+ * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
+ * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other
+ * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary.
+ * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
+ * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
+ * be duplicated.
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
+ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
+ int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
+ * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
+ * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
+ * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
+ * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
+ * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated
+ * by this function, callers should free the associated memory.
+ */
+int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
+ * and all keys and values.
+ */
+void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
+
+/**
+ * Get dictionary entries as a string.
+ *
+ * Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
+ * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
+ * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
+ *
+ * @param[in] m dictionary
+ * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries.
+ * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
+ * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
+ * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
+ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
+ * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
+ */
+int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer,
+ const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/display.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/display.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31d8bef3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/display.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Display matrix
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
+#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
+
+#include
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_video
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_video_display
+ * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that
+ * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible
+ * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format.
+ *
+ * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * | a b u |
+ * (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v |
+ * | x y w |
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values,
+ * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values.
+ *
+ * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation)
+ * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * | a b u |
+ * (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1)
+ * | x y w |
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ * p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z;
+ * q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z;
+ * z = u * p + v * q + w
+ * @endcode
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix.
+ *
+ * @param matrix the transformation matrix
+ * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame
+ * counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0],
+ * or NaN if the matrix is singular.
+ *
+ * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are
+ * recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use.
+ */
+double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure clockwise
+ * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees).
+ *
+ * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten
+ * by this function)
+ * @param angle rotation angle in degrees.
+ */
+void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle);
+
+/**
+ * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically.
+ *
+ * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix
+ * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally
+ * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically
+ */
+void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/dovi_meta.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/dovi_meta.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d11e02b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/dovi_meta.h
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2020 Vacing Fang
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * DOVI configuration
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H
+#define AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H
+
+#include
+#include
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/*
+ * DOVI configuration
+ * ref: dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2
+ dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2
+ * @code
+ * uint8_t dv_version_major, the major version number that the stream complies with
+ * uint8_t dv_version_minor, the minor version number that the stream complies with
+ * uint8_t dv_profile, the Dolby Vision profile
+ * uint8_t dv_level, the Dolby Vision level
+ * uint8_t rpu_present_flag
+ * uint8_t el_present_flag
+ * uint8_t bl_present_flag
+ * uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_alloc() and
+ * its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord {
+ uint8_t dv_version_major;
+ uint8_t dv_version_minor;
+ uint8_t dv_profile;
+ uint8_t dv_level;
+ uint8_t rpu_present_flag;
+ uint8_t el_present_flag;
+ uint8_t bl_present_flag;
+ uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id;
+} AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord structure and initialize its
+ * fields to default values.
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord *av_dovi_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Dolby Vision RPU data header.
+ *
+ * @note sizeof(AVDOVIRpuDataHeader) is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVIRpuDataHeader {
+ uint8_t rpu_type;
+ uint16_t rpu_format;
+ uint8_t vdr_rpu_profile;
+ uint8_t vdr_rpu_level;
+ uint8_t chroma_resampling_explicit_filter_flag;
+ uint8_t coef_data_type; /* informative, lavc always converts to fixed */
+ uint8_t coef_log2_denom;
+ uint8_t vdr_rpu_normalized_idc;
+ uint8_t bl_video_full_range_flag;
+ uint8_t bl_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
+ uint8_t el_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
+ uint8_t vdr_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
+ uint8_t spatial_resampling_filter_flag;
+ uint8_t el_spatial_resampling_filter_flag;
+ uint8_t disable_residual_flag;
+} AVDOVIRpuDataHeader;
+
+enum AVDOVIMappingMethod {
+ AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL = 0,
+ AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Coefficients of a piece-wise function. The pieces of the function span the
+ * value ranges between two adjacent pivot values.
+ */
+#define AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES 8
+typedef struct AVDOVIReshapingCurve {
+ uint8_t num_pivots; /* [2, 9] */
+ uint16_t pivots[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES + 1]; /* sorted ascending */
+ enum AVDOVIMappingMethod mapping_idc[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES];
+ /* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL */
+ uint8_t poly_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 2] */
+ int64_t poly_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3]; /* x^0, x^1, x^2 */
+ /* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR */
+ uint8_t mmr_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 3] */
+ int64_t mmr_constant[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES];
+ int64_t mmr_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3/* order - 1 */][7];
+} AVDOVIReshapingCurve;
+
+enum AVDOVINLQMethod {
+ AV_DOVI_NLQ_NONE = -1,
+ AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ = 0,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Coefficients of the non-linear inverse quantization. For the interpretation
+ * of these, see ETSI GS CCM 001.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVINLQParams {
+ uint16_t nlq_offset;
+ uint64_t vdr_in_max;
+ /* AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ */
+ uint64_t linear_deadzone_slope;
+ uint64_t linear_deadzone_threshold;
+} AVDOVINLQParams;
+
+/**
+ * Dolby Vision RPU data mapping parameters.
+ *
+ * @note sizeof(AVDOVIDataMapping) is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVIDataMapping {
+ uint8_t vdr_rpu_id;
+ uint8_t mapping_color_space;
+ uint8_t mapping_chroma_format_idc;
+ AVDOVIReshapingCurve curves[3]; /* per component */
+
+ /* Non-linear inverse quantization */
+ enum AVDOVINLQMethod nlq_method_idc;
+ uint32_t num_x_partitions;
+ uint32_t num_y_partitions;
+ AVDOVINLQParams nlq[3]; /* per component */
+} AVDOVIDataMapping;
+
+/**
+ * Dolby Vision RPU colorspace metadata parameters.
+ *
+ * @note sizeof(AVDOVIColorMetadata) is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVIColorMetadata {
+ uint8_t dm_metadata_id;
+ uint8_t scene_refresh_flag;
+
+ /**
+ * Coefficients of the custom Dolby Vision IPT-PQ matrices. These are to be
+ * used instead of the matrices indicated by the frame's colorspace tags.
+ * The output of rgb_to_lms_matrix is to be fed into a BT.2020 LMS->RGB
+ * matrix based on a Hunt-Pointer-Estevez transform, but without any
+ * crosstalk. (See the definition of the ICtCp colorspace for more
+ * information.)
+ */
+ AVRational ycc_to_rgb_matrix[9]; /* before PQ linearization */
+ AVRational ycc_to_rgb_offset[3]; /* input offset of neutral value */
+ AVRational rgb_to_lms_matrix[9]; /* after PQ linearization */
+
+ /**
+ * Extra signal metadata (see Dolby patents for more info).
+ */
+ uint16_t signal_eotf;
+ uint16_t signal_eotf_param0;
+ uint16_t signal_eotf_param1;
+ uint32_t signal_eotf_param2;
+ uint8_t signal_bit_depth;
+ uint8_t signal_color_space;
+ uint8_t signal_chroma_format;
+ uint8_t signal_full_range_flag; /* [0, 3] */
+ uint16_t source_min_pq;
+ uint16_t source_max_pq;
+ uint16_t source_diagonal;
+} AVDOVIColorMetadata;
+
+/**
+ * Combined struct representing a combination of header, mapping and color
+ * metadata, for attaching to frames as side data.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_metadata_alloc() and
+ * its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVDOVIMetadata {
+ /**
+ * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the
+ * respective structs start.
+ */
+ size_t header_offset; /* AVDOVIRpuDataHeader */
+ size_t mapping_offset; /* AVDOVIDataMapping */
+ size_t color_offset; /* AVDOVIColorMetadata */
+} AVDOVIMetadata;
+
+static av_always_inline AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *
+av_dovi_get_header(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
+{
+ return (AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *)((uint8_t *) data + data->header_offset);
+}
+
+static av_always_inline AVDOVIDataMapping *
+av_dovi_get_mapping(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
+{
+ return (AVDOVIDataMapping *)((uint8_t *) data + data->mapping_offset);
+}
+
+static av_always_inline AVDOVIColorMetadata *
+av_dovi_get_color(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
+{
+ return (AVDOVIColorMetadata *)((uint8_t *) data + data->color_offset);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVDOVIMetadata structure and initialize its
+ * fields to default values.
+ *
+ * @param size If this parameter is non-NULL, the size in bytes of the
+ * allocated struct will be written here on success
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVDOVIMetadata *av_dovi_metadata_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/downmix_info.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/downmix_info.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..221cf5bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/downmix_info.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * audio downmix medatata
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Possible downmix types.
+ */
+enum AVDownmixType {
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */
+ AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */
+};
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
+ *
+ * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio
+ * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDownmixInfo {
+ /**
+ * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer.
+ */
+ enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
+ * channel during a regular downmix.
+ */
+ double center_mix_level;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
+ * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
+ */
+ double center_mix_level_ltrt;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
+ * channels during a regular downmix.
+ */
+ double surround_mix_level;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
+ * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
+ */
+ double surround_mix_level_ltrt;
+
+ /**
+ * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is
+ * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing.
+ */
+ double lfe_mix_level;
+} AVDownmixInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing.
+ *
+ * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created
+ *
+ * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if
+ * the structure cannot be allocated.
+ */
+AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/encryption_info.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/encryption_info.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8fe7ebfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/encryption_info.h
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/**
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
+
+#include
+#include
+
+typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo {
+ /** The number of bytes that are clear. */
+ unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data;
+
+ /**
+ * The number of bytes that are protected. If using pattern encryption,
+ * the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern
+ * encryption, all these bytes are encrypted.
+ */
+ unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data;
+} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo;
+
+/**
+ * This describes encryption info for a packet. This contains frame-specific
+ * info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo {
+ /** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */
+ uint32_t scheme;
+
+ /**
+ * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks
+ * that are encrypted.
+ */
+ uint32_t crypt_byte_block;
+
+ /**
+ * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks
+ * that are clear.
+ */
+ uint32_t skip_byte_block;
+
+ /**
+ * The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet. This should always be
+ * 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future.
+ */
+ uint8_t *key_id;
+ uint32_t key_id_size;
+
+ /**
+ * The initialization vector. This may have been zero-filled to be the
+ * correct block size. This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be
+ * changed in the future.
+ */
+ uint8_t *iv;
+ uint32_t iv_size;
+
+ /**
+ * An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample
+ * are encrypted. If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is
+ * encrypted.
+ */
+ AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples;
+ uint32_t subsample_count;
+} AVEncryptionInfo;
+
+/**
+ * This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo {
+ /**
+ * A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it
+ * is not known. This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the
+ * future.
+ */
+ uint8_t* system_id;
+ uint32_t system_id_size;
+
+ /**
+ * An array of key IDs this initialization data is for. All IDs are the
+ * same length. Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs.
+ */
+ uint8_t** key_ids;
+ /** The number of key IDs. */
+ uint32_t num_key_ids;
+ /**
+ * The number of bytes in each key ID. This should always be 16, but may
+ * change in the future.
+ */
+ uint32_t key_id_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Key-system specific initialization data. This data is copied directly
+ * from the file and the format depends on the specific key system. This
+ * can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there
+ * will be at least one key ID.
+ */
+ uint8_t* data;
+ uint32_t data_size;
+
+ /**
+ * An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list.
+ */
+ struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next;
+} AVEncryptionInitInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given
+ * number of subsamples. This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV,
+ * and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest.
+ *
+ * @param subsample_count The number of subsamples.
+ * @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16.
+ * @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data.
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info);
+
+/**
+ * Frees the given encryption info object. This MUST NOT be used to free the
+ * side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
+ */
+void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side
+ * data. The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free()
+ * when done.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
+ * info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given
+ * to av_packet_add_side_data().
+ *
+ * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
+ */
+uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data(
+ const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the
+ * given sizes. This will allocate pointers and set all the fields.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc(
+ uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Frees the given encryption init info object. This MUST NOT be used to free
+ * the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
+ */
+void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given
+ * side data. The resulting object should be passed to
+ * av_encryption_init_info_free() when done.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data(
+ const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
+ * init info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or
+ * given to av_packet_add_side_data().
+ *
+ * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
+ */
+uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data(
+ const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/error.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/error.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0d3269aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * error code definitions
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
+#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
+
+#include
+#include
+
+#include "macros.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_error
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/* error handling */
+#if EDOM > 0
+#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value.
+#else
+/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
+#define AVERROR(e) (e)
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
+#endif
+
+#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d))
+
+#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found
+#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
+#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small
+#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found
+#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found
+#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found
+#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file
+#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
+#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library
+#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found
+#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input
+#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found
+#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found
+#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
+#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found
+
+#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found
+/**
+ * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
+ * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
+ */
+#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ')
+#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
+#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
+#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED)
+#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED)
+/* HTTP & RTSP errors */
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X')
+
+#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
+ * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
+ * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
+ * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
+ *
+ * @param errnum error code to describe
+ * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written
+ * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
+ * cannot be found
+ */
+int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
+ * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
+ *
+ * @param errbuf a buffer
+ * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @param errnum error code to describe
+ * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
+ * @see av_strerror()
+ */
+static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum)
+{
+ av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
+ return errbuf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_err2str(errnum) \
+ av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/eval.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/eval.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..57afc2d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/eval.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * simple arithmetic expression evaluator
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H
+
+typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr;
+
+/**
+ * Parse and evaluate an expression.
+ * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval().
+ *
+ * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of
+ * the expression, or NAN in case of error
+ * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
+ * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
+ * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names
+ * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
+ * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
+ * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
+ * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
+ * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s,
+ const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
+ const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+ const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+ void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Parse an expression.
+ *
+ * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed
+ * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise.
+ * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user
+ * when it is not needed anymore.
+ * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
+ * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
+ * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
+ * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
+ * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
+ * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
+ const char * const *const_names,
+ const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+ const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+ int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Evaluate a previously parsed expression.
+ *
+ * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names
+ * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
+ * @return the value of the expression
+ */
+double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Track the presence of variables and their number of occurrences in a parsed expression
+ *
+ * @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each variable will be stored
+ * @param size size of array
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed
+ * or size was zero
+ */
+int av_expr_count_vars(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Track the presence of user provided functions and their number of occurrences
+ * in a parsed expression.
+ *
+ * @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each function will be stored
+ * if you passed 5 functions with 2 arguments to av_expr_parse()
+ * then for arg=2 this will use upto 5 entries.
+ * @param size size of array
+ * @param arg number of arguments the counted functions have
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed
+ * or size was zero
+ */
+int av_expr_count_func(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size, int arg);
+
+/**
+ * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse().
+ */
+void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If
+ * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain
+ * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a
+ * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case,
+ * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value
+ * of numstr.
+ *
+ * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of
+ * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M',
+ * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used
+ * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by
+ * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This
+ * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix.
+ * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next
+ * after the last parsed character
+ */
+double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/ffversion.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/ffversion.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..078198b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/ffversion.h
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
+#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
+#define FFMPEG_VERSION "n5.1.2"
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */
diff --git a/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/fifo.h b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/fifo.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4eed364a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ios/Frameworks/libavutil.framework/Headers/fifo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H
+
+#include
+#include